Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBig D's Construction - Riverview East Sewer Lift Station (19053) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS RIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION CONTRACT NO. 19053 COPY____ CONTRACT DOCUMENTS RIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION SIGNED: 1/24/2022 SIGNED: 1/24/2022 SIGNED: 1/24/2022 CONTRACT NO. 19053 TABLE OF CONTENTS RIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION CONTRACT NO. 19053 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: Instructions to Bidders .......................................................................................................................... ITB-1 Bid Package Checklist ............................................................................................................................ ITB-9 BID FORMS: Non-Collusion Certificate ...................................................................................................................... BF-1 Subcontractor List .................................................................................................................................. BF-3 Bidder ’s Qualification Certificate ........................................................................................................... BF-9 Bid Bond ............................................................................................................................................... BF-11 Bid Proposal ......................................................................................................................................... BF-13 Schedule of Prices ................................................................................................................................ BF-15 Proposal Signature Page ....................................................................................................................... BF-17 Certificate of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes ...................................................................... BF-19 CONTRACT FORMS: Agreement .............................................................................................................................................. CF-1 Certificate of Insurance .......................................................................................................................... CF-3 Performance and Payment Bond ........................................................................................................... CF-5 Contractor's Declaration of Option for Management of Statutory Retained Percentage ...................... CF-7 Certification of Industrial Insurance Paid and Request for Release ....................................................... CF-9 PREVAILING WAGES SPECIAL PROVISIONS Division 1, General Division 2, Earthwork Division 4, Bases Division 5, Pavement Division 7, Utilities Division 8, Miscellaneous Division 9, Materials TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 11, Equipment Division 16, Electrical Division 17, Automatic Control Division 18, Measurement and Payment Division 33, Pre-Packaged Lift Station CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS GEOTECHNICAL REPORT PERMITS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Riverview East Sewer Lift Station Project No. 19053 Notice is hereby given that online bids will be received by the City of Pasco, until 2:00 PM on Thursday, February 17, 2022, for construction of the City of Pasco Riverview East Sewer Lift Station project. The work to be performed includes: installation of a new packaged sewer lift station with associated site improvements, installation of approximately 2,200 linear feet of 4 -inch-diameter force main, and installation of approximately 400 linear feet of 12-inch-diameter gravity sewer main. This contract provides the Contractor one- hundred and twenty (120) working days to physically complete the work. In an effort to provide proper social distancing to Contractors and City Staff, the City of Pasco is requiring Contractors to submit bids for this project through a secure online bidding process. The bidding shall be done through City of Pasco's Plan Room secure network/platform: https://www.cityofpascoplanroom.com/jobs/public. The contractor will not be charged a fee to submit a bid. Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud shortly after the 2:00 PM deadline on Thursday, February 17, 2022, in the Pasco City Council Chambers, located on the first floor of Pasco City Hall. Additionally, the City will hold the Bid Opening via Microsoft Teams. The link can be found under the project at www.cityofpascoplanroom.com/jobs/public or in the Instructions to Bidders. Proposals received after the time fixed for opening will not be considered. Attendees will be given an opportunity to ask questions towards the end of the bid opening. Bidders may obtain bid documents, including plans and specifications, at the City of Pasco’s Plan Room, beginning Friday, January 28, 2022. Bidders may obtain digital files at no cost. Printed documents are available, at bidders’ expense, by choosing the “Order” option. All bids must be accompanied by a “Good Faith Token” in the form of a Certified Check, Cashier’s Check or Bid Bond in the amount of not less than 5 percent (5%) of the total b id. As this is an online bidding process the Bidder’s original hard-copy Bid Bond must be submitted in a sealed envelope prior to the bid opening deadline. For full Bid Bond submittal requirements refer to Information to Bidders. The City of Pasco has scheduled a non-mandatory pre-bid walkthrough at 11:00 AM on Friday, February 4, 2022 at the proposed lift station site at approximately 1801 Road 52, Pasco, WA 99301. Parking is available in the grassy area on the east side of Road 52. Bids will only be accepted from Contractors who are eligible to perform services as governed by PMC 14.15 and who are listed on Abadan’s City of Pasco Plan Room Plan Holders list. Upon award, Contractor (and subcontractors) shall have a current City of Pasco Business License. Technical questions regarding the scope of this project should be put in writing up until three working days prior to bid opening and directed to Jacob Sevigny, PE – Engineer II, City of Pasco, Public Works, 525 N. 3rd Avenue, PO Box 293, Pasco, WA 99301, Email: sevignyj@pasco-wa.gov. The City of Pasco, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252,42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discrimin ated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Pasco is an equal opportunity and affirmative action employer. Small, minority, and women -owned businesses are encouraged to submit bids. The City of Pasco in accordance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), commits to nondiscrimination on the basis of disability, in all of its programs and activities. This material can be made available in an alternate format by e-mailing Dustin Wittman at wittmand@pasco-wa.gov or calling (509) 545-3447. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive technicalities or irregularities, and after careful consideration of all bids and factors involved make the award to best serve the interests of the City of Pasco. PUBLISHED: City of Pasco Publish Dates: January 28, 2022 February 4, 2022 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – ITB - 1 – \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX 1/24/22 1:47 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc.. Instructions to Bidders INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 01. General Plans and Specifications are on file at the City of Pasco, 525 North 3rd Avenue, Pasco, WA 99301. Plans and Specifications may be downloaded for free from www.cityofpascoplanroom.com or printed at the Bidder’s expense under Riverview East Sewer Lift Station (Project No. 19053). 02. Location Project is located at: 1801 Road 52, Pasco, WA 99301. 03. Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to construction conditions by personal examination of Plans, Specifications and site of proposed work, and by any other examination and investigation which they may desire to make as to the nature of difficulties to be encountered. 04. Proposals The City of Pasco (herein called the City and/or Owner) invites Bidders (herein called the Contractor) to submit bids on the proposal forms (Sec. 1-02.13) (bid package) to be provided to those Bidders in accordance with PMC 14.15 (Sec. 1-02.1). The City of Pasco will conduct the bidding of this project through an online bidding process. The bidding will be done through a Plan Center Service, via www.cityofpascoplanroom.com/jobs/public, a secure online (electronic) bidding platform. Bids shall be electronically submitted via the City of Pasco’s secure Plan Room. Any questions regarding bidding assistance or access/functionality shall be dire cted to Dustin Wittman at the City of Pasco at 509-545-3447 or wittmand@pasco-wa.gov. The proposal forms to be completed for the bid package include: • The Proposal (Sec. 1-02.6) • Subcontractor List (Sec. 1-02.6) • Bidder’s Qualification Certificate • Bid Security (surety bond) • Non-Collusion Declaration Winter 2021/2022 City of Pasco Instruction to Bidders Riverview East Sewer Lift Station – ITB - 2 – 1/24/22 1:47 PM \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX Instructions to Bidders © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Schedule of Prices • Acknowledgement of any Addenda (Sec. 1-02.6) All bid prices shall be completed either in ink or be typewritten and shall contain the appropriate amounts in figures (Sec. 1-02.6). For bidders, a scanned copy of these completed proposal forms (Bid Package) shall be uploaded as part of the Bid via City of Pasco’s Plan Room. It is the Bidder’s responsibility to verify that the information entered in the Bid Proposal accurately reflects the Contractor’s Bid. No proposal may be withdrawn after the time set for the bid opening or before award of contract unless said award is delayed for a period exceeding 60 working days. 05. Bid Bond Bid Bonds must be submitted via hard copy (original) to the City Clerk’s Office at Pasco City Hall prior to the Bid submittal deadline. Per the following instructions: A. A Bid Bond for this project shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, either in person or mailed to the Pasco City Clerk at City Hall, 525 N. 3rd Ave, Pasco, WA 99301. Bonds will be accepted up until the hour of 2:00 PM on February 17, 2022. The sealed envelope must reference the project. B. If the Bidder is dropping off their Bid Bond in person, they shall drop off their Bid Bond at the City Clerk’s Office, located on the First Floor of Pasco City Hall, 525 N. 3rd Ave, Pasco, WA 99301. If a Bidder prefers to mail or ship their Bid Bond please address it to: Pasco City Clerk’s Office Attn: Water Main Replacement – Maple Drive, AC Main (Road 100 to Road 103) 525 N 3rd Ave (or) PO Box 293 Pasco, WA 99301 Please note if it is mailed or shipped it must arrive by the 2:00 pm deadline on Thursday, February 17, 2022. C. Do not submit your Bid Proposal in your sealed Bid Bond envelope as the Bidding for this project will be completed securely online (electronically) at: www.cityofpascoplanroom.com. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Sewer Lift Station Instructions to Bidders – ITB - 3 – \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX 1/24/22 1:47 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Instructions to Bidders 06. Award of Contract Contract will not be awarded until the City of Pasco is satisfied that successful bidder is reasonably familiar with the class of work contemplated and has the necessary capital, tools and experience to satisfactorily perform the work within the time stated. Completion of the work within the time stated is essential and prior commitments of the bidder, failure to complete other work on time, or reasonable doubt as to whether the bidder would complete the work on time would be cause for the rejection of any bid. In addition, the Owner may determine any bidde r not to be responsible in accordance with RCW 39.04.350 and/or any other legal authority. The right is reserved by Owner to waive any informalities in the bidding, to reject any or all proposals, to accept any proposal, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to otherwise carry out the work. All information required of the bidder in this contract and included in the Bid Forms section must be provided with the submitted bid at the time of bid opening. The basis of bid for determining the lowest responsible bidder shall be the total base bid without consideration of the alternative bid item. RCW 39.04.350(3)(d): If the state or municipality determines a bidder to be not responsible, the state or municipality must provide, in writing, the reasons for the determ ination. The bidder may appeal the determination within the time period specified in the bidding documents by presenting additional information to the state or municipality. The state or municipality must consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the state or municipality may not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 07. Failure to Execute Contract In the event the successful bidder fails to furnish an approved bond and to sign the contract within ten (10) days after notification of award, an amount equal to five (5) percent of the amount of the bid shall be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages. Said liquidated damages shall be paid from the check or bid bond filed by the bidder. Other proposals will then be reco nsidered for award by Owner. 08. Corrections, Interpretations and Addenda Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation should be brought in writing to the attention of Engineer. Written addenda to clarify questions which arise will then be issued. All interpretation or explanations of the contract documents shall be in the form of an addendum and no oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or other representative of Owner shall, in an y way, modify the contract documents, whether made before or after awarding the contract. Winter 2021/2022 City of Pasco Instruction to Bidders Riverview East Sewer Lift Station – ITB - 4 – 1/24/22 1:47 PM \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX Instructions to Bidders © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 09. Project Engineer Notices as required in the general conditions shall be mailed to RH2 Engineering, Inc ., 114 Columbia Point Drive, Suite C, Richland, WA 99352, Attention: Ryan Withers, PE. 10. Chemical Hazard Communication Before starting work under this contract, Contractor is required to supply information to the City of Pasco on all chemical hazards that Contractor is bringing into the work place and thereby creating exposure to the City of Pasco employees. 11. Completion Time Contractor is required to have the contract completed within one hundred twenty (120) working days from Notice to Proceed. Work hours are defined in the General Conditions. 12. Non-Mandatory Pre-Bid Meetings The City of Pasco has scheduled a non-mandatory pre-bid walkthrough at 11:00 AM on Friday, February 4, 2022 at the proposed lift station site at approximately 1801 Road 52, Pasco, WA 99301. Parking is available in the grassy area on the east side of Road 52. 13. Bidder’s Responsibility Statement It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed on the attached index are included in their copy of the bid specifications. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the bidder to contact the City of Pasco to obtain the missing documents prior to bid opening time. 14. Civil Rights All contracts must include and comply with the following: Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d No person in the United States shall, on the ground of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Sewer Lift Station Instructions to Bidders – ITB - 5 – \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX 1/24/22 1:47 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Instructions to Bidders Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794 No otherwise qualified individual with a disability in the United States . . . shall, solely by reason of his or her disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subject to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, 42 U.S.C. § 6102 no person in the United States shall, on the basis of age, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subject to discrimination under any program or activity receiving financial assistance. Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order No. 11246 (1965) Through a series of Executive Orders, and a decision by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the federal government has established a national policy designed to battle discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, and national origin in federal assistance programs and to enhance hiring, training, and promotion opportunities for minorities and women in construction programs financed, in part, by federal dollars. If a Contract exceeds $10,000, the Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, “E qual Employment Opportunity,” as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and as supplemented by regulations at 41 CFR part 60. Contractor’s compliance with Executive Order 11246 shall be based on implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, and specific affirmative active obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4. 15. Responsible Bidder RCW 57.08.050 authorizes the Owner to Award the contract to the lowest “responsible bidder.” The City of Pasco reserves the right to determine whether any bidder is responsible, and the right to reject any bid from a bidder determined not to be responsible, in accordance with the following criteria: 1. Satisfy the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate requirements to the satisfaction of the Owner; 2. The ability, capacity, and skill of the bidder to perform the contract in a timely manner; 3. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder shall be determined at the sole discretion of the Owner; 4. The quality of performance of previous contract or servi ces rendered by the bidder and Winter 2021/2022 City of Pasco Instruction to Bidders Riverview East Sewer Lift Station – ITB - 6 – 1/24/22 1:47 PM \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX Instructions to Bidders © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. whether the bidder has previously complied and is complying with all applicable laws relating to the contract; and 5. Any other information deemed relevant to performance by the Owner. 6. If the Owner determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder and qualification-based responsibility criteria and is therefore not a responsible bidder as set out in the Bid Documents, the City of Pasco shall notify the Bidder in writing with reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of the City of Pasco‘s determination by presenting additional information to the City of Pasco. The City of Pasco will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination within forty- eight (48) hours, or as otherwise negotiated with the City of Pasco, from the date of receipt of the additional information. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the City of Pasco will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days after the Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 16. Protection of Whistleblower This Contract shall be subject to the laws set forth in the Whistleblower Protection Act of 1989 for employees who work for the federal government. Whistleblowers may file a complaint that they believe reasonable evidences a violation of a law, rule, or regulation; gross mismanagement; gross waste of funds; an abuse of authority; or a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety. A federal agency violates the Whistleblower Protection Act if an agency or agency authorities take (or threaten to take) retaliatory personnel action against any employee or applicant because of disclosure of information by that employee or applicant. 17. Compliance with COVID-19 Safety Procedures By bidding this project, the Contractor fully understands the current conditions required for working during the COVID-19 outbreak and any current proclamations issued by Washington State Governor Jay Inslee. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation, and enforcement of all appropriate and required COVID-19 safety protocols for its employees and subcontractors. Refer to Technical Specifications 1.31.11 for requirements to prepare of a health and safety plan. Bidding is occurring with full knowledge that the COVID -19 outbreak is occurring and that multiple Governor Proclamations and guidance from multiple State and Federal Agencies will need to be adhered to regarding construction practices. Furthermore, the Contractor understands that supply chain issues, labor shortages, and/or multiple other ins tances may affect their construction schedule. By bidding this contract the Contractor has acknowledged City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Sewer Lift Station Instructions to Bidders – ITB - 7 – \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX 1/24/22 1:47 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Instructions to Bidders these concerns and has provided adequate unit pricing for delays, schedule changes and all other COVID-19 related items in their bid proposal. By bidding this contract the Contractor agrees that any and all COVID-19 related issues shall not be a reason for claims regarding Differing Site Conditions, changes to production rates, changes to unit pricing or any other increase in the cost of the project. If the Contractor experiences delays related to COVID-19, the Contractor or its Subcontractors will not charge the Owner with standby or idle time for any equipment or personnel delayed. If a work stoppage or shutdown occurs as a result of a new state or federal government order which prohibits or further restricts construction work on the project, the Owner and Contractor will review suspension of the contract as outlined in the Standard Specifications. 18. Bidder Responsibility Criteria 18.1 Bidder Responsibility A. It is the intent of Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder. Before award, the bidder must meet the following bidder responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder. The bidder may be required by the Owner to submit documentation demonstrating compliance with the criteria. The bidder must: 1) Have a current certificate of registration as a contractor in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW, which must have been in effect at the time of bid submittal; 2) Have a current Washington Unified Business Identifier (UBI) number; 3) If applicable: a. Have Industrial Insurance (workers’ compensation) coverage for the bidder’s employees working in Washington, as required in Title 51 RCW; b. Have a Washington Employment Security Department number, as required in Title 50 RCW; c. Have a Washington Department of Revenue state excise tax registration number, as required in Title 82 RCW; 4) Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). 5) Be on record with the Washington Department of Labor as either having satisfied the training requirements related to public works and prevailing wage per chapter 39.12 RCW or be exempt per chapter 39.04.350 RCW. Winter 2021/2022 City of Pasco Instruction to Bidders Riverview East Sewer Lift Station – ITB - 8 – 1/24/22 1:47 PM \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX Instructions to Bidders © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 6) Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation, not have been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries or through civil judgement entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46,49.48,or 49.52 RCW. 18.2 In addition, to demonstrate that the Bidder is a responsible bidder able to perform the Work, the Apparent Low Bidder’s Qualification Certificate (included with the Bid Forms) will be reviewed by the Owner. Owner will review the submitted information to determine whether the Apparent Low Bidder meets the criteria identified in the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate. A Bidder who fails to meet the requirements of RCW 39.04.350(1) outlined above and the requirements of the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate will be deemed not a responsible Bidder and therefore not eligible for award of the Contract. Bidders are hereby encouraged to thoroughly review these requirements in the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate prior to submitting their Bid. 18.3 Appeals A. If the Owner determines Bidder does not meet the criteria in the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the Owner shall notify Bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within 24 hours of receipt of the Owner’s determination by presenting additional information to the Owner. The Owner will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two business days (RCW 39.04.350) after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. 18.4 Request to Change Criteria During Bidding: A. Bidders with concerns about the relevancy or restrictiveness of the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate required in these bidding documents may make or submit requests to the Owner to modify the criteria. Such requests shall be in writing, describe the nature of the concerns, and propose specific modifications to the criteria that will make the criteria more relevant and/or less restrictive of competition . Bidders must submit such requests to the Owner and Engineer no later than ten (10) business days prior to the bid submittal deadline and address the request to Ryan Withers, PE (rwithers@rh2.com). City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Sewer Lift Station Instructions to Bidders – ITB - 9 – \\CORP.RH2.COM\PROJECTS\PROJECT\DATA\PSC\719-021\30 SPECS\FRONT ENDS\PSC_RIVE_NON-TECHNICALS.DOCX 1/24/22 1:47 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Instructions to Bidders 1) No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to seek additional pertinent information related to the Bidder’s Qualification Certificate. 19. Bid Package Checklist The following are required as a minimum for a complete bid. All items listed in the following checklist are required to be submitted as part of the secure online electronic bid package at the bid opening date and time, except the Subcontractors List which may be submitted at bid time or within 1 hour of bid time. Omission of any of these items within the secure online electronic bid package will result in the bidder being considered non-responsive (except the Subcontractors List, which may be received within 1 hour of bid time). In addition to the forms identified in the subsequent checklist, additional forms deemed necessary by bidders to constitute a complete bid are acceptable to be included in the secure online electronic bid package.  Non-Collusion Certificate  Subcontractor List  Bidder’s Qualification Certificate  Bid Bond Form  Bid Bond  Signed Proposal Form  Schedule of Prices  Acknowledgement of Receipt of Addenda  Certification of Compliance of Wages Paid The following forms are to be executed and submitted within 10 calendar days after receiving the Notice to Award of the contract.  Agreement  Certificate of Insurance  Performance and Payment Bond  Contractor’s Declaration of Option for Management of Statutory Retained Percentage  Notice to Labor Unions or Other Organizations of Workers  General Liability Endorsement  Worker’s Compensation Employer’s Liability Endorsement  Automotive Liability Endorsement  Certification of Industrial Insurance Paid and Request for Release BID FORMS CONTRACT FORMS PREVAILING WAGES Prior to beginning the project, complete the “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages” (Forms shall be obtained from the State). Prevailing wage rates for this project area and size can be found at the Washington State Department of Bureau of Labor Industries or on the internet at: https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/wagelookup/prvWagelookup.aspx The prevailing wage rates on this project are those effective as of January 21, 2022 for public works contracts in Washington. The rates and forms are hereby incorporated as part of the contract documents by reference. This project is located within Franklin County. For work performed off-site, the rates used shall be those of the county where the work is performed. A printed version of the wage rates is available for viewing in the office of the City of Pasco at 525 North 3rd Avenue, Pasco, WA., and a hard copy can be provided upon request. State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 1/13/2022 County Trade Job Classification Wage Holiday Overtime Note *Risk Class Franklin Asbestos Abatement Workers Journey Level $44.04 5D 1H View Franklin Boilermakers Journey Level $70.79 5N 1C View Franklin Brick Mason Journey Level $53.34 5A 1M View Franklin Building Service Employees Janitor $14.49  1 View Franklin Building Service Employees Shampooer $14.49  1 View Franklin Building Service Employees Waxer $14.49  1 View Franklin Building Service Employees Window Cleaner $14.49  1 View Franklin Cabinet Makers (In Shop)Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Carpenters Acoustical Worker $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Carpenters Bridge, Dock & Wharf Carpenter $52.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Carpenters Floor Layer & Floor Finisher $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Carpenters Form Builder $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Carpenters General Carpenter $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Carpenters Heavy Construction Carpenter $56.71 7E 4X 9E View Franklin Carpenters Scaffold/Shoring Erecting & Dismantling $56.71 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Cement Masons Journey Level $46.83 7B 1N View Franklin Divers & Tenders Assistant Tender $59.01 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Dive Supervisors $109.30 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Diver $107.80 7E 4X 8V View Franklin Divers & Tenders Diver on Standby $62.82 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Diver Tender $61.82 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Diving Master $73.32 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator $61.82 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Manifold Operator Mixed Gas $65.82 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Operator $61.82 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Remote Operated Vehicle Tender/Technician $59.01 7E 4X View Franklin Divers & Tenders Surface RCV & ROV Operator $61.82 7E 4X View Franklin Dredge Workers Assistant Engineer $73.62 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Assistant Mate (Deckhand)$73.05 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Boatmen $73.62 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Engineer Welder $75.03 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Leverman, Hydraulic $76.53 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Mates $73.62 5D 3F View Franklin Dredge Workers Oiler $73.05 5D 3F View Franklin Drywall Applicator Journey Level $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Drywall Tapers Journey Level $46.18 7E 1P View Franklin Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Electricians - Inside Cable Splicer $76.01 5A 11F View Franklin Electricians - Inside Journey Level $73.42 5A 11F View Franklin Electricians - Inside Welder $78.60 5A 11F View Franklin Electricians - Motor Shop Craftsman $15.37  1 View Franklin Electricians - Motor Shop Journey Level $14.69  1 View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Cable Splicer $82.39 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Certified Line Welder $75.64 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Groundperson $49.17 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Heavy Line Equipment Operator $75.64 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Journey Level Lineperson $75.64 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Line Equipment Operator $64.54 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Meter Installer $49.17 5A 4D 8W View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Pole Sprayer $75.64 5A 4D View Franklin Electricians - Powerline Construction Powderperson $56.49 5A 4D View Franklin Electronic Technicians Journey Level $46.20 5I 1B View Franklin Elevator Constructors Mechanic $100.51 7D 4A View Franklin Elevator Constructors Mechanic In Charge $108.53 7D 4A View Franklin Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Fabricated Precast Concrete Products Journey Level - In-Factory Work Only $14.49  1 View Franklin Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Fence Erectors Fence Erector $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Flaggers Journey Level $41.94 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Glaziers Journey Level $35.56 7L 4L View Franklin Heat & Frost Insulators And Asbestos Workers Journey Level $57.24 5K 1U View Franklin Heating Equipment Mechanics Journey Level $68.81 5A 1X View Franklin Hod Carriers & Mason Tenders Journey Level $44.89 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Industrial Power Vacuum Journey Level $14.49  1 View Cleaner Franklin Inland Boatmen Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Cleaner Operator, Foamer Operator $14.49  1 View Franklin Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Grout Truck Operator $14.49  1 View Franklin Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Head Operator $14.49  1 View Franklin Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Technician $14.49  1 View Franklin Inspection/Cleaning/Sealing Of Sewer & Water Systems By Remote Control Tv Truck Operator $14.49  1 View Franklin Insulation Applicators Journey Level $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Ironworkers Journeyman $65.91 7N 1O View Franklin Laborers Air And Hydraulic Track Drill $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Asphalt Raker $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Asphalt Roller, Walking $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Brick Pavers $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Brush Hog Feeder $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Brush Machine $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Caisson Worker, Free AIr $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Carpenter Tender $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Cement Finisher Tender $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Cement Handler $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Chain Saw Operator & Faller $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Clean-up Laborer $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Compaction Equipment $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Concrete Crewman $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Concrete Saw, Walking $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Concrete Signalman $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Concrete Stack $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Confined Space Attendant $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Crusher Feeder $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Demolition $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Demolition Torch $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Dope Pot Fireman, Non- mechanical $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Driller Helper (when Required To Move & Position Machine) $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Drills With Dual Masts $44.86 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Dry Stack Walls $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Dumpman $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Erosion Control Laborer $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Firewatch $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Form Cleaning Machine Feeder, Stacker $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Form Setter, Paving $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers General Laborer $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Grade Checker $46.57 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Grout Machine Header Tender $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Guard Rail $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Gunite $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level A) $44.86 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level B) $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level C) $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Hazardous Waste Worker (level D) $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Hdpe Or Similar Liner Installer $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers High Scaler $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Jackhammer Operator Miner, Class "b" $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Laser Beam Operator $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Miner, Class "a"$44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Miner, Class "c"$44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Miner, Class "d"$44.86 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Monitor Operator, Air Track Or Similar Mounting $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Mortar Mixer $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Nipper $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Nozzleman $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Nozzleman, Water (to Include Fire Hose), Air Or Steam $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pavement Breaker, 90 Lbs. & Over $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pavement Breaker, Under 90 Lbs. $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pilot Car $41.94 7B 1M 9D View Franklin Laborers Pipelayer $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pipelayer, Corrugated Metal Culvert And Multi-plate. $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pipewrapper $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Plasterer Tenders $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Pot Tender $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Powderman $46.23 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Powederman Helper $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Power Buggy Operator $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Power Tool Operator, Gas, Electric, Pneumatic $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Railroad Equipment, Power Driven, Except Dual Mobile $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Railroad Power Spiker Or $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Puller, Dual Mobile Franklin Laborers Remote Equipment Operator $44.86 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Remote Equipment Operator (i.e Compaction And Demolition) $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Rigger/signal Person $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Riprap Person $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Rodder & Spreader $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Sandblast Tailhoseman $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Scaffold Erector, Wood Or Steel $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Scaleman $41.94 7B 1M 9D View Franklin Laborers Stake Jumper $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Structural Mover $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Tailhoseman (water Nozzle)$44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Timber Bucker & Faller (by Hand) $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Track Laborer (rr)$44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Traffic Control Laborer $41.94 7B 1M 9D View Franklin Laborers Traffic Control Supervisor $42.94 7B 1M 9E View Franklin Laborers Trencher, Shawnee $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Trenchless Technology Technician $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Truck Loader $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Tugger Operator $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Vibrators, All $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Wagon Drills $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Water Pipe Liner $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Welder, Electrical, Manual Or Automatic (hdpe Or Similar Pipe And Liner) $44.86 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Well-point Person $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Wheelbarrow, Power Driven $44.31 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers Window Washer, Cleaner $41.94 7B 1M 9D View Franklin Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water General Laborer & Topman $44.04 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water Pipe Layer $44.58 7B 1M 8Z View Franklin Landscape Construction Landscape Laborer $41.94 7B 1M 9D View Franklin Landscape Construction Landscape Operator $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Landscape Maintenance Groundskeeper $15.09  1 View Franklin Lathers Journey Level $51.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Marble Setters Journey Level $53.34 5A 1M View Franklin Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Fitter $14.49  1 View Franklin Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Laborer $14.49  1 View Franklin Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Machine Operator $14.49  1 View Franklin Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Painter $14.49  1 View Franklin Metal Fabrication (In Shop)Welder $14.49  1 View Franklin Millwright Journey Level $71.07 5A 1B View Franklin Modular Buildings Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Painters Commercial Painter $40.26 6Z 1W View Franklin Painters Industrial Painter $46.97 6Z 1W 9D View Franklin Pile Driver General Pile Driver $52.25 7E 4X 8N View Franklin Pile Driver Heavy Construction Pile Driver $58.01 7E 4X 9E View Franklin Plasterers Journey Level $46.51 7K 1N View Franklin Playground & Park Equipment Installers Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $86.69 6Z 1Q View Franklin Power Equipment Operators A-frame Truck (2 Or More Drums) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators A-frame Truck (single Drum)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Plant Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman Or Pugmixer (asphalt) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 Ton) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 Ton) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Automatic Subgrader (ditches & Trimmers) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backfillers (cleveland & Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 Yd.) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoe (45,000 Gw & Under)$51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoe (45,000 Gw To 110,000 Gw) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoe (over 110,000 Gw)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 Yds & Over) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 Yd. To 3 Yd.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bagley Or Stationary Scraper $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple Units, 2 & Incl. 4) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, Single Unit (concrete) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Batch Plant (over 4 Units)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Belt Finishing Machine $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Belt Loader (kocal Or Similar)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Belt-crete Conveyors With Power Pack Or Similar $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bending Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bit Grinders $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Blade (finish & Bluetop), Automatic, Cmi, Abc, Finish Athey & Huber & Similar When Used As Automatic $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Blade Operator (motor Patrol & Attachments) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Blower Operator (cement)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Boat Operator $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bob Cat (skid Steer)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bolt Threading Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Boom Cats (side)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Boring Machine (earth)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Boring Machine (Rock Under 8 inch Bit - Quarry Master, Joy Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Bump Cutter (wayne, Saginau Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cableway Controller (dispatcher) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cableway Operators $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Canal Lining Machine (concrete) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Carrydeck & Boom Truck (under 25 Tons) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cement Hog $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Chipper (without Crane) Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Clamshell, Dragline $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Compactor (self-propelled With Blade) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Compressor (2000 Cfm Or Over, 2 Or More, Gas Diesel Or Electric Power) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Compressors (under 2000 Cfm, Gas, Diesel Or Electric Power) $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Concrete Cleaning / Decontamination Machine Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pump Boon Truck $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Concrete Pumps (squeeze- crete, Flow-crete, Whitman & Similar) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Concrete Saw (multiple Cut)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Concrete Slip Form Paver $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Conveyor Aggregate Delivery Systems (c.a.d.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Crane Oiler- Driver (cdl Required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (100 to 299 Tons) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $53.36 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (25 Tons & Under), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell, Dragline $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (25 Tons To And Including 45 Tons), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell, Dragline $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (300 Tons and Over) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $53.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (45 Tons To 85 Tons), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell And Dragline $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Cranes (86 to 99 Tons) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Crusher Feeder $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Curb Extruder (asphalt Or Concrete) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Deck Engineer $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Deck Hand $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Derricks & Stifflegs (65 Tons & Over) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 Tons) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Distributor Leverman $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Ditch Witch Or Similar $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Dope Pots (power Agitated $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Dozer / Tractor (up To D-6 Or Equivalent) And Traxcavator $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Dozer / Tractors (d-6 & Equivalent & Over) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Dozer, 834 R/t & Similar $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Drill Doctor $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Driller Licensed $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Drillers Helper $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Drilling Equipment (8 inch Bit & Over - Robbins, Reverse Circulation & Similar) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Drills (churn, Core, Calyx Or Diamond) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Elevating Belt (holland Type)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Elevating Belt-type Loader (euclid, Barber Green & Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Elevating Grader-type Loader (dumor, Adams Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Elevator Hoisting Materials $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Equipment Serviceman, Greaser & Oiler $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Fireman & Heater Tender $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Fork Lift Or Lumber Stacker,$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Hydra-life & Similar Franklin Power Equipment Operators Generator Plant Engineers (diesel Or Electric) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Gin Trucks (pipeline)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Grade Checker $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Gunite Combination Mixer & Compressor $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators H.d. Mechanic $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators H.d. Welder $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Heavy Equipment Robotics Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Helicopter Pilot $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Helper, Mechanic Or Welder, H.D $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Hoe Ram $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Hoist (2 Or More Drums Or Tower Hoist) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Hoist, Single Drum $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Hydraulic Platform Trailers (goldhofer, Shaurerly And Similar) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Hydro-seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Lime Batch Tank Operator (recycle Train) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Lime Brain Operator (recycle Train) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loader (360 Degrees Revolving Koehring Scooper Or Similar) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loader Operator (front-end & Overhead, 4 Yds. Incl. 8 Yds.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loaders (bucket Elevators And Conveyors) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loaders (overhead & Front- end, Over 8 Yds. To 10 Yds.) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loaders (overhead & Front- end, Under 4 Yds.. R/t) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Loaders (overhead And Front- end, 10 Yds. & Over) $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Locomotive Engineer $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Longitudinal Float $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Master Environmental Maintenance Technician $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Mixer (portable - Concrete)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Mixermobile $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Mobile Crusher Operator (recycle Train) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Mucking Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Multiple Dozer Units With Single Blade $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Pavement Breaker, Hydra-$50.28 7B 4W 9A View hammer & Similar Franklin Power Equipment Operators Paving (dual Drum)$51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Paving Machine (asphalt And Concrete) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Piledriving Engineers $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Plant Oiler $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Posthole Auger Or Punch $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Power Broom $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Pump (grout Or Jet)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Pumpman $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Quad-track Or Similar Equipment $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Railroad Track Liner Operator (self-propelled) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 Tons & Over) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 Ton) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Rollerman (finishing Asphalt Pavement) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Rollers, All Types On Subgrade, Including Seal And Chip Coating (farm Type, Case, John Deere And Similar,or Compacting Vibrator), Except When Pulled B $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Roto Mill (pavement Grinder)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Rotomill Groundsman $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Rubber-tired Scrapers (multiple Engine With Three Or More Scrapers) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Rubber-tired Skidders (r/t With Or Without Attachments) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Scrapers, All, Rubber-tired $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Screed Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Shovels (3 Yds. & Over)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Shovels (under 3 Yds.)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Signalman (whirleys, Highline, Hammerheads Or Similar) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Soil Stabilizer (p & H Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Spray Curing Machine (concrete) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Spreader Box (self-propelled)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Spreader Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Steam Cleaner $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Straddle Buggy (ross & Similar On Construction Job Only) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Surface Heater & Planer Machine $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Tractor (farm Type R/t With Attachments, Except Backhoe) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Traverse Finish Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines (7 Ft. Depth & Over) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Trenching Machines (under 7 Ft. Depth Capacity) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Tug Boat Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Tugger Operator $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Turnhead (with Re-screening)$51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Turnhead Operator $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator, (30,000 Psi) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Vactor Guzzler, Super Sucker $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Vacuum Drill (reverse Circulation Drill Under 8 Inch Bit) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Welding Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators Whirleys & Hammerheads, All $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water A-frame Truck (2 Or More Drums) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water A-frame Truck (single Drum)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Asphalt Plant Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Plant Operator, Fireman Or Pugmixer (asphalt) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Refrigeration Plant & Chiller Operator (over 1000 Ton) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Assistant Refrigeration Plant (under 1000 Ton) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Automatic Subgrader (ditches & Trimmers) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backfillers (cleveland & Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoe & Hoe Ram (under 3/4 Yd.) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoe (45,000 Gw & Under)$51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoe (45,000 Gw To 110,000 Gw) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoe (over 110,000 Gw)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3 Yds & Over) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Backhoes & Hoe Ram (3/4 Yd. To 3 Yd.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bagley Or Stationary Scraper $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch & Wet Mix Operator (multiple Units, 2 & Incl. 4) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant & Wet Mix Operator, Single Unit (concrete) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Batch Plant (over 4 Units)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Belt Finishing Machine $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Belt Loader (kocal Or Similar)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Belt-crete Conveyors With Power Pack Or Similar $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bending Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bit Grinders $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Blade (finish & Bluetop), Automatic, Cmi, Abc, Finish Athey & Huber & Similar When Used As Automatic $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Blade Operator (motor Patrol & Attachments) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Blower Operator (cement)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Boat Operator $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bob Cat (skid Steer)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bolt Threading Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Boom Cats (side)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Boring Machine (earth)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Boring Machine (Rock Under 8 inch Bit - Quarry Master, Joy Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Bump Cutter (wayne, Saginau Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableway Controller (dispatcher) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cableway Operators $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Canal Lining Machine (concrete) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators-Carrydeck & Boom Truck $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Underground Sewer & Water (under 25 Tons) Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cement Hog $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Chipper (without Crane) Cleaning & Doping Machine (pipeline) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Clamshell, Dragline $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compactor (self-propelled With Blade) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressor (2000 Cfm Or Over, 2 Or More, Gas Diesel Or Electric Power) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Compressors (under 2000 Cfm, Gas, Diesel Or Electric Power) $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Cleaning / Decontamination Machine Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pump Boon Truck $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Pumps (squeeze- crete, Flow-crete, Whitman & Similar) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Saw (multiple Cut)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Concrete Slip Form Paver $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Conveyor Aggregate Delivery Systems (c.a.d.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crane Oiler- Driver (cdl Required) & Cable Tender, Mucking Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (100 to 299 Tons) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $53.36 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (25 Tons & Under), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell, Dragline $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (25 Tons To And Including 45 Tons), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell, Dragline $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (300 Tons and Over) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $53.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (45 Tons To 85 Tons), All Attachments Incl. Clamshell And Dragline $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Cranes (86 to 99 Tons) And All Climbing, Overhead, Rail & Tower. All Attachments Incl. $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher Feeder $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Crusher, Grizzle & Screening Plant Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Curb Extruder (asphalt Or Concrete) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Engineer $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Deck Hand $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks & Stifflegs (65 Tons & Over) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Derricks & Stifflegs (under 65 Tons) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Distributor Leverman $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Ditch Witch Or Similar $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dope Pots (power Agitated $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozer / Tractor (up To D-6 Or Equivalent) And Traxcavator $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozer / Tractors (d-6 & Equivalent & Over) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Dozer, 834 R/t & Similar $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drill Doctor $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Driller Licensed $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drillers Helper $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drilling Equipment (8 inch Bit & Over - Robbins, Reverse Circulation & Similar) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Drills (churn, Core, Calyx Or Diamond) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevating Belt (holland Type)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevating Belt-type Loader (euclid, Barber Green & Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevating Grader-type Loader (dumor, Adams Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Elevator Hoisting Materials $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Equipment Serviceman, Greaser & Oiler $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Fireman & Heater Tender $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Fork Lift Or Lumber Stacker, Hydra-life & Similar $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Generator Plant Engineers (diesel Or Electric) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators-Gin Trucks (pipeline)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Underground Sewer & Water Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Grade Checker $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Gunite Combination Mixer & Compressor $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water H.d. Mechanic $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water H.d. Welder $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Heavy Equipment Robotics Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Helicopter Pilot $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Helper, Mechanic Or Welder, H.D $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hoe Ram $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hoist (2 Or More Drums Or Tower Hoist) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hoist, Single Drum $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydraulic Platform Trailers (goldhofer, Shaurerly And Similar) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Hydro-seeder, Mulcher, Nozzleman $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Lime Batch Tank Operator (recycle Train) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Lime Brain Operator (recycle Train) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader (360 Degrees Revolving Koehring Scooper Or Similar) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loader Operator (front-end & Overhead, 4 Yds. Incl. 8 Yds.) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders (bucket Elevators And Conveyors) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders (overhead & Front- end, Over 8 Yds. To 10 Yds.) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders (overhead & Front- end, Under 4 Yds.. R/t) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Loaders (overhead And Front- end, 10 Yds. & Over) $52.86 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Locomotive Engineer $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Longitudinal Float $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Master Environmental Maintenance Technician $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mixer (portable - Concrete)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mixermobile $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators-Mobile Crusher Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Underground Sewer & Water (recycle Train) Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Mucking Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Multiple Dozer Units With Single Blade $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pavement Breaker, Hydra- hammer & Similar $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Paving (dual Drum)$51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Paving Machine (asphalt And Concrete) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Piledriving Engineers $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Plant Oiler $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Posthole Auger Or Punch $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Power Broom $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pump (grout Or Jet)$50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Pumpman $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Quad-track Or Similar Equipment $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Railroad Ballast Regulation Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Railroad Power Tamper Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Railroad Tamper Jack Operator (self-propelled) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Railroad Track Liner Operator (self-propelled) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Refrigeration Plant Engineer (1000 Tons & Over) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Refrigeration Plant Engineer (under 1000 Ton) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollerman (finishing Asphalt Pavement) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rollers, All Types On Subgrade, Including Seal And Chip Coating (farm Type, Case, John Deere And Similar,or Compacting Vibrator), Except When Pulled B $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Roto Mill (pavement Grinder)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rotomill Groundsman $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Rubber-tired Scrapers (multiple Engine With Three Or More Scrapers) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators-Rubber-tired Skidders (r/t $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Underground Sewer & Water With Or Without Attachments) Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Scrapers, All, Rubber-tired $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Screed Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovels (3 Yds. & Over)$51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Shovels (under 3 Yds.)$51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Signalman (whirleys, Highline, Hammerheads Or Similar) $51.21 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Soil Stabilizer (p & H Or Similar) $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spray Curing Machine (concrete) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader Box (self-propelled)$50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Spreader Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Steam Cleaner $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Straddle Buggy (ross & Similar On Construction Job Only) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Surface Heater & Planer Machine $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tractor (farm Type R/t With Attachments, Except Backhoe) $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Traverse Finish Machine $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines (7 Ft. Depth & Over) $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Trenching Machines (under 7 Ft. Depth Capacity) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tug Boat Operator $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Tugger Operator $50.28 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Turnhead (with Re-screening)$51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Turnhead Operator $50.89 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Ultra High Pressure Wateriet Cutting Tool System Operator, (30,000 Psi) $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Vactor Guzzler, Super Sucker $51.49 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Vacuum Drill (reverse Circulation Drill Under 8 Inch Bit) $51.05 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Welding Machine $49.96 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Equipment Operators- Underground Sewer & Water Whirleys & Hammerheads, All $51.76 7B 4W 9A View Franklin Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Journey Level In Charge $55.03 5A 4A View Franklin Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Spray Person $52.24 5A 4A View Franklin Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Equipment Operator $55.03 5A 4A View Franklin Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer $49.21 5A 4A View Franklin Power Line Clearance Tree Trimmers Tree Trimmer Groundperson $37.47 5A 4A View Franklin Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $86.69 6Z 1Q View Franklin Residential Brick Mason Journey Level $28.42  1 View Franklin Residential Carpenters Journey Level $21.60  1 View Franklin Residential Cement Masons Journey Level $46.83 7B 1N View Franklin Residential Drywall Applicators Journey Level $20.46  1 View Franklin Residential Drywall Tapers Journey Level $19.32  1 View Franklin Residential Electricians Journey Level $22.73  1 View Franklin Residential Glaziers Journey Level $23.10  1 View Franklin Residential Insulation Applicators Journey Level $14.86  1 View Franklin Residential Laborers Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Residential Marble Setters Journey Level $28.42  1 View Franklin Residential Painters Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Residential Plumbers & Pipefitters Journey Level $29.71  1 View Franklin Residential Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Mechanics Journey Level $17.24  1 View Franklin Residential Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$50.02 5A 1X View Franklin Residential Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $23.11 5A 1N View Franklin Residential Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Protection) Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Residential Stone Masons Journey Level $28.42  1 View Franklin Residential Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $14.86  1 View Franklin Residential Terrazzo/Tile Finishers Journey Level $14.86  1 View Franklin Residential Tile Setters Journey Level $19.23  1 View Franklin Roofers Irritable Bituminous Roofer $45.78 7G 4I View Franklin Roofers Journeyman Roofer, Waterproofer, Kettleman $42.78 7G 4I View Franklin Sheet Metal Workers Journey Level (Field or Shop)$68.81 5A 1X View Franklin Sign Makers & Installers (Electrical) Journey Level $14.65  1 View Franklin Sign Makers & Installers (Non- Electrical) Journey Level $14.65  1 View Franklin Soft Floor Layers Journey Level $51.91 5A 3J View Franklin Solar Controls For Windows Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Sprinkler Fitters (Fire Journey Level $60.86 7J 1R View Protection) Franklin Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Stone Masons Journey Level $53.34 5A 1M View Franklin Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Journey Level $14.49  1 View Franklin Surveyors All Classifications $23.49 0 1 View Franklin Telecommunication Technicians Journey Level $46.20 5I 1B View Franklin Telephone Line Construction - Outside Cable Splicer $38.27 5A 2B View Franklin Telephone Line Construction - Outside Hole Digger/Ground Person $25.66 5A 2B View Franklin Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Equipment Operator (Light) $31.96 5A 2B View Franklin Telephone Line Construction - Outside Telephone Lineperson $36.17 5A 2B View Franklin Terrazzo Workers Journey Level $43.81 5A 1M View Franklin Tile Setters Journey Level $43.81 5A 1M View Franklin Tile, Marble & Terrazzo Finishers Journey Level $35.93 5A 1M View Franklin Traffic Control Stripers Journey Level $50.51 7A 1K View Franklin Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix Over 20 Yards $51.00 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers Asphalt Mix To 20 Yards $50.80 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers Dump Truck $50.80 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers Dump Truck & Trailer $51.00 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers Other Trucks $50.69 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mixers 20 yards and under $51.00 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Truck Drivers - Ready Mix Transit Mixers over 20 yards $51.34 5D 1V 8M View Franklin Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Irrigation Pump Installer $18.45  1 View Franklin Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Oiler $14.49  1 View Franklin Well Drillers & Irrigation Pump Installers Well Driller $18.00  1 View "General Decision Number: WA20220069 01/07/2022 Superseded General Decision Number: WA20210069 State: Washington Construction Type: Heavy including water and sewer line construction County: Franklin County in Washington. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including sewer/water construction). Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). If the contract is entered into on or after January 30, 2022, or the contract is renewed or extended (e.g., an option is exercised) on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 14026 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $15.00 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. If the contract was awarded on or between January 1, 2015 and January 29, 2022, and the contract is not renewed or extended on or after January 30, 2022, Executive Order 13658 generally applies to the contract. The contractor must pay all covered workers at least $11.25 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on that contract in 2022. The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 CARP0059-009 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Including Form Work)............................$ 37.12 17.36 MILLWRIGHT.......................$ 48.42 19.70 PILEDRIVERMAN....................$ 38.37 17.36 ZONE PAY: ZONE 1 0-45 MILES FREE ZONE 2 45-100 MILES $4.00/PER HOUR ZONE 3 OVER 100 MILES $6.00/PER HOUR DISPATCH POINTS: PASCO (515 N. Neel Street) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). SPOKANE (127 E. AUGUSTA AVE.) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). WENATCHEE (27 N. CHELAN) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). COEUR D' ALENE (1839 N. GOVERNMENT WAY) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). MOSCOW (302 N. JACKSON) or Main Post Office of established residence of employee (Whichever is closest to the worksite). ---------------------------------------------------------------- * ELEC0112-014 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN......................$ 50.00 22.93 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0370-022 07/01/2019 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR GROUP 1.....................$ 28.46 17.25 GROUP 2.....................$ 28.78 17.25 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.39 17.25 GROUP 4.....................$ 29.55 17.25 GROUP 5.....................$ 29.71 17.25 GROUP 6.....................$ 29.99 17.25 GROUP 7.....................$ 30.26 17.25 GROUP 8.....................$ 31.36 17.25 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (Add to Zone 1 rate): Zone 2 - $2.00 Zone 1: Within 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho Zone 2: Outside 45 mile radius of Spokane, Pasco, Washington; Lewiston, Idaho POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Rollers, all types on subgrade, including seal and chip coatings; Drill Assistant; Crane Oiler GROUP 2: Fork Lift; Broom/Sweeper GROUP 3: Bulldozer (up to D-6 or equivalent); Boring Machine GROUP 4: Oiler; Drill (churn, core, calyx or diamond); Loaders (overhead & front-end, under 4 yds. R/T) GROUP 5: Backhoe (Under 45,000 gw); Trackhoe/Excavator (under 3/4 yd.); Drilling equipment (8 unch bit and over) (robbins, reverse circulation and similar); Piledriver; Grade Checker; Boom Truck (Under 25 tons) GROUP 6: Asphalt Roller; Backhoe (45,000 gw and over to 110,000 gw); Trackhoe/Excavator (3/4 yd. to 3 yd.), Bulldozer, 834 R/T & similar; Mechanic; Paver; Scraper; Screed; Loader Operator (front-end & overhead, 4 yds. incl. 8 yds.) GROUP 7: Backhoe (Over 110,000); Trackhoe/Excavator (3 yds & over); Grader/Blade; Loaders (overhead & front-end, over 8 yds. to 10 yds.) GROUP 8: Loaders (overhead and front-end, 10 yards and over) BOOM PAY: (All Cranes, Including Tower) 180 ft to 250 ft $ .50 over scale Over 250 ft $ .80 over scale NOTE: In computing the length of the boom on Tower Cranes, they shall be measured from the base of the Tower to the point of the boom. HAZMAT: Anyone working on HAZMAT jobs, working with supplied air shall receive $1.00 an hour above classification. ---------------------------------------------------------------- * IRON0014-012 07/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER (Ornamental, Reinforcing and Structural)......$ 35.55 30.36 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0238-014 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick...$ 29.06 13.65 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * LABO0238-015 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes LABORER (Pasco) GROUP 1.....................$ 27.34 14.50 GROUP 2.....................$ 29.44 14.50 GROUP 3.....................$ 29.71 14.50 GROUP 4.....................$ 31.32 13.00 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office. Zone 2: 45 radius miles and over from the main post office LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Flagger GROUP 2: Common or General Laborer; Form-Stripping GROUP 3: Mason Tender-Cement/Concrete GROUP 4: Grade Checker; High Scaler; Handheld Drill ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0005-003 07/01/2020 Rates Fringes PAINTER (Brush, Roller, and Spray.)..........................$ 25.19 13.20 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0072-008 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 31.30 15.53 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rates): Zone 2 - $2.00 BASE POINTS: Spokane, Pasco, Lewiston, Wenatchee Zone 1: 0 - 45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: 45 radius miles from the main post office ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0690-005 01/01/2019 Rates Fringes Truck drivers: (ANYONE WORKING ON HAZMAT JOBS SEE FOOTNOTE A BELOW) ZONE 1:PASCO ZONE CENTER GROUP 4....................$ 29.13 17.40 GROUP 5....................$ 29.24 17.40 GROUP 6....................$ 29.24 17.40 Zone Differential (Add to Zone 1 rate: Zone 1 + $2.00) BASE POINTS: Spokane, Moses Lake, Pasco, Lewiston Zone 1: 0-45 radius miles from the main post office Zone 2: Outside a 45 mile radius from the main post office TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 4: Water Truck (0-8,000 gallons) GROUP 5: Semi-Trailer Truck GROUP 6: Water Truck (8,001-14,000 Gallons) FOOTNOTE A - Anyone working on a HAZMAT job, where HAZMAT cerfification is required, shall be compensated as a premium, in addition to the classification working in as follows: LEVEL C-D: - $.50 PER HOUR - This level may use an air purifying respirator or additional protective clothing. LEVEL A-B: - $1.00 PER HOUR - Uses supplied air in conjunction with a chemical splash suit or fully encapsulated suit with a self-contained breathing apparatus. Employees shall be paid Hazmat pay in increments of four(4) and eight(8) hours. ---------------------------------------------------------------- SUWA2009-060 08/07/2009 Rates Fringes CARPENTER, Excludes Form Work....$ 23.54 4.99 LABORER: Landscape & Irrigation.......................$ 12.27 2.73 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 19.28 0.00 OPERATOR: Asphalt Plant.........$ 34.14 0.68 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 10.63 0.00 OPERATOR: Crane.................$ 23.42 5.54 OPERATOR: Power Shovel..........$ 25.12 7.83 TRUCK DRIVER, Includes Dump Truck............................$ 27.67 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck.....$ 22.74 6.29 TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck......$ 22.89 5.72 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union, which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Division National Office Branch of Wage Surveys. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION" SPECIAL PROVISIONS DIVISION 1 1 INTRODUCTION TO THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 2 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 3 4 The work on this project shall be accomplished in accordance with the Standard Specifications 5 for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2020 edition, as issued by the Washington State 6 Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA), 7 Washington State Chapter (hereafter “Standard Specifications”). The Standard 8 Specifications, as modified or supplemented by the Amendments to the Standard 9 Specifications and these Special Provisions, all of which are made a part of the Contract 10 Documents, shall govern all of the Work. 11 12 These Special Provisions are made up of both General Special Provisions (GSPs) from 13 various sources, which may have project-specific fill-ins; and project-specific Special 14 Provisions. Each Provision either supplements, modifies, or replaces the comparable 15 Standard Specification, or is a new Provision. The deletion, amendment, alteration, or addition 16 to any subsection or portion of the Standard Specifications is meant to pertain only to that 17 particular portion of the section, and in no way should it be interpreted that the balance of the 18 section does not apply. 19 20 The project-specific Special Provisions are not labeled as such. The GSPs are labeled under 21 the headers of each GSP, with the effective date of the GSP and its source. For example: 22 23 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 24 (April 1, 2013 WSDOT GSP) 25 (******) Project Specific Special Provisions 26 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 27 28 Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: 29 • Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, currently adopted 30 edition, with Washington State modifications, if any 31 • Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, WSDOT/APWA, current 32 edition 33 • Pasco Municipal Code (PMC), A Codification of the General Ordinances 34 of the City of Pasco, Washington 35 36 Contractor shall obtain copies of these publications, at Contractor’s own expense. 37 38 Description of Work 39 (******) 40 41 This Contract provides for the construction of a gravity sanitary sewer main, force main, and 42 a packaged lift station in the vicinity of Road 52 and Pearl Street, and other work all in 43 accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard 44 Specifications. 45 DIVISION 1 2 Division 1 1 General Requirements 2 3 1-01 Definition and Terms 4 5 1-01.3 Definitions 6 (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 7 8 Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace 9 them with the following: 10 11 Dates 12 Bid Opening Date 13 The date on which the City publicly opens and reads the Bids. 14 Award Date 15 The date of the formal decision of the City to accept the lowest responsible and 16 responsive Bidder for the Work. 17 Contract Execution Date 18 The date the City officially binds the Agency to the Contract. 19 Notice to Proceed Date 20 The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins. 21 Substantial Completion Date 22 The day the Engineer determines the City has full and unrestricted use and benefit of 23 the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any remaining traffic 24 disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work, replacement of 25 temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or correction or repair 26 remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract. 27 Physical Completion Date 28 The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation 29 required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be 30 furnished by the Contractor by this date. 31 Completion Date 32 The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of 33 the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation 34 required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor 35 before establishment of this date. 36 Final Acceptance Date 37 The date on which the City accepts the Work as complete. 38 39 (******) 40 Supplement this Section with the following: 41 42 All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special 43 Provisions, to the terms “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State 44 Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”, 45 “Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “City”. 46 DIVISION 1 3 All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “City” unless the 1 reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State statute or 2 regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise. 3 4 All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “City designated 5 location”. 6 7 All references to “certification of completed public improvements” shall be interpreted to 8 mean the City form(s) by which final acceptance is granted. Public improvements shall 9 be deemed accepted by the City one year from the date of certification. 10 11 Additive 12 A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid 13 Proposal, which may, at the discretion of the City, be awarded in addition to the base bid. 14 15 Alternate 16 One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid 17 Proposal, from which the City may make a choice between different methods or material 18 of construction for performing the same work. 19 20 Business Day 21 A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in 22 Section 1-08.5. 23 24 City 25 Means the City of Pasco, a municipal corporation, as represented by its authorized 26 officials, employees or agents, who is responsible for the execution and administration of 27 the Contract. 28 29 Contract Bond 30 The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever 31 bond form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a 32 Payment Bond and a Performance Bond. 33 34 Contract Time 35 The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which 36 the Work must be physically completed. 37 38 Contractor 39 The individual, partnership, firm, corporation, or joint venture under contract with the City, 40 including but not limited to their employees, representatives, consultants, authorized 41 officials, or agents, to perform the construction of the public works improvements, and 42 any engineers hired by the before stated entity. 43 44 City Inspector 45 The Engineer’s representative who is responsible for inspecting the Contractor’s 46 performance in detail. Unless otherwise authorized by the City, the Inspector is not 47 responsible for the execution and administration of the Contract. 48 DIVISION 1 4 Notice of Award 1 The written notice from the City to the successful Bidder signifying the City’s acceptance 2 of the Bid Proposal. 3 4 Notice to Proceed 5 The written notice from the City to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor 6 to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. 7 8 Standard Specifications 9 The latest edition of Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal 10 Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation, and 11 amendments, and the APWA GSP's for Division One that are, by this reference, made 12 part of the Contract. Except as may be amended, modified, or supplemented 13 hereinafter, each section of the Standard Specifications shall be considered part of the 14 Contract. 15 16 Special Provisions 17 The Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications and supersede 18 any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal 19 Construction and the appended amendments to the Standard Specifications and are 20 made a part the Contract. 21 22 Traffic 23 Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and 24 equestrian traffic. 25 26 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 27 28 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders 29 30 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 31 32 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder 33 (January 24, 2011 APWA GSP) 34 35 Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum 36 qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to 37 be awarded a public works project. 38 39 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications 40 (******) 41 42 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 43 44 Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed can be found in the 45 Invitation for Bids for the work. 46 47 After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no 48 cost to the City and as detailed below: 49 DIVISION 1 5 To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17") two (2) Furnished automatically upon award. Contract Provisions two (2) Furnished automatically upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x 34") zero (0) Furnished only upon request. 1 Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be obtained by the Contractor from the 2 source stated in the Call for Bids, at the Contractor’s own expense. 3 4 1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work 5 6 1-02.4(1) General 7 (******) 8 9 The first sentence of the fourth to last paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, 12 shall request the explanation or interpretation in writing by close of business three (3) 13 business days preceding the bid opening to allow a written reply to reach all 14 prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids. 15 16 The second sentence of the fourth to last paragraph is revised to read: 17 18 Explanations, interpretations, or instructions given by anyone before the Award of a 19 Contract that are not in the form of an Addendum will not be binding on the City. 20 21 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information 22 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 23 24 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included 27 as an appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. 28 29 1-02.5 Proposal Forms 30 (July 31, 2017 APWA GSP) 31 32 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 33 34 The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will 35 also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials 36 to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal 37 form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid 38 amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment 39 of addenda; the bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder’s 40 DIVISION 1 6 UDBE/DBE/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor’s 1 Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be 2 completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The 3 required certifications are included as part of the Proposal Form. 4 5 The City reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if 6 such be to the advantage of the City. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives 7 set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified. 8 9 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 10 (******) 11 12 Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 13 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum 14 price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 15 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be 16 initialed by the signer of the bid. 17 18 Delete the last three paragraphs, and replace them with the following: 19 20 If no Subcontractor is listed, the Bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any 21 Subcontractor to perform those items of work. 22 23 If provided by the City in the bid documents, the Bidder shall submit the Certification of 24 Wage Law Compliance form with their Proposal. If required, failure to return this 25 certification as part of the Bid Proposal will make their Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible 26 for Award. 27 28 The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Proposal, nor qualify the bid in any 29 manner. 30 31 A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a 32 vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). 33 34 A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a 35 partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Proposal if 36 any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 37 38 A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a 39 member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted 40 with the Bid Proposal if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an 41 agreement. 42 43 (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) 44 The fifth and sixth paragraphs of Section 1-02.6 are deleted. 45 DIVISION 1 7 1-02.7 Bid Deposit 1 (March 8, 2013 APWA GSP) 2 3 Supplement this section with the following: 4 5 Bid bonds shall contain the following: 6 1. City-assigned number for the project; 7 2. Name of the project; 8 3. The City named as obligee; 9 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which 10 represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 11 5. Signature of the bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature 12 of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the 13 bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 14 6. The signature of the surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of 15 attorney. 16 17 If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the 18 Contract Provisions. 19 20 If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit. 21 22 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal 23 (December 19, 2019 APWA GSP, Option A) 24 25 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 26 27 Each Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project 28 Number as stated in the Call for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as 29 otherwise required in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. 30 31 To be considered responsive on a FHWA-funded project, the Bidder may be required to 32 submit the following items, as required by Section 1-02.6: 33 34 • UDBE Written Confirmation Document from each UDBE firm listed on the Bidder’s 35 completed UDBE Utilization Certification (WSDOT 272-056U) 36 • Good Faith Effort (GFE) Documentation 37 • UDBE Bid Item Breakdown (WSDOT 272-054) 38 • UDBE Trucking Credit Form (WSDOT 272-058) 39 40 These documents, if applicable, shall be received either with the Bid Proposal or as a 41 supplement to the Bid. These documents shall be received no later than 48 hours (not 42 including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays) after the time for delivery of the Bid Proposal. 43 44 If submitted after the Bid Proposal is due, the document(s) must be submitted in a sealed 45 envelope labeled the same as for the Proposal, with “Supplemental Information” added. All 46 other information required to be submitted with the Bid Proposal must be submitted with the 47 Bid Proposal itself, at the time stated in the Call for Bids. 48 49 DIVISION 1 8 Proposals that are received as required will be publicly opened and read as specified in 1 Section 1-02.12. The City will not open or consider any Bid Proposal that is received after 2 the time specified in the Call for Bids for receipt of Bid Proposals, or received in a location 3 other than that specified in the Call for Bids. The City will not open or consider any 4 “Supplemental Information” (UDBE confirmations, or GFE documentation) that is received 5 after the time specified above, or received in a location other than that specified in the Call 6 for Bids. 7 8 If an emergency or unanticipated event interrupts normal work processes of the City so that 9 Proposals cannot be received at the office designated for receipt of bids as specified in 10 Section 1-02.12 the time specified for receipt of the Proposal will be deemed to be extended 11 to the same time of day specified in the solicitation on the first work day on which the normal 12 work processes of the City resume. 13 14 1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal 15 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 16 17 Delete this section, and replace it with the following: 18 19 After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the City, the Bidder may withdraw, revise, or 20 supplement it if: 21 22 1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and 23 physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and 24 2. The City receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, 25 and 26 3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the City before 27 the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals. 28 29 If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received 30 before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the City will return the unopened Proposal 31 package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented 32 package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package, 33 then its bid shall be considered withdrawn. 34 35 Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date 36 recorded by the City and returned unopened. Mailed, emailed, or faxed requests to 37 withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable. 38 39 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals 40 (December 19, 2019 APWA GSP) 41 42 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 43 44 1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: 45 a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required; 46 b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the City is not used or is altered; 47 c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, 48 alternate Bids, or conditions; 49 d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, 50 or enter into the Contract; 51 DIVISION 1 9 e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal; 1 f. The Proposal form is not properly executed; 2 g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Subcontractor list, if 3 applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; 4 h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete an Underutilized 5 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in 6 Section 1-02.6; 7 i. The Bidder fails to submit written confirmation from each UDBE firm listed on 8 the Bidder’s completed UDBE Utilization Certification that they are in 9 agreement with the bidder’s UDBE participation commitment, if applicable, as 10 required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is submitted fails 11 to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 12 j The Bidder fails to submit UDBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if 13 applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is 14 submitted fails to demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition 15 of Award was made; 16 k. The Bidder fails to submit a UDBE Bid Item Breakdown form, if applicable, as 17 required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to 18 meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 19 l. The Bidder fails to submit UDBE Trucking Credit Forms, if applicable, as 20 required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to 21 meet the requirements of the Special Provisions; 22 m. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet 23 the material terms of the Bid invitation; or 24 n. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder 25 under the same or different names. 26 27 2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if: 28 a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item; 29 b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the 30 amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the City; 31 c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged; 32 d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or 33 partnership submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both 34 Bids may be rejected); or 35 e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink. 36 37 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 38 (May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) 39 40 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 41 42 A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder 43 responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended. 44 45 The City will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria in 46 RCW 39.04.350(1). To assess bidder responsibility, the City reserves the right to request 47 documentation as needed from the Bidder and third parties concerning the Bidder’s 48 compliance with the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria. 49 50 DIVISION 1 10 If the City determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria 1 in RCW 39.04.350(1) and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the City shall notify the 2 Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination. If the Bidder disagrees with this 3 determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2) business days of the City’s 4 determination by presenting its appeal and any additional information to the City. The City 5 will consider the appeal and any additional information before issuing its final 6 determination. If the final determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the City 7 will not execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the 8 Bidder determined to be not responsible has received the City’s final determination. 9 10 1-02.15 Pre Award Information 11 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 12 13 Revise this section to read: 14 15 Before awarding any contract, the City may require one or more of these items or actions 16 of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 17 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all 18 materials to be used, 19 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 20 3. A progress schedule (in a form the City requires) showing the order of and time 21 required for the various phases of the work, 22 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 23 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 24 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county 25 where the work is located. 26 7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the 27 bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 28 29 1-03 Award and Execution of Contract 30 31 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids 32 (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) 33 34 Revise the first paragraph to read: 35 DIVISION 1 11 After opening and reading proposals, the City will check them for correctness of extensions 1 of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit 2 and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid 3 amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s unit or lump sum price is less 4 than the minimum specified amount, the City will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum 5 price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of 6 extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such 7 additives and/or alternates as selected by the City, will be used by the City for award 8 purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract 9 bond. 10 11 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 12 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 13 14 Revise this section to read: 15 16 Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be 17 available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. 18 The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the City. 19 20 Within 10 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the 21 signed City-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, 22 and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the 23 contract by the City, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the 24 City may require under Section 1-02.15. 25 26 Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work 27 begin within the project limits or within City-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all 28 risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the 29 contract is executed by the City. 30 31 If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the 32 contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the City 33 may grant up to a maximum of 5 additional calendar days for return of the documents, 34 provided the City deems the circumstances warrant it. 35 DIVISION 1 12 1-03.4 Contract Bond 1 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 2 3 Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 4 5 The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the 6 full contract amount. The bond may be a combined payment and performance bond; or 7 be separate payment and performance bonds. In the case of separate payment and 8 performance bonds, each shall be for the full contract amount. The bond(s) shall: 9 1. Be on City-furnished form(s); 10 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: 11 a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and 12 b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington 13 published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 14 3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties, 15 and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and obligation 16 to indemnify, defend, and protect the City against all losses and claims related 17 directly or indirectly from any failure: 18 a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier 19 subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all contract 20 obligations, conditions, and duties, or 21 b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the 22 Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier 23 subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or 24 provisions for carrying out the work; 25 4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the 26 project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and 27 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign 28 the bond; and 29 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole 30 proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond(s) must be signed 31 by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of the 32 authority of the individual signing the bond(s) to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate 33 resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the president or vice 34 president). 35 36 1-03.7 Judicial Review 37 (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) 38 39 Revise this section to read: 40 41 Any decision made by the City regarding the Award and execution of the Contract or Bid 42 rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under 43 Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the 44 county where the City headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted 45 against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. 46 DIVISION 1 13 1-04 Scope of the Work 1 2 1-04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal 3 (******) 4 5 This section is replaced with the following: 6 7 All work that is shown on the plans, described in the specifications, or necessary to 8 complete the work by standard industry practices shall be included the Contractor’s bid 9 price in the most closely applicable bid item. 10 11 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, 12 and Addenda 13 (******) 14 15 Revise the second paragraph to read: 16 17 Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of 18 precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 19 20 1. Addenda, 21 2. Proposal Form, 22 3. Special Provisions, 23 4. Contract Plans, 24 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 25 6. Standard Specifications, 26 7. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 27 28 1-04.4 Changes 29 (******) 30 31 Supplement this section with the following: 32 33 The Contractor is responsible for determining all work, scheduling and costs impacts 34 caused by changes, and shall include such when proposing the price and time for the 35 change. No subsequent requests for compensation or time will be accepted once the 36 change has been approved or the protest period [Section 1-04.5] expires. 37 38 No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract shall be made without having 39 prior written approval of the City. Note that submittal review does not constitute approval 40 of a change order. Changes shown on shop drawings or submittals only will not satisfy 41 this requirement. Work performed before a change is approved is at the Contractor’s 42 risk, and at the discretion of the City at the contractor’s expense. 43 DIVISION 1 14 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities 1 (******) 2 3 This section is supplemented with the following: 4 5 If more or fewer materials are needed when the constructed quantity is within plus or 6 minus 25% of the bid quantity, costs for restocking of unused materials, or delivery and 7 handling costs on additional materials shall be incidental to the bid price and no additional 8 payment will be made. The constructed quantity limitations do not apply to the following 9 bid items: 10 1. Trench Shoring 11 2. Bedding 12 3. Select Backfill 13 4. Unscheduled Excavation 14 5. Hydroseeding 15 16 1-04.7 Differing Site Conditions (Changed Conditions) 17 (******) 18 19 This section is supplemented with the following: 20 21 Depths are approximate and provided for informational purposes only. Contractor shall 22 verify the actual depths. Variation between the actual depth and the depth indicated on 23 the construction plans shall not constitute a changed condition. 24 25 The pipe diameters provided on the construction plans are the nominal pipe diameters. 26 Contractor shall measure all actual pipe diameters and lengths prior to ordering any 27 material. If a nominal pipe diameter is encountered that is different from the nominal 28 diameter shown on the construction plans, payment shall be per the unit price established 29 for the actual nominal pipe diameter. If no unit price is established for a given nominal 30 pipe diameter, payment shall be per section 1-04.4. 31 32 33 1-04.11 Final Cleanup 34 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 35 36 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 37 38 The Contractor shall perform final cleanup as provided in this section to the City's 39 satisfaction. The date of acceptance will not be established until this is done. The 40 material sites and all ground the Contractor occupied to do the work shall be left neat 41 and presentable. The Contractor shall: 42 43 1. Remove all rubbish, surplus materials, discarded materials, falsework, 44 temporary structures, equipment, and debris, and 45 46 2. Deposit in embankments, or remove from the project, all unneeded, oversized 47 rock left from grading, surfacing, or paving. 48 DIVISION 1 15 Partial cleanup shall be done by the Contractor when they feel it is necessary or when, 1 in the opinion of the City, partial clean-up should be done prior to either major cleanup 2 or final inspection. 3 4 Supplement the replaced section with the following: 5 6 All areas impacted by the work shall be restored to at least original condition, unless 7 specifically identified otherwise in the plans or specifications. All costs are incidental. 8 9 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 10 Add the following new section: 11 12 1-04.12 Waste Site 13 14 Where there is additional waste excavation in excess of that needed for the project 15 and in excess of that needed for compliance with requests of the City, the Contractor 16 shall secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense. The Contractor shall 17 also be required to secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense for the 18 disposal of all unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, and any 19 other objectionable material which is directed to waste. 20 21 The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding 22 disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173-304, Subchapter 461. 23 24 (******) 25 Add the following new section: 26 1-04.13 Intermediate Cleanup 27 28 If an area of the project will be left idle, or minimal work performed for more than two 29 weeks, the Contractor shall clean up the area prior to moving. In this context, clean-up 30 means: stockpiles and materials shall be removed so as not to be obstructions or hazards; 31 surfaces graded smooth as to their purpose; traffic control systems removed and traffic 32 restored to the satisfaction of the local road agency. 33 34 1-05 Control of Work 35 36 1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer 37 (******) 38 39 Supplement this section with the following: 40 41 Unless otherwise provided in the approved Contract, the means and methods of 42 construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the City's 43 right to reject the means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will 44 constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) in the City's 45 opinion will not produce finished work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 46 Approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise 47 his right to reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the 48 DIVISION 1 16 obligation to accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of 1 such right to reject create a cause for action for damages. 2 3 (******) 4 Add the following new section: 5 1-05.3(1) Project Record Drawings 6 7 The Contractor shall maintain a neatly marked and legible red-lined set of plans and 8 specifications, which shall be updated at a minimum on a weekly basis, with all field 9 instruction, change orders, and construction adjustments. The Contractor’s red-10 lined drawings/specifications shall be subject to the inspection of the City at all 11 times. The red-lined set of plans shall include all as-built survey information 12 required in the Contract. 13 14 The responsibility of preparing and maintaining Record Drawings shall be 15 performed or overseen by an experienced, and qualified individual. The quality of 16 the Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity, and completeness, is to be 17 adequate to allow the City to modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract 18 Drawings to produce a complete set of Record Drawings for the Contracting Agency 19 without further investigative effort by the Contracting Agency. 20 21 The Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the Work, both 22 concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups include but are 23 not limited to: 24 25 • Actual Dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different than 26 shown in the Plans. 27 • Changes made by Change Order or Field Order. 28 • Changes made by the Contractor. 29 • Accurate locations, both horizontally and vertically, of storm sewer, sanitary 30 sewer, water mains and other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, 31 light standards, vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping area, 32 building footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe 33 invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.). 34 35 Drawings shall be subject to the inspection by the City at all times. Prior to 36 acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the City one set of neatly 37 marked record drawings showing the information required above. Requests for 38 partial payment will not be approved if the marked-up prints are not kept current, 39 and request for final payment will not be approved until the fully complete marked-40 up prints are delivered to and accepted by the City. 41 42 The Contractor shall show size, material, horizontal and vertical locations of all existing 43 utilities encountered during construction. 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 DIVISION 1 17 Making Entries on the Record Drawings: 1 2 • Use erasable colored pencil (not ink) for all markings on the Record Drawings, 3 conforming to the following color code: 4 • Additions - Red 5 • Deletions - Green 6 • Comments - Blue 7 • Dimensions - Graphite 8 • Provide the applicable reference for all entries, such as the change order number, 9 the request for information (RFI) number, or the approved shop drawing number. 10 • Date all entries. 11 • Clearly identify all items in the entry with notes similar to those in the Contract 12 Drawings (such as pipe symbols, centerline elevations, materials, pipe joint 13 abbreviations, etc.). 14 15 The Contractor shall certify on the Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate 16 depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. 17 The Contractor shall submit final Record Drawings to the City. City acceptance of the 18 Record Drawings is one of the requirements for achieving Physical Completion. 19 20 The Contractor shall provide an as-constructed survey record in AutoCAD .DWG format 21 and hard copy of all surveyed as-built information. Manholes with all inverts and rim 22 elevations, and all items installed on the project shall be surveyed and provided to the 23 Owner in electronic format. Additionally, a hard copy of the stamped and signed record of 24 survey from a licensed Washington State surveyor shall be provided. 25 26 (******) 27 Add the following new section: 28 29 1-05.3(2) Measurement 30 31 The Bid item “RECORD DRAWINGS” shall be measured as lump sum (LS). 32 33 (******) 34 Add the following new section: 35 36 1-05.3(3) Payment 37 38 Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the 39 Proposal: 40 “RECORD DRAWINGS”, lump sum (LS). 41 42 The lump sum (LS) Contract price for “RECORD DRAWINGS” shall be for the full 43 compensation of materials, equipment, and labor necessary to complete a full set of 44 Record Drawings as described in Section 1-05.3(1) of these Special Provisions, except 45 for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which 46 are included in the Proposal. 47 48 DIVISION 1 18 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviations from Plans and Stakes 1 (******) 2 3 Supplement this section with the following: 4 5 Contractor Surveying - Roadway 6 The Contractor shall be responsible for setting, maintaining, and resetting all primary 7 survey control, alignment stakes, slope stakes, and grades necessary for the 8 construction of the roadbed, drainage, surfacing, paving, channelization and pavement 9 marking, illumination and signals, guardrails and barriers, and signing. Calculations, 10 surveying, and measuring required for setting and maintaining the necessary lines and 11 grades shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 12 13 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer when monuments are discovered that were 14 not identified in the Plans and construction activity may disturb or damage the 15 monuments. All monuments shall be protected throughout the length of the project or 16 be replaced at the Contractors expense. 17 18 Detailed survey records shall be maintained by the Contractor, including a description of 19 the work performed on each shift, the methods utilized, and the control points used. 20 The record shall be adequate to allow the survey to be reproduced. A copy of each 21 day's record shall be provided to the Engineer within three working days after the end of 22 the shift. 23 24 The meaning of words and terms used in this provision shall be as listed in "Definitions 25 of Surveying and Associated Terms" current edition, published by the American 26 Congress on Surveying and Mapping and the American Society of Civil Engineers. 27 28 The survey work shall include but not be limited to the following: 29 30 1. Establish the primary horizontal and vertical control, and expand into 31 secondary control by adding stakes and hubs as well as additional survey 32 control needed for the project. Provide descriptions of secondary control to the 33 Contracting Agency. The description shall include coordinates and elevations 34 of all secondary control points. 35 2. Establish, the centerlines of all alignments, by placing hubs, stakes, or marks 36 on centerline or on offsets to centerline at all curve points (PCs, PTs, and PIs) 37 and at points on the alignments spaced no further than 50 feet. 38 39 3. Establish clearing limits, placing stakes at all angle points and at intermediate 40 points not more than 50 feet apart. The clearing and grubbing limits shall be 5 41 feet beyond the toe of a fill and 10 feet beyond the top of a cut unless 42 otherwise shown in the Plans. 43 44 4. Establish grading limits, placing slope stakes at centerline increments not more 45 than 50 feet apart. Establish offset reference to all slope stakes. If Global 46 Positioning Satellite (GPS) Machine Controls are used to provide grade 47 control, then slope stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the Contractor 48 49 DIVISION 1 19 5. Establish the horizontal and vertical location of all drainage features, placing 1 offset stakes to all drainage structures and to pipes at a horizontal interval not 2 greater than 25 feet. 3 4 6. Establish roadbed and surfacing elevations by placing stakes at the top of 5 subgrade and at the top of each course of surfacing. Subgrade and surfacing 6 stakes shall be set at horizontal intervals not greater than 50 feet in tangent 7 sections, 25 feet in curve sections with a radius less than 300 feet, and at 10-8 foot intervals in intersection radii with a radius less than 10 feet. Transversely, 9 stakes shall be placed at all locations where the roadway slope changes and 10 at additional points such that the transverse spacing of stakes is not more than 11 12 feet. If GPS Machine Controls are used to provide grade control, then 12 roadbed and surfacing stakes may be omitted at the discretion of the 13 Contractor. 14 15 7. Establish intermediate elevation benchmarks as needed to check work 16 throughout the project. 17 18 8. Provide references for paving pins at 25-foot intervals or provide simultaneous 19 surveying to establish location and elevation of paving pins as they are being 20 placed. 21 22 9. For all other types of construction included in this provision, (including but not 23 limited to channelization and pavement marking, illumination and signals, 24 guardrails and barriers, and signing) provide staking and layout as necessary 25 to adequately locate, construct, and check the specific construction activity. 26 27 10. Contractor shall determine if changes are needed to the profiles or roadway 28 sections shown in the Contract Plans in order to achieve proper smoothness 29 and drainage where matching into existing features, such as a smooth 30 transition from new pavement to existing pavement. The Contractor shall 31 submit these changes to the Engineer for review and approval 10 days prior to 32 the beginning of work. 33 34 The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency copies of any calculations and 35 staking data when requested by the Engineer. 36 37 The Contractor shall ensure a surveying accuracy within the following tolerances: 38 39 Vertical Horizontal 40 Slope stakes 0.10 feet 0.10 feet 41 Subgrade grade stakes set 42 0.04 feet below grade 0.01 feet 0.5 feet 43 (parallel to alignment) 44 0.1 feet 45 (normal to alignment) 46 47 DIVISION 1 20 Stationing on roadway N/A 0.1 feet 1 Alignment on roadway N/A 0.04 feet 2 Surfacing grade stakes 0.01 feet 0.5 feet 3 (parallel to alignment) 4 0.1 feet 5 (normal to alignment) 6 7 Roadway paving pins for 8 surfacing or paving 0.01 feet 0.2 feet 9 (parallel to alignment) 10 0.1 feet 11 (normal to alignment) 12 13 The City may spot-check the Contractor's surveying. These spot-checks will not change 14 the requirements for normal checking by the Contractor. 15 16 When staking roadway alignment and stationing, the Contractor shall perform 17 independent checks from different secondary control to ensure that the points staked are 18 within the specified survey accuracy tolerances. 19 20 The Contractor shall calculate coordinates for the alignment. The City will verify these 21 coordinates prior to issuing approval to the Contractor for commencing with the work. The 22 City will require up to seven calendar days from the date the data is received. 23 24 Contract work to be performed using contractor-provided stakes shall not begin until the 25 stakes are approved by the City. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of 26 responsibility for the accuracy of the stakes. 27 28 Stakes shall be marked in accordance with Standard Plan A10.10. When stakes are 29 needed that are not described in the Plans, then those stakes shall be marked, at no 30 additional cost to the City as ordered by the Engineer. 31 32 GPS systems may be used by the Contractor, but physical reference points shall be 33 available for City Inspectors. 34 35 Payment 36 No separate payment will be made for Roadway Surveying. All costs associated with 37 “Roadway Surveying" will be considered incidental to other bid items. 38 39 (******) 40 Add the following new section: 41 42 1-05.4(1) Roadway and Utility Surveys 43 44 The Contractor shall furnish all survey work including principal lines, construction staking, 45 grades, and measurements necessary to perform and complete the work. The Contractor 46 shall provide a surveyor, licensed to practice in the State of Washington, to perform all 47 project surveying. At a minimum, the following survey and measurement work must be 48 provided: 49 • Offset stakes or survey pins every 50 feet along the project alignment. 50 DIVISION 1 21 • Offset stakes or survey pins for each manhole, side sewer, and cleanout. 1 • Slope stakes for grading. 2 • Subgrade and base hubs. 3 • Roadway centerline finished grade. 4 The Contractor must protect all survey marks and stakes. Re-establishment of any 5 disturbed survey marks or stakes will be performed by the Contractor at no additional 6 cost. The Engineer has the right to stop work until the Contractor provides adequate 7 staking. 8 9 Payment for all work and materials required for the full and complete survey work, 10 including that necessary to complete the Record Drawings shall be included in the lump 11 sum price for "Construction Survey”. 12 13 The Engineer reserves the right to check or have checked all project surveying. If the 14 surveying is determined to be incorrect, the Contractor shall bear all costs associated with 15 checking the surveying. If the grades are found to be correct, the Contractor will be 16 compensated for costs and lost time in accordance with Section 1-04.4. 17 18 1-05.6 Inspection of Work and Materials 19 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 20 21 Supplement this section with the following: 22 23 The City may not be on the job site full-time. The Contractor shall follow the approved 24 construction plans and specifications, schedule, and request inspections and testing at 25 the appropriate times as required herein. The Contractor shall provide a minimum two 26 (2) business days of notice to the City to request inspections and/or testing, but in no 27 case shall there be more than three (3) business days of notice. The request shall state 28 the date and approximate time the inspection and/or test is requested. Should the 29 Contractor request inspection and/or testing on short notice, the City will make every 30 effort to accommodate the Contractor's request but no guarantees shall apply. The 31 Contractor shall prepare a project schedule and submit it to the City for review. The 32 approved project schedule shall also be used as a guide for the Contractor to schedule 33 inspections. 34 35 The Contractor shall be prepared for Contractor-scheduled inspections. If over the 36 duration of the Contract the Contractor fails more than twice to be prepared for 37 Contractor-scheduled inspections or tests, all subsequent costs associated with re-38 mobilizing inspectors shall be borne by the Contractor. 39 40 At the beginning of the project, or each applicable construction activity, the Contractor 41 shall meet with City and establish a minimum 100 feet of product, in the field, which 42 meets the specifications. This work includes: Survey staking and control, pavement 43 cuts, utility trenches, trench bedding, pipe installation, backfill, patches, curb and gutter 44 alignment, grade and finish, sidewalk finish, paving finish, and any other activities 45 determined by the Engineer to be important to the project. No major amount of work 46 shall proceed until this is established. This does not waive the Contractor's requirements 47 in the specifications for quality control or materials used. 48 49 DIVISION 1 22 Inspections and testing are mandatory for acceptance of backfilling any utility trenches; 1 placing base course and top course for streets; paving; placing sidewalks, curbs and 2 gutters; storm, sewer and water line installation. 3 4 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work 5 (******) 6 7 Supplement this section with the following: 8 9 If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified 10 in a written notice from the City, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the 11 Contract Documents, the City may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in 12 the written notice, with City forces or by such other means as the City may deem 13 necessary. 14 15 If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the City determines 16 to be an emergency situation, the City may have the defective and unauthorized work 17 corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the 18 Contractor refuses to perform completed by using City or other forces. An emergency 19 situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the City , a delay in its remedy could be 20 potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. 21 22 Direct or indirect costs incurred by the City attributable to correcting and remedying 23 defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall 24 be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the City from monies due, or to 25 become due, to the City by the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in 26 particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services 27 required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged 28 by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work. 29 30 The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the City’s right 31 to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the 32 Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required. 33 34 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 35 36 Supplement this section with the following: 37 38 For new roadway/street construction and overlays, HMA work rejected shall require 39 the replacement of the entire road or street width from block to block or as approved 40 in writing from the City. For trench patching, HMA work rejected shall require the 41 replacement of the entire patch width from block to block or as approved in writing from 42 the City. 43 44 (******) 45 Add the following new section: 46 1-05.8 Means and Methods 47 48 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the means and methods of construction 49 shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the City's right to 50 reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or 51 DIVISION 1 23 create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished 1 work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. The City's approval of the 2 Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right to 3 reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to 4 accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to 5 reject create a cause for action for damages. 6 7 1-05.10 Guarantees 8 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 9 10 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 11 12 If defective and unauthorized materials or work is discovered within the guarantee 13 timeframe after the certification of completed public improvements date, the Contractor 14 shall promptly, upon written request, return and in accordance with the instructions 15 either correct such work, or if such work has been rejected, remove it from the Project 16 Site and replace it with non-defective and authorized work, all without cost to the City. 17 If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written request to correct defective 18 and unauthorized work, or if an emergency exists, the City reserves the right to have 19 defective and unauthorized work corrected or rejected, removed, and replaced 20 pursuant to the provisions of Section 1-05.7 of the Standard Specifications. 21 22 1-05.11 Final Acceptance 23 24 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 25 26 1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing 27 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 28 29 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date 30 31 When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor 32 shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial 33 Completion Date. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that 34 remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will 35 schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of 36 completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date 37 unilaterally. 38 39 If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is 40 substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to 41 the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the 42 Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended 43 use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons 44 therefor. 45 46 Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever 47 is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized 48 interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The 49 Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the 50 Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. 51 DIVISION 1 24 1 The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial 2 Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for 3 final inspection. 4 5 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date 6 7 When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final 8 inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a 9 final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the 10 Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in 11 writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or 12 unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are 13 necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, 14 diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This 15 process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been 16 corrected. 17 18 If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the 19 written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the 20 Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to 21 Section 1-05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because 22 of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s 23 right hereunder. 24 25 Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the City, in 26 writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date 27 shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply 28 acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have 29 been fulfilled. 30 31 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing 32 33 It is the intent of the City to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and 34 operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other 35 mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation 36 systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the 37 Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to 38 the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract 39 Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for 40 the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion 41 Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of 42 workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class 43 operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and 44 equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the 45 Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which 46 they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing 47 and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 48 49 DIVISION 1 25 The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to 1 successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices 2 related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. 3 4 Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a 5 manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 6 7 Add the following new section: 8 1-05.12(1) Warranty 9 (******) 10 11 The Contractor shall guarantee the work for a period of one year from the date of 12 acceptance against defects in the work as described in the construction drawings and 13 project specifications and otherwise set forth in the contract documents. Contractor shall 14 start work to remedy such defects within seven (7) days of mailing notice of discovery 15 thereof by Owner and shall complete such work within a reasonable time. In emergencies 16 where damage may result from delay or where loss of service may result, such corrections 17 may be made by Owner, in which case the cost shall be borne by Contractor. In the event 18 Contractor does not accomplish corrections at the time specified, the work will be 19 otherwise accomplished and the cost of same shall be paid by Contractor. 20 21 The Contractor shall be liable for any costs, losses, expenses or damages including 22 consequential damages suffered by the City resulting from defects in the Contractor’s 23 work. This includes, but is not limited to the cost of Engineering, inspection, and 24 supervision by the City or Engineer. The Contractor shall hold the City harmless from any 25 and all claims which may be made against the City as a result of any defective work and 26 the Contractor shall defend any such claims at his own expense. 27 28 Warranty does not cover damage due to misuse by the Owner or conditions outside of 29 the Owner or Contractor’s control or exceptional events (force majeure) including war, 30 strikes, floods (water exceeding normal high water mark), rainfall in excess of 100 year 31 storm event, fire, earthquakes, high winds (over 85 mph for 3 seconds peak gust), freezes 32 below minus 10 degrees Fahrenheit (Eastern Washington), governmental restrictions, 33 vandalism, and power failures or surges. The Contractor has control over workmanship, 34 third party subcontractors and parts and materials used to complete the project. 35 36 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor 37 (August 14, 2013 APWA GSP) 38 39 Delete the sixth and seventh paragraphs of this section. 40 41 1-05.14 Cooperation With Other Contractors 42 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 43 44 Supplement this section with the following: 45 No additional compensation will be given to the Contractor for any coordination or 46 delays caused by other nearby construction projects. 47 48 DIVISION 1 26 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notices 1 (March 25, 2009 APWA GSP) 2 Revise the second paragraph to read: 3 4 All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Project Engineer. All 5 correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice 6 of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished 7 under the Contract, must be in paper format, hand delivered or sent via mail delivery 8 service to the Project Engineer's office. Electronic copies such as e-mails or 9 electronically delivered copies of correspondence will not constitute such notice and will 10 not comply with the requirements of the Contract. 11 12 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 13 Add the following new section: 14 1-05.16 Water and Power 15 16 Water Supply: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and shall bear the 17 costs for water necessary for the performance of the work. Water for use on the 18 projects may be purchased from the City of Pasco, and the Contractor shall arrange 19 for and convey the water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his 20 own expense. The hydrants shall be used in accordance with the City of Pasco Water 21 Department regulations. 22 23 If City water is used for any work related to a project, a fire hydrant meter and gate 24 valve will need to be obtained from the City of Pasco to be used specifically for this 25 project. The City will charge the Contractor for any water used during construction. 26 The Contractor shall not operate the hydrant as a gate valve, nor shall the Contractor 27 be allowed to operate any other City owned valve. The Contractor shall provide the 28 necessary back flow prevention device when connecting to the water service. The Fire 29 Hydrant Meter requirements and the Fire Hydrant Meter Application are available at 30 the Customer Service Window and the Engineering Department. 31 32 The City reserves the right to deny the use of fire hydrants where deemed 33 inappropriate by the City. 34 35 Power Supply: The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and shall bear 36 the costs for power necessary for the performance of the work. 37 38 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 39 Add the following new section: 40 1-05.17 Oral Agreements 41 42 The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: 43 44 No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, 45 either before or after construction, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations 46 contained in any of the City-approved documents. Such oral agreement or 47 conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon 48 the City, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the City. 49 50 DIVISION 1 27 1-06 Control of Material 2 3 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use 4 (******) 5 6 Revise the first paragraph to read: 7 8 Product substitution requests shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer in 9 advance of associated submittals. 10 Prior to purchasing any materials for use, the Contractor shall submit documentation 11 to the City of all proposed material. The Contractor shall use the Request for Approval 12 of Material (RAM) form, WSDOT Form 350-071, which shall be provided to the City as 13 a submittal. Materials included in the WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL) but not in 14 the City's Construction Standards will be taken under consideration by use of the RAM 15 form. 16 17 Submittal review is only for general conformance with the design concept and the 18 information given in the Contract Documents. Submittal review and the associated 19 comments do not constitute a complete verification of the submittal, and do not relieve 20 the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. Review and approval 21 of a specific item shall not constitute review and approval of the associated assembly 22 of which the item is a component. The Contractor is responsible for compatibility of 23 assembly components. The Contractor is additionally responsible for: dimensions to 24 be confirmed and coordinated at the jobsite; information that pertains solely to the 25 fabrication process or to the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures 26 of construction; coordination of the work with that of all other trades, and performing 27 all work safely and with good workmanship. Any deviation from the Contract 28 Documents by the Contractor shall be clearly noted. Any such deviation not noted has 29 not been reviewed. Any fabrications or other work performed in advance of the receipt 30 of approved submittals shall be entirely at the Contractor’s risk and expense. 31 32 Submittal Process 33 34 Processing Time 35 36 Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for 37 review shall commence on City’s receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract time 38 will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the 39 work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 40 41 1. Initial Review: 42 Allow ten (10) working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional 43 time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. City will advise 44 Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 45 2. Resubmittal Review: 46 Allow five (5) working days for review of each resubmittal. 47 48 Submittal Response 49 50 The City will note the submittal status when responding to a submittal as follows: 51 52 DIVISION 1 28 1. Under Review 1 2. Approved: 2 If the review indicates that the submittal appears to be in conformance with the 3 Contract Documents, the submittal will be marked "APPROVED". The 4 Contractor may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the 5 material or equipment covered by the submittal. 6 3. Approved As Noted: 7 If the review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or that limited corrections 8 are required, the submittal will be marked "APPROVED AS NOTED". The 9 Contractor may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the 10 material or equipment covered by the submittal, in accordance with the noted 11 corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in operation and 12 maintenance plan, a corrected copy shall be provided within 30 days, otherwise 13 no further action will be required. 14 4. Revise & Resubmit: 15 If the review reveals that the submittal is substantially insufficient or contains 16 incorrect data to an extent that requires revision and re-review by the City prior 17 to proceeding with the associated work, the submittal will be marked 18 "RESUBMIT" and returned to the Contractor. This indicated that the Contractor 19 should not proceed with the relevant portion of work, at-risk or otherwise, until a 20 revised submittal has been submitted, reviewed, and accepted by the City as 21 either “APPROVED”, or “APPROVED AS NOTED.” 22 5. Rejected 23 6. N/A: 24 If the review reveals that the submittal is not required by the Contract 25 Documents, at the City’s discretion it may be returned by the City without action 26 marked “N/A” This does not constitute review of the submittal, and is only 27 communicating that City review of this submittal is not required by the Contract 28 Documents. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to follow up with the City if the 29 Contractor needs approval of information in a submittal that was marked “N/A.” 30 31 The Contract for the Work, as awarded, shall be on the basis of adhering to 32 specifications in the Contract Documents for Bid Items such as labor, materials, 33 equipment, and/or procedures. 34 DIVISION 1 29 Proposal by the Bidder for an “or-equal”, and/or “substitute”, to those items shall be 1 approved by the City and identified by an Addendum. 2 3 1-06.1(4) Fabrication Inspection Expense 4 (June 27, 2011 AWPA GSP) 5 6 Delete this section in its entirety. 7 8 1-06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance 9 (******) 10 11 Supplement this section with the following: 12 13 The Contractor shall coordinate with the City and schedule all material and 14 compaction testing required by these special provisions, which will be paid for by 15 the City. All costs associated with subsequent testing due to failure to meet 16 acceptance criteria will be paid by the Contractor. 17 18 Trench Backfill 19 20 The City will perform three (3) compaction tests, at varying depths, within the first one 21 hundred (100) feet of pipeline installed to establish compaction method. Once a 22 satisfactory method has been established by the Contractor, one test shall be 23 performed for each one hundred (100) linear feet of pipeline installed. Tests shall be 24 taken at varying depths along the trench. Compaction method shall be reestablished 25 each time backfill material, compaction equipment, or method of operation changes. 26 27 Roadway Subgrade 28 29 The City will perform two (2) compaction tests for the first ten thousand (10,000) square 30 feet and one (1) test for each additional ten thousand (10,000) square feet. 31 32 The City may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test 33 results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Subgrade compaction shall be 34 as specified for Roadway Embankment in Section 2-03.3(14)C, Method C. 35 36 Embankment 37 38 The City will perform two (2) compaction tests for the first one thousand (1,000) square 39 feet and one (1) test for each additional one thousand (1,000) square feet. Tests will 40 be taken at varying depths within the embankment. 41 42 The City may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test 43 results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Subgrade compaction shall be 44 as specified for Roadway Embankment in Section 2-03.3(14)C, Method C. 45 46 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 47 48 The City will perform two (2) compaction tests for the first ten thousand (10,000) square 49 feet and one (1) test for each additional ten thousand (10,000) square feet. 50 DIVISION 1 30 The City may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test 1 results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Compaction of ballast and 2 crushed surfacing shall be as specified in Section 4-04.3(5). 3 4 Asphalt Pavement 5 6 Asphalt paving may not occur until successful compaction test results are achieved for 7 trench backfill, subgrade, embankment, ballast and crushed surfacing, as applicable. 8 The City may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's/Developer's 9 expense, if test results do not meet the required densities. Compaction of Hot Mix 10 Asphalt pavement shall be as specified in Section 5-04.3(10). 11 12 Cement Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalk 13 14 A copy of the cement concrete design mix or certification from the concrete supplier 15 that the concrete provided has been prepared to the strength requirements in Section 16 8-04.3(1). 17 18 All testing procedures shall be conducted in accordance with applicable Sections of 19 Division 6-02 of the Standard Specifications and Sections 8-04 and 8-14 of these 20 Special Provisions. 21 22 1-06.2(1)A Compaction Testing 23 (******) 24 25 Add the following new section: 26 27 When visual and/or probe is required or allowed by the City, the Contractor shall schedule 28 with the Engineer for visual and/or probe review of earthwork activity. 29 30 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluations of Materials for Acceptance 31 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 32 33 Delete Section 1-06.2(2). 34 35 1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 36 37 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 38 (******) 39 40 Supplement this section with the following: 41 42 In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the Contractor shall 43 immediately notify the City and proceed with subsequent direction given by the City. 44 45 For bidding purposes, assume the more stringent regulation shall apply. 46 47 The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and 48 paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions 49 of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). 50 DIVISION 1 31 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for compliance with Occupational Safety 1 and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements on the jobsite. 2 3 The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy 4 of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury 5 resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor 6 shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, 7 including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This 8 requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The 9 required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the 10 Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and 11 adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. 12 13 The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the 14 project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor 15 shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring 16 immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who 17 may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work 18 on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures 19 for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. 20 21 The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and 22 requirements. 23 24 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 25 26 Amend the second sentence of the first paragraph to read: 27 28 The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Pasco (including any 29 agents, officers, employees, and representatives) against any claims that may arise 30 because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or 31 materialman) violated a legal requirement. 32 33 (May 13, 2020 WSDOT GSP, Option 4) 34 35 Supplement this section with the following: 36 37 In response to COVID-19, the Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID-19 38 health and safety plan (CHSP) in conformance with Section 1-07.4(2) as supplemented 39 in these specifications, COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP). 40 41 1-07.2 State Taxes 42 43 Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: 44 45 1-07.2 State Sales Tax 46 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 47 48 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State 49 sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The 50 Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to 51 DIVISION 1 32 questions in this area. The City will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid 1 on a misunderstood tax liability. 2 3 The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other 4 contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. 5 Section 1-07.2(2) describes this exception. 6 7 The City will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a FHWA-8 funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State 9 Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been 10 paid (RCW 60.28.051). The City may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any 11 amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether 12 the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid 13 into the proper State fund. 14 15 1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax — Rule 171 16 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 17 18 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, 19 roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the 20 state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. 21 This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the 22 street or road drainage system and power lines when such are part of the roadway 23 lighting system. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include 24 Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract 25 amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, 26 equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 27 28 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax — Rule 170 29 (June 27, 2011 APWA GSP) 30 31 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or 32 existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not 33 limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of 34 Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage 35 disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a 36 street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, 37 or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a 38 part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of 39 tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property 40 becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. 41 42 For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the City, retail sales 43 tax on the full contract price. The City will automatically add this sales tax to each 44 payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail 45 sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, 46 with the following exception. 47 48 Exception: The City will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a 49 subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or 50 DIVISION 1 33 consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included 1 in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 2 3 1-07.2(3) Services 4 5 The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the City on any contract wholly for 6 professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue 7 Rules 138 and 244). 8 9 1-07.4 Sanitation 10 (******) 11 12 Supplement this section with the following: 13 14 COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) 15 16 The Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID-19 health and safety plan 17 (CHSP). 18 The Contractor’s CHSP shall adhere to the most current State and Federal requirements 19 throughout the duration of the project. If the State and/or Federal requirements are 20 revised, the CHSP shall be updated as necessary to conform to the current 21 requirements. The CHSP shall be prepared by the Contractor prior to beginning physical 22 Work and made visible at the job site. 23 24 The Contractor shall update and resubmit the CHSP as the work progresses and new 25 activities appear on the look ahead schedule required under Section 1-08.3(2)D. If the 26 conditions change on the project, or a particular activity, the Contractor shall update and 27 resubmit the CHSP. Work on any activity shall cease if conditions prevent full 28 compliance with the CHSP. 29 30 The CHSP shall address the health and safety of all people associated with the project 31 including State workers in the field, Contractor personnel, consultants, project staff, 32 Subcontractors, suppliers and anyone on the project site, staging areas, or yards. The 33 CHSP shall: 34 35 1. Identify all standards, guidance, publications, and sources on which it is based. 36 Those standards may include references to the City’s current requirements, 37 OSHA, WISHA, and CDC publications that current at the time the CHSP is 38 prepared. 39 40 2. Identify a responsible individual from the Contractor who is responsible for 41 implementation of the CHSP. The individual(s) contact information shall be listed 42 in the CHSP. 43 44 3. Identify the specific project for which it is applicable, and if applicable, shall 45 address project work areas outside the project limits such as staging areas and/or 46 yards. 47 48 4. Identify the administrative and engineered controls necessary to maintain a safe 49 site. This includes, but is not limited to: personal protective equipment (PPE) 50 DIVISION 1 34 needed to protect workers from COVID-19, sanitation resources, screening 1 stations, safety briefings, and controlling access. 2 3 5. Identify measures for screening and managing workers or visitors to that enter 4 and leave the project site. The plan shall include procedures should a person 5 exhibit symptoms of COVID-19 at the project site. 6 7 6. Identify how the plan will be updated as new work activities are added with each 8 two-week look-ahead schedule. The CHSP updates shall identify the number of 9 workers, crews, work tasks, and the degree of congestion or confinement workers 10 will experience for the work activities in the two-week look-ahead schedule. 11 12 7. Include how the Contractor will ensure everyone on the site has been trained on 13 the CHSP requirements. This includes Subcontractors, suppliers, and anyone on 14 the project site. 15 16 COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) Inspection 17 18 The Contractor shall grant full and unrestricted access to the City for CHSP Inspections. 19 The City (or designee) will conduct periodic compliance inspections on the project site, 20 staging areas, or yards to verify that any ongoing work activity is following the CHSP 21 plan. If the City becomes aware of a noncompliance incident either through a site 22 inspection or other means, the Contractor will be notified immediately (within 1 hour). 23 The Contractor shall immediately remedy the noncompliance incident or suspend all or 24 part of the associated work activity. The Contractor shall satisfy the City that the 25 noncompliance incident has been corrected before the suspension will end. 26 27 1-07.5 Environmental Regulations 28 29 1-07.5(1) General 30 (******) 31 32 Supplement this section with the following: 33 34 Dumping of material removed from catch basins and other storm drain structures into 35 the right of way, sanitary sewer or storm drain system is prohibited. 36 37 1-07.5(3) State Department of Ecology 38 (******) 39 40 Add the following: 41 42 10. Comply with the requirements and special general conditions of the Construction 43 Stormwater General Permit issued by the Washington State Department of 44 Ecology for this project. 45 46 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses 47 This section is supplemented with the following: 48 The City has obtained or is in the process of obtaining the below-listed permit(s) for this 49 project. All contact with the permitting agency concerning these permit(s) will be through 50 the Engineer. A copy of the obtained permit(s) are attached as an appendix. 51 DIVISION 1 35 • City of Pasco SEPA Checklist and DNS 1 • City of Pasco Building Permit 2 • Franklin County ROW Permit 3 • Franklin County Irrigation District License Agreement 4 5 All costs to obtain, comply with, and close out permits will be included in the most closely 6 applicable bid items of the work involved. Copies of the permits must be available onsite 7 at all times. 8 9 1-07.7 Load Limits 10 11 Section 1-07.7 is supplemented with the following: 12 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 13 14 If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitates hauling over roads 15 other than State Highways, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, make all 16 arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 17 18 1-07.13 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 19 20 1-07.13(1) General 21 (******) 22 Supplement this section with the following: 23 24 The Contractor is responsible for constructing and completing all work included in the 25 Contract in a professional manner with first-class workmanship. 26 27 The Contractor shall keep the City of Pasco informed in writing of the address to which 28 official correspondence is to be directed, the address and phone number of the person in 29 charge of his field personnel, and the address and telephone number of the Contractor's 30 representative who will be responsible and available outside of normal working hours for 31 emergency repairs and the maintenance of traffic control and safety devices. 32 33 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage 34 35 Section 1-07.13(4) is revised to read: 36 37 (August 6, 2001 WSDOT GSP) 38 The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent 39 work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 40 1-07.13(1), 1-07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with 41 Section 1-04.4. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment 42 will be made for delay or disruption of work. 43 44 1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property 45 (******) 46 47 Existing utilities and access to utilities may be located within easements on private 48 property. The City will assist the Contractor in gaining access to those existing utilities 49 DIVISION 1 36 on private property by notifying property owners of the intent to access the property. The 1 Contractor shall notify the City of any properties where access to an easement is 2 required a minimum of three (3) working days in advance of needing the access. The 3 Contractor shall be responsible to make arrangements for physical access and to 4 remove or relocate any public or private improvements impacting the project specific 5 work. All improvements that are removed or relocated shall be restored by the 6 Contractor in accordance with this section. 7 8 1-07.16(5) Payment 9 (******) 10 11 This section is supplemented with the following: 12 13 Resetting existing monuments, property corners, or other survey points disturbed during 14 construction shall be performed by a licensed surveyor conforming to the procedures 15 outlined in the State law. If the City, at the City’s sole discretion, determines that the work 16 could have been performed in way that said survey items could have remained 17 undisturbed, costs for resetting shall be borne by the Contractor with no reimbursement 18 by the City. 19 20 Unless identified in other bid items, payment for resetting existing monuments, property 21 corners, or other survey points disturbed during construction, if said items appear on the 22 plans by note or symbol, is incidental to the contract, no separate payment. Payment for 23 said markers that do not appear on the plans, and in the City’s opinion could not 24 reasonably have been avoided, will be paid by unit price. 25 26 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities 27 (******) 28 29 This section is supplemented with the following: 30 31 Locations and dimensions shown on the plans for existing utilities are in accordance with 32 available information obtained without uncovering, measuring or other verification. 33 Depths, when shown, as are commonly expected for utilities unless surveyed. No 34 guarantee is made or implied on the location of utilities that were not exposed and 35 measured. 36 37 The following utility agencies provide service in the project area. 38 • Domestic water: City of Pasco 39 • Sanitary sewer: City of Pasco 40 • Electrical power: Franklin PUD 41 • Telephone: Charter and Century Link 42 • Fiberoptic: Franklin PUD 43 • Natural gas: Cascade Natural Gas Corporation 44 • Television: Charter and Century Link 45 • Irrigation: Franklin County Irrigation District 46 DIVISION 1 37 1 2 (******) 3 Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: 4 5 Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with 6 available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. 7 8 The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with private utilities, public utilities, 9 and their contractors to protect and/or furnish any work necessary to adjust, relocate, 10 replace, or adjust, relocate, or replace these utilities during construction of the sewer 11 main. A list of contacts is provided below for informational purposes. Should any of the 12 contacts change throughout the duration of the project, the Contractor shall contact the 13 City to obtain alternate contact information. The Contractor is responsible for coordination 14 in advance of work with the contacts below to avoid delays. 15 16 Benton Franklin Transit Richard Ciccone ciccone@bft.org 1000 Columbia Park Trail Richland, WA 99352 (509) 735-4131 (509) 735-1800 Fx Big Bend Electric Cooperative Duane Johnson admin@bbec.org PO Box 348 Ritzville, WA 99169 (866) 844-2363 (509) 659-1700 (509) 659-1404 Fx BNRR Jim Breene, Superintendent PO Box 1309 Pasco, WA 99301 Bonneville Power Admin. Stephanie Lorenz, Realty Specialist selorenz@bpa.gov Real Property Field Services 2211 N. Commercial Ave Pasco, WA 99301 (509) 544-4748 Cascade Natural Gas Arnie Garza arnie.garza@cngc.com 8311 W. Grandridge Blvd. Kennewick, WA 99336 (509) 735-7333 (509) 735-9141 Fx Century Link Tobias Mears tobias.mears@centurylink.com Sunnyside, WA (509) 839-6651 - Office (509) 305-7503 - Cell DIVISION 1 38 Charter Communications Antonio "Tony" Campos Antonio.Campos@charter.com 639 N. Kellogg Kennewick, WA 99336 (509) 572-0537 cell FCID-Franklin County Irrigation District John Burns fcid1@owt.com jburn@pocketinet.com PO Box 3907 Pasco, WA 99302 (509) 547-4912 (509) 545-1160 Fx Fire Department (Pasco) Chief Bob Gear GEARB@pasco-wa.gov 509-543-5701 Franklin County Engineering Dept. Craig Erdman, County Engineer publicworks@co.franklin.wa.us 3416 Stearman Ave. Pasco, WA 99301 (509) 545-3514 (509) 545-2133 Fx Franklin County PUD Aaron Gonzalez agonzalez@franklinpud.com PO Box 2407 Pasco, WA 99302 (509) 547-5591 (509) 547-4116 Fx 1 The Contractor shall attend a mandatory utility preconstruction meeting with the City, all 2 affected Subcontractors, and all private and public utility owners and their contractors, 3 prior to beginning onsite work. 4 5 (******) 6 7 Supplement this section with the following: 8 9 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and schedule work with other local 10 utility companies where the work may impact their operations and/or existing 11 infrastructure. 12 13 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to investigate and verify the presence and 14 location of all utilities prior to construction. 15 16 The Contractor shall call for field location, no sooner than 5 business days before the 17 scheduled date for commencement of excavation which may affect underground utility 18 facilities, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties involved. A business day is defined 19 as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, state, or federal holiday. The 20 phone number for the Northwest Utility Notification Center for Pasco is 1-800-424-5555 21 (or 811). If no one-number locator service is available, notice shall be provided 22 individually by the Contractor to those owners known to or suspected of having 23 underground facilities within the area of proposed excavation. 24 25 DIVISION 1 39 The Contractor is alerted to the existence of Chapter 19.122 RCW, a law relating to 1 underground utilities. Any cost to the Contractor incurred as a result of this law shall be 2 at the Contractor's expense. 3 4 No excavation shall begin until all known facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, 5 have been located and marked. 6 7 In addition to the requirements of RCW 19.122, the Contractor shall use surface features 8 and other evidence in determining the approximate utility location prior to excavation. The 9 Contractor shall hand dig to expose known utilities. 10 Where the location of the work is in proximity to overhead wires and power lines, the 11 Contractor shall coordinate all work with the utility and shall provide for such measures 12 as may be necessary for the protection of workmen. 13 14 Only City personnel shall operate water system valves. 15 16 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 17 18 Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 19 20 1-07.18 Insurance 21 (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 22 23 1-07.18(1) General Requirements 24 A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections of 25 section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best 26 rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington. 27 The City reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance provided, based on the 28 insurer’s financial condition. 29 30 B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the 31 commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for thirty 32 (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below. 33 34 C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims made form, its retroactive date, and that of 35 all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this Contract. The 36 policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims-37 made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of 36 months 38 following the Completion Date or earlier termination of this Contract, and the Contractor 39 shall annually provide the City with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form 40 of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall 41 purchase an extended reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of guarantee 42 acceptable to the City to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. 43 D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or 44 Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance as 45 respects the City’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage. Any 46 insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the City shall be 47 excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. 48 49 E. The Contractor shall provide the City and all additional insureds with written notice of any 50 policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. 51 DIVISION 1 40 1 F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has 2 been obtained and approved by the City 3 4 G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall 5 constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the City may, after giving five 6 business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the 7 Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all 8 premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the City 9 on demand, or at the sole discretion of the City, offset against funds due the Contractor 10 from the City. 11 12 H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices 13 of the Contract and no additional payment will be made. 14 15 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 16 Supplement this section with the following: 17 18 I. The Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the duration 19 of the work public liability and property damage insurance in accordance with this 20 section and as modified herein. 21 22 J. Prior to start of construction, the Contractor shall furnish the City of Pasco a 23 Certificate of Insurance and the additional insured endorsements as evidence of 24 compliance with these requirements. This certificate shall name the City of Pasco, its 25 employees, agents, elected and appointed officials, consultants, and all 26 Subcontractors as “additional insureds” and shall stipulate that the policies named 27 thereon cannot be canceled unless at least forty-five (45) days written notice has 28 been given to the City of Pasco. The certificate shall not contain the following or 29 similar wording regarding cancellation notification: “Failure to mail such notice shall 30 impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents, or 31 representatives.” 32 33 1-07.18(2) Additional Insured 34 All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional 35 Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed 36 entities as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein: 37 ▪ the City and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and volunteers 38 ▪ RH2 Engineering, Inc. 39 ▪ the City’s hired independent testing agency. 40 The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability 41 maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the 42 Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the 43 Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits 44 lower than those maintained by the Contractor. 45 46 For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured 47 endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing 48 operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 49 50 DIVISION 1 41 1-07.18(3) Subcontractors 1 The Contractor shall cause each Subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage 2 that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set 3 forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of 4 coverage required to be obtained by Subcontractors. 5 6 The Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in 7 1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by 8 that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20 9 10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations. 10 11 Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall forward to the City evidence of insurance and 12 copies of the additional insured endorsements of each Subcontractor of every tier as 13 required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage. 14 15 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage 16 The Contractor shall deliver to the City a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for 17 each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when the Contractor 18 delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of City to demand such verification of 19 coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of City to identify a deficiency from the 20 insurance documentation provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s 21 obligation to maintain such insurance. 22 23 Verification of coverage shall include: 24 1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the City to be equivalent. 25 2. Copies of all endorsements naming City and all other entities listed in 1-07.18(2) as 26 additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may submit a copy of 27 any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a separate 28 endorsement. 29 3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein. 30 4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy 31 these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted. 32 33 Upon request by the City, the Contractor shall forward to the City a full and certified copy of 34 the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is required on this Project, a full and 35 certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for 36 the work. 37 38 1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits 39 The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s 40 maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be 41 construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance, 42 or otherwise limit the City’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in equity. 43 44 All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by 45 the City. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-insured 46 retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional insured 47 incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said deductibles 48 or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 49 DIVISION 1 42 1 1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability 2 Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad 3 as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises, 4 operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, 5 personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall 6 be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property 7 damage. 8 9 The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project 10 general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. 11 12 Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the 13 Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion 14 of the Work. 15 Such policy must provide the following minimum limits: 16 $2,000,000 Each Occurrence 17 $2,000,000 General Aggregate 18 $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate 19 $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence 20 $1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident 21 22 1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability 23 Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be 24 written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the 25 transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48 26 endorsements. 27 28 Such policy must provide the following minimum limit: 29 $1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident 30 31 1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation 32 The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the 33 Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. 34 35 1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability 36 (January 4, 2016 APWA GSP) 37 38 The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not less than 39 $1 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability coverage 40 shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage as the Contractor’s Commercial 41 General and Auto Liability insurance 42 43 All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as additional 44 insureds on the Contractor’s Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policy. 45 46 This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor’s primary Commercial 47 General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination thereof that achieves the 48 overall required limits of insurance. 49 50 DIVISION 1 43 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1 (******) 2 Supplement this section with the following: 3 All work shall be carried out with due regard for public safety. For any open trenches, the 4 Contractor shall provide proper barricades and adequate night-time illumination. 5 6 At access points to public and private properties access shall be provided by the Contractor 7 throughout the duration of construction unless otherwise approved by the City. 8 9 The Contractor shall contact all resident, tenants, and property owners in the immediate 10 vicinity of the scheduled work via door hanger or a mailing a minimum of seven (7) calendar 11 days in advance of beginning work in the area. The door hanger or mailing shall be printed in 12 both English and Spanish and shall contain the following information at a minimum: 13 • Project Name 14 • Description of the work being performed 15 • Exact area to be affected by the work 16 • Date work is to commence 17 • Date work will be completed 18 • Company name, contact person & phone number 19 • Contractors local contact person name & local phone number 20 • Contractors superintendent name & phone number (if different) 21 • Services that may be impacted 22 • Restrictions during work (such as advising against water usage) 23 24 In addition, 24 hours in advance of a utility shut-down, the Contractor shall informing the 25 resident or tenant of the time period of the possible interruption to the utility service and 26 advise against water usage during this period. The notice shall be in the form of a door 27 hanger printed in both English and Spanish. 28 29 The Contractor shall submit both the 7-day notice and the 24-hour notice to the City for 30 review prior to delivering any notice to a resident, tenant, or property owner. 31 32 The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all construction efforts with the following 33 entities: 34 • Benton-Franklin Health District 35 • Benton-Franklin Transit 36 • Pasco School District 37 • Pasco Fire Department 38 • Pasco Police Department and all other law enforcement divisions 39 • United States Postal Service 40 • Basin Disposal Incorporated 41 • City of Pasco Public Works and all other Utility owners/operators 42 43 The Contractor must notify an affected property owner or occupant and the City immediately 44 upon the accidental disruption of any public or private service. The disrupted service shall 45 be restored the same day as the disruption occurred. 46 47 DIVISION 1 44 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 1 2 This section is supplemented with the following: 3 4 Where flagging is used for traffic control, traffic shall not be stopped for more than 5 minutes. 5 6 Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: 7 8 (February 3, 2020 WSDOT GSP) 9 Work Zone Clear Zone 10 The Work Zone Clear Zone (WZCZ) applies during working and nonworking 11 hours. The WZCZ applies only to temporary roadside objects introduced by the 12 Contractor’s operations and does not apply to preexisting conditions or 13 permanent Work. Those work operations that are actively in progress shall be in 14 accordance with adopted and approved Traffic Control Plans, and other contract 15 requirements. 16 17 During nonworking hours equipment or materials shall not be within the WZCZ 18 unless they are protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. 19 The use of temporary concrete barrier shall be permitted only if the Engineer 20 approves the installation and location. 21 22 During actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only 23 materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the WZCZ and 24 only construction vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed 25 within the WZCZ or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. 26 27 The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not 28 be permitted to park within the WZCZ at any time unless protected as described 29 above. 30 31 Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor 32 has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written 33 approval. 34 35 Minimum WZCZ distances are measured from the edge of traveled way and will 36 be determined as follows: 37 38 Regulatory Posted Speed Distance From Traveled Way (Feet) 35 mph or less 10 40 mph 15 45 to 50 mph 20 55 to 60 mph 30 65 mph or greater 35 39 DIVISION 1 45 Minimum Work Zone Clear Zone Distance 1 2 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 3 4 Delete the sixth and seventh sentences of this section. 5 6 Add the following new section: 7 1-07.23(3) Temporary Road Closures 8 Single-lane closures to through traffic will be allowed by the City and the regulatory 9 agency as described by section below and per the approved traffic control plans. Maintain 10 local access to individual residences and businesses and emergency vehicle access at 11 all times. Reopen the road to local traffic when the Contractor is not working. The 12 Contractor shall maintain all necessary construction signs during non-working hours. 13 14 Emergency vehicle and law enforcement access shall be maintained at all times. Road 15 closure notices shall be published by the contractor at least one week in advance in the 16 local newspaper. 17 18 The approved traffic control plans as negotiated by the City and the regulatory agency 19 are provided in construction drawings. With limited exception, the Contractor should 20 assume that no deviation from the approved plan will be allowed. No exceptions will be 21 made which increase the disruption to traffic or solely benefit the Contractor. Any 22 proposed modifications to the detour plan shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum 23 of 10 working days in advance of need for approval prior to implementation. Road 24 closures are limited to one day, unless otherwise noted below or approved in writing by 25 the regulatory agency. All work shall be completed during this day. If roadway restoration 26 cannot be performed on the same day as the pipeline installation, the Contractor shall be 27 responsible for obtaining approval to use alternative traffic control methods, such as one-28 lane alternating or lane-bump, to complete the remainder of the work. The Contractor 29 shall be responsible for having all materials required for the roadway crossings on-hand 30 prior to the roadway closure. Failure to have all materials on-hand on the day of the 31 closure will result in rescheduling of the roadway closure and will be charged as a working 32 day to the project. 33 34 The Contractor shall be made aware and make provisions for the following events and 35 general project requirements as follows: 36 37 The Contractor shall maintain at least one lane of traffic on all roads throughout the 38 duration of the project unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 39 40 The Contractor shall submit a construction staging plan to be approved by the 41 Engineer prior to the start of construction. 42 43 The contractor is responsible for notifying all public agencies (including the Pasco 44 School District Transportation Supervisor) two days in advance for all traffic control 45 actions that will disturb traffic. 46 47 The Contractor should be aware that a portion of the work may coincide with the 48 seeding, spraying, or harvest schedule of certain agriculture products, which may 49 result in increased traffic in certain areas. The Contractor shall plan his work to 50 minimize traffic disruptions to agricultural equipment and areas. 51 DIVISION 1 46 1 1-07.24 Rights of Way 2 (******) 3 4 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 5 6 Street Right of Way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are 7 indicated in the Plans. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within 8 these limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. 9 10 Generally, the City will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights of way and 11 easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the work. 12 Exceptions to this are noted in the Bid Documents or will be brought to the Contractor’s 13 attention by a duly issued Addendum. 14 15 Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public 16 Right of Way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any 17 easement agreement obtained by the City from the owner of the private property. 18 Copies of the easement agreements may be included in the Contract Provisions or made 19 available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the 20 Engineer. 21 22 Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, 23 these areas are so noted in the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion 24 of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been 25 acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is 26 available or that the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to 27 acts of omission on the part of the City in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of 28 way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that 29 such delay shall not be a breach of contract. 30 The Contractor shall notify each property owner two (2) business days prior to entry. 31 This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements 32 must be adjusted. 33 34 Rights of way and easements obtained by the City are not guaranteed to include the 35 amount or location of land desired by the Contractor to support all of the Contractor’s 36 activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability 37 to the City, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for 38 temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. 39 However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the 40 Contractor shall file with the City a written permission of the private property owner, and, 41 upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property 42 disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this 43 contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper 44 authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has 45 been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the 46 case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily 47 accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address, and date of 48 signature. Written releases must be filed with the City before the Completion Date will 49 be established. 50 51 DIVISION 1 47 Replace the second paragraph of the APWA GSP with the following: 1 2 The City has obtained all rights of way and easements, both permanent and temporary, 3 deemed necessary for the completed facility and direct construction work. 4 5 Replace the first sentence of the last paragraph of the APWA GSP with the following: 6 7 Rights of way and easements obtained by the City are not guaranteed to include the 8 amount or location of land desired by the Contractor to support all of the Contractor’s 9 activities. The Contractor is responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the 10 City, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for 11 construction, temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor 12 needs. 13 14 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 15 Add the following new section: 16 1-07.28 Safety Standards 17 18 All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal 19 health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and/or accepted industry standards. 20 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that their work force, the City, 21 and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. 22 23 The City of Pasco shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no 24 penalty if, in their opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, 25 property, or the work force. Such authority shall not, however, relieve the Contractor 26 of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any 27 responsibility to the City for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. 28 29 (******) 30 Add the following new section: 31 1-07.29 Notifying Property Owners 32 33 When construction activities cause there to be temporary or modified ingress and/or 34 egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible 35 for notifying the occupant(s) of the property three (3) business days prior to the work. 36 If the Contractor is unable to contact the occupant(s), the Contractor shall leave written 37 notification at least one (1) business day prior to the work. A copy of all notifications 38 shall be provided to the City. 39 40 DIVISION 1 48 1-08 Prosecution and Progress 1 2 Add the following new section: 3 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters 4 (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) 5 6 Add the following new section: 7 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference 8 (******) 9 10 Prior to the commencement of any work, a preconstruction conference shall be held. 11 The Contractor shall contact the City and set a date and time for the meeting. It shall 12 be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify and invite all parties having an interest in 13 the project to the meeting, including the City, major subcontractors, Irrigation Districts, 14 and all applicable private utilities. The Contractor shall ensure they understand all 15 provisions and intentions of the work. 16 17 The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 18 19 1. Overall scope 20 2. Order and coordination of work 21 3. Long lead time items 22 4. Means and methods of construction 23 5. Inspection and reporting procedures 24 6. To review the initial schedule; 25 7. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or 26 affected by the work; 27 8. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, 28 submittals, etc.; 29 9. To establish normal working hours for the work; 30 10. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 31 11. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. 32 12. To walk the project site and confirm which if any objects are to be removed and 33 replaced. 34 13. Protection of features to remain in place for the duration of construction. 35 14. Dust control equipment and procedures. 36 37 The Contractor shall prepare and submit at least five (5) business days prior to the 38 preconstruction conference the following: 39 40 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 41 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 42 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 43 44 Any proposed road or sidewalk closures shall be presented to the City at the 45 preconstruction conference for consideration, including duration of closure. If approved, 46 closures shall not extend beyond permitted duration. Should closures extend beyond 47 the duration, road user delay costs shall be assessed to the Contractor and paid to the 48 City of Pasco. 49 50 DIVISION 1 49 Add the following new section: 1 2 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work 3 (December 8, 2014 APWA GSP) 4 5 Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the 6 normal working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the 8 Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request 9 must be submitted in writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the 10 provisions below. The working hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to 11 the preconstruction conference. 12 13 All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such 14 as noise ordinances). 15 16 If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor 17 shall submit a written request to the City for consideration. This request shall state what 18 hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later 19 than five (5) business days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the 20 hours. 21 22 If the City approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain other 23 conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example: 24 1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the City for the 25 costs in excess of straight-time costs for City representatives who worked during 26 such times. (The Engineer may require designated representatives to be present 27 during the work. Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the 28 Engineer include, but are not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the City’s 29 material testing lab; inspectors; and other City employees or third party 30 consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their 31 presence.) 32 2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working 33 days with regard to the contract time. 34 3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract 35 time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. 36 4. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met 37 and recorded properly on certified payroll 38 39 Add the following new section: 40 1-08.0(3) Days of Work 41 42 No work will be allowed on the following days unless pre-approval is obtained from the 43 City: 44 DIVISION 1 50 • New Years Day, Martin Luther King Jr., President’s Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, 1 Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving and the day after, Christmas and the day 2 after. 3 • If any of the above days falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday. If any of the 4 above days falls on a Sunday, the following Monday. 5 • All Saturdays and Sundays. 6 7 Requests to work on any of the days listed above must be made in writing by the 8 Contractor to the City for review no less than two weeks prior to the event and include 9 the reason for the request. Approval of any such request is not guaranteed. If approval 10 is given, each day may be counted as a working day at the discretion of the City. 11 12 1-08.1 Subcontracting 13 (******) 14 15 The first paragraph is replaced with the following: 16 Work done by the Contractor’s own organization shall account for at least 60 percent of 17 the Awarded Contract price. Before computing this percentage, however, the Contractor 18 may subtract (from the Awarded Contract price) the costs of subcontracted Work in the 19 following categories: 20 • Surveying 21 • Traffic Control 22 • Paving (not including crushed surfacing) 23 • Planing 24 • Striping, 25 • Illumination, 26 • Curbs, gutters, sidewalks, 27 • Landscaping 28 29 (May 30, 2019 APWA GSP, Option B) 30 31 Delete the ninth paragraph, beginning with “On all projects, the Contractor shall certify…”. 32 33 1-08.3(1) General Requirements 34 (******) 35 36 Supplement this section with the following: 37 38 Items in the schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be 39 performed. The schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, using an appropriate 40 measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The schedule shall be 41 continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each 42 month or upon issuance of any change order which substantially affects the schedule. 43 Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated schedules shall be provided to the 44 City. 45 46 When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the 47 Contract, the City may determine that the work is Substantially Complete. The City will 48 notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. 49 DIVISION 1 51 The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as possible. Upon 1 request by the City, the Contractor shall furnish a written schedule for completing the 2 physical Work on the Contract. 3 4 1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule 5 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 6 7 Revise this section to read: 8 9 The Contractor shall submit electronically to the City one (1) copy of a Type A Progress 10 Schedule no later than five (5) business days prior to the preconstruction conference, or 11 some other mutually agreed upon time. The schedule shall be in a format acceptable to 12 the City. The City may at their discretion allow a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar 13 chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule 14 shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule 15 and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the 16 submittal. 17 18 1-08.3(2)D Weekly Look-Ahead Schedule 19 (******) 20 21 Supplement this section with the following: 22 23 At the discretion of the City, a weekly meeting between representatives of the City (e.g. 24 inspector and/or engineer) and Contractor (foreman, supervisor, and/or project manager) 25 shall be held at the project site or at City Hall at a pre-determined time. The Contractor 26 shall present an update on project status, project schedule, and any problems that have 27 arisen. 28 29 1-08.4 Prosecution of Work 30 31 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 32 33 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of Work 34 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP) 35 36 Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract 37 bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the City. The 38 Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given 39 by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project 40 site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. 41 The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the 42 time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the 43 Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work 44 within the time(s) specified in the contract. 45 46 When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility 47 fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. 48 Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the 49 placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). 50 Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the City to inspect the 51 DIVISION 1 52 fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the City has accepted the 1 installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. 2 3 Add the following new section: 4 1-08.4(1) Order of Work 5 6 1. Potholing – All design critical potholing as identified in the plans or as required by 7 the contractor for installation of the sewer system shall be performed prior to 8 beginning any installation. 9 2. The gravity sewer main shall be laid continuously uphill starting at the existing 10 manhole south of the intersection of Road 48 and Court Street. 11 12 1-08.5 Time for Completion 13 14 Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following: 15 16 (March 13, 1995 WSDOT GSP) 17 This project shall be physically completed within 140 working days. Substantial 18 completion does not stop contract time. 19 20 (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A) 21 22 Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read: 23 24 Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. 25 26 Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is 27 physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized 28 working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the 29 Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: 30 (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of 31 the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The 32 statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the City 33 declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the 34 Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered 35 by the City, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the 36 basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the 37 Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the 38 Contractor is approved to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4-10 schedule) and 39 the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a 40 working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or 41 not the Contractor works on that day unless otherwise approved by the City in writing. 42 43 Revise the sixth paragraph to read: 44 45 The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract 46 after all the Contractor’s obligations under the contract have been performed by the 47 Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be 48 established: 49 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 50 DIVISION 1 53 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required 1 by law, to allow the City to process final acceptance of the contract. The following 2 documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a 3 completion date: 4 a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)). 5 b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents 6 c. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the 7 Contract Provisions. 8 d. Final Contract Voucher Certification 9 e. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor 10 and all Subcontractors 11 f. A copy of the Notice of Termination sent to the Washington State Department of 12 Ecology (Ecology); the elapse of 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the 13 Notice of Termination by Ecology; and no rejection of the Notice of Termination 14 by Ecology. This requirement will not apply if the Construction Stormwater 15 General Permit is transferred back to the City in accordance with Section 8-16 01.3(16). 17 g. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24 18 19 1-09 Measurement and Payment 20 21 1-09.2 Weighing Equipment 22 23 1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment 24 (July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2) 25 26 Revise item 4 of the fifth paragraph to read: 27 28 4. Test results and scale weight records for each day’s hauling operations are provided 29 to the Engineer daily. Reporting shall utilize WSDOT form 422-027, Scaleman’s 30 Daily Report, unless the printed ticket contains the same information that is on the 31 Scaleman’s Daily Report Form. The scale operator must provide AM and/or PM tare 32 weights for each truck on the printed ticket. 33 34 1-09.2(5) Measurement 35 (May 2, 2017 APWA GSP) 36 37 Revise the first paragraph to read: 38 39 Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform 40 verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in 41 weighing contract items of Work. 42 43 DIVISION 1 54 1-09.6 Force Account 1 2 Supplement this section with the following: 3 4 Contractor markup for Labor, Materials, Equipment, and Services shall be limited to fifteen 5 percent (15%). The fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of supervision, overhead, 6 bond, profit and any other general expenses. 7 8 (October 10, 2008 APWA GSP) 9 10 Supplement this section with the following: 11 12 The City has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be 13 paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar 14 amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the City does not warrant 15 expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those 16 estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized 17 by Engineer. 18 19 1-09.9 Payments 20 (March 13, 2012 APWA GSP) 21 22 Supplement this section with the following: 23 24 Lump sum item breakdowns are not required when the bid price for the lump sum item is 25 less than $20,000. 26 27 Delete the first four paragraphs and replace them with the following: 28 29 The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the 30 Contract and as specified for payment. 31 32 The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items at the 33 Preconstruction Conference, to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work 34 performed on a monthly basis. A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that 35 include a basis for incremental payments as part of the respective Specification. Absent 36 a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer will make a determination based on 37 information available. The Project Engineer’s determination of the cost of work shall be 38 final. 39 40 Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon 41 progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be 42 established at the preconstruction conference. 43 44 The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor 45 commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month 46 thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the 47 work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payments. 48 The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the 49 final payment. 50 51 DIVISION 1 55 The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of 2 work completed multiplied by the unit price. 3 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump sum 4 breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the Engineer’s 5 determination. 6 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site 7 or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 8 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as 9 determined by the Engineer. 10 11 Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 12 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1), on non FHWA-funded projects; 13 2. The amount of progress payments previously made; and 14 3. Funds withheld by the City for disbursement in accordance with the Contract 15 Documents. 16 17 Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance 18 or an admission by the City that any work has been satisfactorily completed. The 19 determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 20 1-05.1. 21 22 1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction 23 (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) 24 25 Revise this section to read: 26 27 For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that 28 any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the City arising from the 29 Contract shall be brought within 180 calendar days from the date of final acceptance 30 (Section 1-05.12) of the Contract by the City; and it is further agreed that any such claims 31 or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court of the county where the 32 City headquarters is located, provided that where an action is asserted against a county, 33 RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction. The parties understand and agree 34 that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a 35 complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the 36 parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the 37 City arising from the Contract are filed with the City or initiated in court, the Contractor shall 38 permit the City to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the City to 39 assist in evaluating the claims or action. 40 41 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less 42 (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 43 44 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 45 46 The Contractor and the City mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, 47 submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR 48 DIVISION 1 56 processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing 1 to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 2 3 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration 4 (November 30, 2018 APWA GSP) 5 6 Revise the third paragraph to read: 7 8 The City and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, 9 and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior 10 Court of the county in which the City’s headquarters is located, provided that where claims 11 subject to arbitration are asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue 12 and jurisdiction of the Superior Court. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis 13 for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for 14 decisions. 15 16 (******) 17 Add the following new section: 18 19 1-09.14 Attorney Fees 20 In the event any action is filed in connection with the Contract, the substantially prevailing 21 party shall be entitled to recover its costs and a reasonable sum for attorney fees. The 22 parties further agree that the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its 23 costs and a reasonable sum for attorney fees incurred through any Final Order as a result 24 of an Appeal. 25 26 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control 27 (******) 28 29 Supplement this section with the following: 30 31 The provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 32 (MUTCD) for Streets and Highways and corresponding amendments published by the 33 U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, and WSDOT by this 34 reference are made a part of these Documents. 35 36 1-10.1(2) Description 37 (******) 38 39 Supplement this section with the following: 40 41 All signs, barricades, traffic control devices, and labor for traffic control required for 42 construction activities shall be supplied, placed, and maintained by the Contractor. This 43 shall apply to detours and traffic control both within and outside the limits of the project. 44 45 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Traffic Control Plan (TCP) to the City for 46 review. The TCP shall include mention of any trenches to remain open overnight and 47 the Contractor’s plan to maintain access to public and private property throughout 48 construction. The TCP shall minimize interruption and inconvenience to pedestrian and 49 vehicular traffic. The Contractor shall make all arrangements to implement the TCP, and 50 shall implement the TCP at the Contractor’s expense. 51 DIVISION 1 57 If the Contractor fails implement their approved TCP, the City may notify the Contractor. 1 If this notification occurs, the Contractor shall immediately remedy the non-2 conformance. If the Contractor fails to do this, the City shall be at liberty to remedy the 3 non-conformance without assuming liability and without further notice to the Contractor. 4 Liability for implementation of the TCP is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The 5 costs associated with the City implementing the Contractor’s TCP may be deducted by 6 the City from monies due to the Contractor, or the City may request payment from the 7 Contractor. 8 9 Any traffic restriction must have prior approval of the City of Pasco Engineering 10 Division. Appropriate traffic control measures and signage are required during 11 temporary road closures. 12 13 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to secure the City’s approval for any desired 14 road closure and associated traffic control plan including detours. Following approval, 15 the Contractor shall notify the City of Pasco, and the Police and Fire Departments, Pasco 16 School District, Basin Disposal, and Benton Franklin Transit at least 1 business day prior 17 to closing any street. When the street is re-opened, it shall again be the responsibility of 18 the Contractor to notify the above named departments and persons. 19 20 1-10.2(1) General 21 (January 3, 2017 WSDOT GSP) 22 23 Supplement this section with the following: 24 25 Only training with WSDOT TCS card and WSDOT training curriculum is recognized 26 in the State of Washington. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one 27 of the following: 28 29 The Northwest Laborers-Employers Training Trust 30 27055 Ohio Ave. 31 Kingston, WA 98346 32 (360) 297-3035 33 34 Evergreen Safety Council 35 12545 135th Ave. NE 36 Kirkland, WA 98034-8709 37 1-800-521-0778 38 39 The American Traffic Safety Services Association 40 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100 41 Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022 42 Training Dept. Toll Free (877) 642-4637 43 Phone: (540) 368-1701 44 45 DIVISION 1 58 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 1 (******) 2 3 The last paragraph is revised to read: 4 5 The TCS may perform the Work described in Section 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers or in Section 6 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor, however, all compensation shall be included in the 7 lump sum bid price for Project Temporary Traffic Control. If TCS duties are not being 8 performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, this provision will be revoked. 9 10 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 11 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 12 13 Delete the entire section and replace with the following: 14 15 The Contractor shall prepare a signing plan showing the necessary Class A and B 16 construction signing, barricades, and traffic control devices required for the project and 17 submit it to the City, no later than the preconstruction conference date. When the 18 Class B signing for a particular area will be provided as detailed on one or more of the 19 figures included in the MUTCD without modification, the Contractor may reference the 20 applicable MUTCD figure at the appropriate location on the construction drawings. 21 When this procedure is used, variable distances such as minimum length of taper must 22 be specified by the Contractor. 23 24 The signing plan prepared by the Contractor shall provide for adequate warning within 25 the limits of the project and on all streets, alleys, and driveways entering the project so 26 that approaching traffic may turn left or right onto existing undisturbed streets before 27 reaching the project. The Plan shall be prepared to create a minimum of 28 inconvenience for pedestrian and vehicle traffic. 29 30 All modifications to the accepted signing plans shall be reviewed by the City. 31 32 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 33 (******) 34 35 This section is supplemented with the following: 36 37 Personnel needed to ensure construction equipment is operating without encroaching 38 into traveled ways and/or needed to guide construction equipment through the work zone 39 shall be incidental to the project. 40 41 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs 42 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 43 44 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: 45 All signs, barricades, flashers, cones, traffic safety drums, barricades, and other traffic 46 control devices required by the approved traffic control plan(s), as well as any other 47 appropriate signs prescribed by the City or County, shall be furnished and maintained 48 by the Contractor. 49 DIVISION 1 59 Open trenches shall be provided with proper barricades and at night they shall be 1 distinctly indicated by adequately spaced lights. 2 3 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid Item for Project (No Unit Items) 4 5 Section 1-10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: 6 7 (August 2, 2004 WSDOT GSP) 8 The proposal contains the item “Project Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. The 9 provisions of Section 1-10.4(1) shall apply. 10 11 1-10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 12 (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) 13 14 Revise the pay item name to read: 15 16 “Project Temporary Traffic Control”, lump sum. 17 END DIVISION 1 18 DIVISION 2 1 Division 2 1 Earthwork 2 3 2-01 Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 4 5 2-01.1 Description 6 (******) 7 8 Supplement this section with the following. 9 10 The Contractor shall perform the minimum amount of clearing and grubbing within the 11 construction limits that is necessary to perform the work. The limits of clearing and 12 grubbing shall be staked and flagged by the Contractor for approval by the City prior to 13 construction. 14 15 (******) 16 17 Supplement this section with the following: 18 19 All work beyond the right-of-way line shall be coordinated with affected property owner(s) 20 per Section 1-07.24 Rights of Way. 21 22 If any work is to be performed outside of the right-of-way and outside of the work areas 23 designated in the Contract, the Contractor shall receive written permission from the City 24 prior to proceeding. 25 26 For work outside of the right-of-way requiring temporary removal of obstructions, the 27 following shall apply: 28 29 Should any existing objects impede the Contractor's work, the Contractor may request 30 permission from the City to remove them. Once permission is obtained, the Contractor 31 shall temporarily remove and later replace to its original condition or relocate nearby as 32 directed (e.g. mail boxes, fences, small trees, shrubs, street signs and posts, culverts, 33 irrigation facilities, concrete or rock walls, or other similar obstructions which lie in or near 34 the line of work and are not intended for removal). Should any damage be incurred, the 35 cost of replacement or repair shall be borne by the Contractor. 36 37 2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 - Open Burning 38 39 Supplement this section with the following. 40 41 Refuse and debris shall be disposed of in a manner meeting all requirements of state, 42 county and municipal regulations regarding health, safety and public welfare. 43 44 Open burning is prohibited under this contract. 45 46 DIVISION 2 2 2-01.3 Construction Requirements 1 2 2-01.3(1) Clearing 3 (******) 4 5 Supplement this section with the following. 6 7 Removal of trees for utility trenching shall include removal of the stump and root ball within 8 3 feet of the pipe on all sides. 9 10 Move any existing materials stockpiled in the work zone as necessary to perform the 11 work. Do not dispose without written permission of the owner of said materials. Return 12 materials back to their approximate original locations at completion of construction unless 13 an alternate location is approved by both the owner of the material and the City. 14 15 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 16 Add the following new section: 17 18 2-01.3(5) Fencing 19 20 The Contractor shall carefully remove existing fencing located within or near the work, 21 as required for construction. All fencing materials to be removed and reset shall be 22 temporarily placed on the adjacent properties or stored as directed by the City. 23 Fencing shall be reset along the property lines or as directed by the City. The removal 24 and resetting of all fencing shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 25 26 2-01.5 Payment 27 (******) 28 29 Supplement this section with the following. 30 31 All costs for clearing and grubbing shall be included in the unit price for “Clearing and 32 Grubbing”, lump sum. The lump sum (LS) contract price for “Clearing and Grubbing” 33 shall be full compensation for all costs, including materials, equipment, and labor, 34 incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 2-01 except for those costs included in 35 other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the 36 Proposal. 37 38 All costs for removal and resetting of existing fencing in Section 2-01.3(5) shall be 39 incidental to the sewer installation and site work. No separate payment will be made. 40 41 2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 42 43 2-02.3 Construction Requirements 44 (******) 45 46 Supplement this section with the following: 47 48 This work shall consist of removing and disposing of, or salvaging various existing 49 improvements within the construction limits shown on the plans including, but not limited 50 to: 51 DIVISION 2 3 1 1. Removal of asphalt surfacing, including saw cutting. 2 3 2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures 4 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 5 6 Supplement this section with the following: 7 8 Where structures or installations of concrete, brick, blocks, etc., interfere with the 9 construction, they shall be removed and any pipe openings shall be properly plugged 10 watertight with Class 3000 concrete, or with mortar and masonry, blocks, or brick. The 11 removal and plugging of pipes shall be considered as incidental to the construction. 12 13 Where the structures are removed, the voids shall be backfilled with suitable, job-14 excavated material and compacted, and such work shall be considered as incidental 15 to the removal work. If the City determines the job-excavated material to be unsuitable 16 for backfill, the Contractor shall place ballast or crushed surfacing material as directed 17 by the City. 18 19 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 20 21 Item 1 of Section 2-02.3(3) is replaced with the following: 22 23 Arrange to dispose of waste at no expense to the Contracting Agency and any such 24 disposal shall meet the requirement of section 2-03.3(7)C of the Standard Specifications. 25 26 Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: 27 28 The approximate thickness of the asphalt pavement to be removed is 4 to 6 inches. 29 30 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 31 32 Supplement this section with the following: 33 34 In those areas where asphalt pavement removal is required, the Contractor shall, prior 35 to excavation, score the edge of the asphalt concrete pavement with an approved 36 pavement cutter such as a concrete saw. During the course of the work, the Contractor 37 shall take precautions to preserve the integrity of this neat, clean pavement edge. 38 Should the pavement edge be damaged prior to asphalt concrete paving activities, the 39 Contractor shall be required to trim the edge with an approved pavement cutter as 40 directed by the City immediately prior to paving. Sidewalk and/or curb and gutter 41 removal shall be from construction joint to joint. No partial sidewalk panels or curb and 42 gutter sections will be allowed. 43 44 2-02.5 Payment 45 46 Supplement this section with the following. 47 48 All costs associated with sawcutting (when not specifically described in other pay items), 49 removal, breaking up, and hauling asphalt and concrete shall be included in the unit price 50 for “Pavement Preparation”. This unit contract price shall be full compensation for all 51 DIVISION 2 4 costs, including materials, equipment, and labor, incurred to carry out the requirements 1 of Section 2-02 and its Special Provisions except for those costs included in other items 2 which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. 3 4 2-03 Roadway Excavation and Embankment 5 6 2-03.1 Description 7 (******) 8 9 Supplement this section with the following: 10 11 The work shall include excavation and embankment necessary to construct temporary 12 driveway accesses for all residences and businesses and shall include sawcutting and 13 removal of existing pavement as shown in the plans. 14 15 Street excavation shall consist of removing the existing material of whatever nature 16 encountered to the subgrade elevation and shaping the subgrade to conform to the cross-17 section shown on the Plans or as staked in the field. 18 19 The Contractor shall use caution while performing roadway excavation. Heavy, rubber-20 tired equipment, particularly front end loaders, shall limit their travel over a single area as 21 much as possible. Trucks shall observe a 10 mph speed limit when traveling over 22 exposed subgrade areas. Track mounted equipment may only be used with permission 23 from the City, and in areas where their use will not be detrimental to the project. 24 25 The City may reference known existing monuments or markers relating to subdivisions, 26 plats, roads, street centerline intersections, etc. The Contractor is responsible for field-27 locating all existing monuments and markers. The Contractor shall take special care to 28 protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points. In the event the 29 Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be 30 reset by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 31 32 2-03.3 Construction Requirements 33 34 2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade 35 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 36 37 Supplement this section with the following: 38 39 At the direction of the Engineer, at the City’s expense, areas within the street subgrade 40 which exhibit instability due to high moisture content shall be: 41 42 1. Aerated and allowed to dry, 43 44 2. Over-excavated and backfilled with ballast, or crushed surfacing base course. 45 The contractor may be instructed to install construction geotextile for soil 46 stabilization in the excavation, 47 48 3. Or a combination of any of the above. 49 50 DIVISION 2 5 2-03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests 1 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 2 3 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 4 Compaction of placed fill shall be 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 5 1557 (Modified Proctor). The Contractor shall notify the City when ready for in-place 6 subgrade density tests. Placement of courses of aggregate shall not proceed until 7 density requirements are met. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and 8 paying for all testing. All initial testing costs are the responsibility of the City. All costs 9 associated with failed tests/testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 10 11 If the product fails any test, the City may require additional testing to determine the 12 extent of the failure and more frequent tests may be required on additional work. 13 Testing shall be in accordance with Section 1-06.2(1).7. 14 15 2-03.4 Measurement 16 17 Section 2-03.4 is supplemented with the following: 18 19 (******) 20 Only one determination of the original ground elevation will be made on this project. 21 Measurement for roadway excavation and embankment will be based on the original 22 ground elevations recorded previous to the award of this contract. 23 24 If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations which will materially affect the 25 quantities of earthwork, the original computations of earthwork quantities will be adjusted 26 accordingly. 27 28 Upon award of the contract, copies of the original ground surface elevations will be 29 furnished to the successful bidder on request to the City. 30 31 2-03.5 Payment 32 (******) 33 34 Supplement this section with the following: 35 36 All costs associated with removal, breaking up, and hauling asphalt and concrete shall be 37 included in the unit price for “Pavement Preparation”. 38 39 All costs in connection with the preparation of waste sites and waste deposits shall be 40 included in the unit contract price for “Pavement Preparation”. 41 42 2-06.3(2) Subgrade for Pavement 43 (******) 44 Supplement this section with the following. 45 46 Prior to placing paving, the subgrade shall be proof-rolled with a fully-loaded dump truck 47 or equivalent to identify any soft or unsuitable material. All soft or otherwise unsuitable 48 material shall be removed to the satisfaction of the Owner and replaced with suitable 49 material compacted as specified herein. 50 51 DIVISION 2 6 2-07 Watering 1 2 2-07.1 Description 3 (******) 4 5 Supplement this section with the following. 6 7 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control and shall protect motoring 8 public, adjacent homes and businesses, orchards, crops, and school yards from damage 9 due to dust, by the most appropriate means necessary. The Contractor shall be 10 responsible for any claims for damages and shall protect and defend the City from any 11 and all such claims. 12 13 When directed by the City, the Contractor shall provide dust control within two hours of 14 such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends 15 and holidays to respond to orders for dust control measures. 16 17 The Contractor shall take special precautions to control dust at all times throughout the 18 entire project. This also includes watering on weekends and holidays. Watering, or other 19 approved dust control measures will be required whenever dust conditions are present 20 on the roadway, on adjacent streets when dust results from construction activities, and 21 on cut and fill slopes as determined by the City. The Contractor shall obtain their own 22 source of water at their expense unless otherwise indicated in the bid documents. No 23 separate payment will be made for dust control. 24 25 (******) 26 Add the following new section: 27 2-07.2 Watering for Compaction 28 29 Contractor shall provide watering as necessary to achieve optimal moisture content for 30 compaction and/or soil conditioning. Cost for watering shall be incidental to the contract. 31 The Contractor shall coordinate with the water purveyor to provide a meter setup for 32 construction water, if a source is available. The maximum flow rate allowed fr om this 33 meter may be restricted at the purveyor’s discretion. The Contractor is responsible for 34 protection of the meter assembly from theft, vandalism, damage, and freezing. 35 36 2-07.4 Measurement 37 (******) 38 39 Supplement this section with the following: 40 41 There will be no separate measurement for dust control (dewatering) and watering (e.g. 42 compaction) operations by the Contractor. 43 2-07.5 Payment 44 (******) 45 46 Supplement this section with the following: 47 48 All costs for watering shall be included in the other Contract pay items. Water for force 49 account work shall only be included as it applies to the specific force account item (i.e. 50 compaction). Water for dust control shall NOT be included as a force account item. 51 DIVISION 2 7 1 2-09 Structure Excavation 2 3 2-09.1 Description 4 (******) 5 6 Supplement this section with the following: 7 8 The work shall include all necessary trench shoring and safety measures necessary for 9 the installation of the proposed manhole and similar structures as shown in the Contract 10 Plans. 11 12 2-09.3(1)B Depth of Excavation 13 (******) 14 15 Supplement this section with the following: 16 17 Additional unscheduled excavation for structures, trenches, or otherwise beyond the 18 grading and depth extents shown in the Plans and Contract documents shall be 19 performed as directed by the City. 20 21 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling 22 (******) 23 24 Supplement this section with the following: 25 26 Cure CDF used for fill or pipe encasement for the following durations prior to placement 27 of any material directly over the CDF. If traffic must be restored prior to the duration stated, 28 or the open excavation must be closed for safety, span the excavation with temporary 29 plating appropriate for the anticipated loading. Cold weather may require more time. 30 Curing accelerators may be used to reduce these times. 31 • Pipe encasement: 4 hours. 32 • Non-traffic: 24 hours. 33 • Vehicular traffic under 5,000 lbs per axle: 48 hours 34 • Vehicular traffic over 5,000 lbs per axle: 72 hours 35 36 2-09.4 Measurement 37 (******) 38 39 Supplement this section with the following: 40 41 No measurements will be made for excavation, trench backfill, or excavation/backfill 42 required for manhole installation. These are incidental to the manhole installation and 43 should be included in the appropriate manhole bid items. 44 45 Trench shoring shall be performed in conformance with the construction drawings, and 46 measured by the pipe length installed within the shoring limits. 47 48 DIVISION 2 8 No change in the trench shoring unit price or unit quantities shall be made without written 1 authorization from the City’s authorized representative. 2 3 No measurements will be made for trench excavation or trench backfill with native 4 material for sewer main installation or similar. These are incidental to the sewer 5 installation and should be included in the appropriate bid items. 6 7 No measurements will be made for lift station excavation depth, dimensions, or shoring. 8 9 Additional excavation beyond the limits shown in the Plans and performed at the request 10 of the City’s authorized representative shall be measured by the calculated volume of 11 excavated native material. 12 13 2-09.5 Payment 14 (******) 15 16 SUPPLEMENT this section with the following: 17 18 When no pay item is included in the proposal for “Structure Excavation ___”, the work is 19 incidental to other pay items with no separate payment. 20 21 REPLACE the following pay items with the following: 22 23 “Trench Shoring”, per linear foot. Quantity of trench shoring required shall be determined 24 by the length of pipe installed for the project. This unit contract price shall be full 25 compensation for all costs, including materials, equipment, and labor, incurred to carry 26 out the requirements of Section 2-09 and its Special Provisions except for those costs 27 included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in 28 the Proposal. 29 30 “Temporary Shoring for Lift Station Excavation”, lump sum. This lump sum price shall be 31 full compensation for all costs, including materials, equipment, and labor, incurred to 32 incurred for installing, maintaining, and removing temporary shoring for the lift station 33 excavation, and to carry out the requirements of Section 2-09 and its Special Provisions. 34 35 Quantity of trench shoring required shall be determined by the length of pipe installed for 36 the project. This unit contract price shall be full compensation for all costs, including 37 materials, equipment, and labor, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 2-09 38 and its Special Provisions except for those costs included in other items which are 39 included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. 40 41 “Unscheduled Excavation”, per cubic yard. Payment shall be per cubic yard of material 42 as measured in place or calculated by the volume of material excavated. The unit price 43 shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor 44 necessary for excavation and disposal beyond the limits shown on the Plans and 45 performed at the City’s request. Payment shall be per cubic yard of material as 46 measured in place. This bid item will only be allowed with written approval by the City’s 47 authorized representative. If no additional excavation is required, no payment will be 48 made on this item. 49 50 DIVISION 2 9 2-11 Trimming and Cleanup 1 2 2-11.3 Construction Requirements 3 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 4 5 Add the following to the first paragraph: 6 7 7. Restore all grass area affected by construction with sod and in accordance with 8 the Plans. 9 8. Restore all landscaping rock, mulch, and bark with the same materials as existed 10 prior to construction. Where the same materials are not readily available, the 11 Contractor shall coordinate with the City prior to removing said materials to 12 determine if said materials should be salvaged for reuse, or if new similar materials 13 should be provided. 14 9. Restore all shoulders, from edge of pavement to right of way line, with the same 15 material as existed prior to construction, except that earth shoulders shall be 16 restored with 2 inches of compacted crushed surface top course. 17 10. Restore the site and offsite areas damaged by the Work to their original condition 18 or better and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the adjoining homeowners. 19 END DIVISION 2 20 DIVISION 4 1 Division 4 1 Bases 2 3 4-04 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 4 5 4-04.3 Construction Requirements 6 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction 7 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 8 9 Supplement this section with the following: 10 11 The Contractor shall notify the City when they are ready for in-place ballast, base 12 course, or top course density tests. Placement of successive courses of aggregate or 13 asphalt concrete shall not proceed until density requirements are met. All costs 14 associated with failed tests/testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 15 16 4-04.4 Measurement 17 (******) 18 19 Supplement this section with the following: 20 21 The following bid items shall be measured by the tonnage of material placed to the 22 specified depth and compaction, except where it is incidental to other bid items and no 23 separate payment for this item shall be made. 24 25 “Bedding”, per ton. 26 “Crushed surfacing base course”, per ton. 27 “Crushed surfacing top course”, per ton. 28 29 When the contract includes a unit pay item for crushed surfacing, and crushed surfacing 30 is allowed for use as temporary patching, the crushed surfacing removed prior to final 31 restoration shall be stockpiled and reused on other approved areas of the project. If, in 32 the Owner’s sole opinion, the Contractor is being wasteful of reusable crushed surfacing, 33 the Owner will estimate the quantity wasted and deduct from the total. 34 35 4-04.5 Payment 36 (******) 37 38 Supplement this section with the following: 39 40 Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: 41 42 “Bedding”, per ton. 43 “Crushed surfacing base course”, per ton. 44 “Crushed surfacing top course”, per ton. 45 46 The unit Contract price per ton for “Bedding”, “Crushed surfacing base course”, and 47 “Crushed surfacing top course”, shall be full compensation for all costs, including 48 materials, equipment, and labor, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 2-04 49 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and 50 which are included in the Proposal. 51 END DIVISION 4 52 DIVISION 5 1 Division 5 1 Surface Treatments and Pavements 2 3 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 4 (July 18, 2018 APWA GSP, Unless Otherwise Noted) 5 6 Delete Section 5-04 and amendments, Hot Mix Asphalt and replace it with the following: 7 8 5-04.1 DESCRIPTION 9 10 This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot 11 mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these 12 Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown 13 in the Plans. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes 14 in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, 15 chemical additives, and foaming. 16 17 HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, 18 mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, 19 and workable mixture. 20 21 5-04.2 Materials 22 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 23 Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) 24 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) 25 Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 26 HMA Additive 9-02.5 27 Aggregates 9-03.8 28 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B 29 Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) 30 Recycled Material 9-03.21 31 Portland Cement 9-01 32 Sand 9-03.1(2) 33 (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) 34 Joint Sealant 9-04.2 35 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A 36 37 The Contract Documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for 38 the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the City. If the 39 documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the City, 40 the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the 41 designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and mineral filler. 42 The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production 43 of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or 44 pavement material from an existing stockpile. 45 46 DIVISION 5 2 The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional 1 sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of 2 one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. 3 The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the City when submitting 4 the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of 5 the mix design as defined in these Specifications. 6 7 The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt 8 binder from different sources is not permitted. 9 10 The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of 11 HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to 12 the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the 13 manufacture of HMA. 14 15 Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. 16 17 Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of 18 aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 19 20 21 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval 22 Section 5-04.2(2) is supplemented with the following: 23 24 The number of ESAL's for the design and acceptance of the HMA shall be <3 million. 25 26 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 27 28 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 29 30 Unless stated otherwise or with written approval from the engineer, the 31 contractor shall 32 use HMA Cl ½” PG 64-28. 33 34 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 35 36 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 37 38 If provided for in the special provisions or with approval in writing from the 39 engineer, the contractor may utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the 40 production of HMA. 41 42 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 43 44 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 45 46 If provided for in the special provisions or with approval in writing from the 47 engineer, the contractor may use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the 48 production of HMA. 49 DIVISION 5 3 1 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 2 3 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations 4 (******) 5 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 6 The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage to keep the subgrade, crushed base and 7 road surface free from standing water. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative 8 measures, any costs or delay related to drying the surface shall be at the Contractor’s 9 expense. If the surface becomes saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor 10 to dry the surface prior to any paving operations. 11 12 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 13 14 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 15 16 HMA shall not be placed on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 17 31st of the following year without written approval from the City. 18 19 Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the ground temperature is lower than 20 50°F without written approval of the City. 21 22 HMA shall not be placed on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures 23 are less than those specified in the following table, or when weather conditions otherwise 24 prevent the proper handling or finishing of the bituminous mixtures. Any exceptions to the 25 above and following limitations will not be allowed without the written approval of 26 the City. 27 28 Wind (mph) Ambient Temp (F) (min) Surface (F) (min) Precipitation 0-5 45 40 Not Measurable 5-10 50 40 Not Measurable 10-15 55 40 Not Measurable 15+ No Paving No Paving Not Measurable 29 1. If the weather criteria are met, the paving contractor shall complete the entire 30 panel or lane with no transverse joints. 31 32 2. If meteorological conditions changes after starting, construction shall be 33 monitored by the Engineer and require their approval. 34 35 3. HMA shall not be placed on ground that is frozen. 36 37 The weather guide shall be the “National Weather Service” zone forecast for the Lower 38 Columbia Basin, Washington at www.wrh.noaa.gov/. The wind speed shall be the 39 current conditions at the Tri-Cities Airport, available at the website above. 40 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic 41 42 When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section 43 shall apply. 44 45 DIVISION 5 4 The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving 1 the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that 2 there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the 3 minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer 4 may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the 5 pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. 6 7 Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall 8 also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. 9 10 During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout 11 the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to 12 opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-13 23. 14 15 All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, 16 except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract 17 prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 18 19 5-04.3(3) Equipment 20 21 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle 22 (******) 23 Section 5-04.3(3)D is deleted in its entirety. 24 25 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Surfaces 26 (******) 27 Section 5-04.3(4) is supplemented with the following: 28 29 A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of 30 HMA is to be placed or abutted. This shall apply even to new HMA placed in multiple 31 lifts. 32 33 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 34 35 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 36 37 Overlays and Utility Patches 38 39 Edges of asphalt and curb edge shall be tack coated. 40 41 Prior to paving utility trenches, the edges of the trenches shall be saw-cut parallel to 42 the center of the street leaving long straight edges. Should any undermining occur 43 on existing adjacent pavement, the contractor shall neatly cut the pavement 6 inches 44 beyond the undermined area. The Engineer may waive all or a portion of the saw 45 cutting requirement if the original street cut is straight and not damaged. 46 47 DIVISION 5 5 5-04.3(4)B Soil Residual Herbicide 1 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 2 3 Revise the first paragraph of this section with the following: 4 5 Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide on areas 6 where hot mix asphalt is applied. The requirements of Section 8-02.3(2)A shall apply 7 to this application. The application of herbicide shall precede paving by no more than 8 24 hours. 9 10 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair 11 The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA 12 in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The 13 Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the 14 pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as 15 a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the City’s 16 satisfaction. All costs associated with that pavement repair shall be at the expense of 17 the Contractor. 18 19 The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise 20 by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely 21 finished during the same shift, unless approved by the City 22 23 Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the City, excavate to a depth of 24 1.0 feet. The City will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. 25 The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown 26 otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or 27 shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property 28 of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of 29 Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. 30 31 Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy 32 application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the 33 pavement repair area. 34 35 Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot 36 compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished 37 with the approval of the City. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical 38 tamper or a roller. 39 40 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing 41 (******) 42 43 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 44 If hand-spreading of material is permitted by the Engineer, shoveling of the material shall 45 be accomplished by loading the shovel, carrying it to the place to be deposited, lowering 46 the shovel to grade and turning it over as the material is placed. Spreading material 47 through casting or “broadcasting” will not be allowed as this can result in extensive 48 DIVISION 5 6 segregation of the coarse and fine portions of the mix. Spreading and placing the material 1 with tools or equipment that will contaminate the mix will not be allowed. 2 3 Prior to spreading, adjust structures that are within the paved area. See Special 4 Provisions 7-05.3(1) and 7-12.3(2) for method of adjusting valve boxes, manholes, and 5 cleanouts. 6 7 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 8 9 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 10 11 The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade 12 and elevation established. HMA pavers shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless 13 otherwise directed by the Engineer, HMA of 3 inches or less in depth shall be placed in 14 one lift. HMA over 3 inches in depth shall be placed in multiple lifts of equal thickness. 15 16 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance 17 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 18 19 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 20 21 One (1) sample shall be taken within the first one hundred (100) tons of asphalt delivered 22 to the site and every 400 tons thereafter with a minimum of one (1) sample per working 23 day. If the asphalt fails any test, the Engineer will require additional testing to determine 24 the extent of the failure and more frequent tests may be required on additional asphalt 25 being delivered. Testing and samples shall be in accordance with Section 1-06.2(1). 26 27 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 28 29 HMA testing shall be pre-arranged and oil content results reported within two (2) hours 30 of sampling. Initial reports may be by phone, subsequent written documents shall be 31 submitted to the City prior to the next day’s paving shift. 32 33 Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the Contracting Agency. If 34 tested, compliance of Va will be use WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. 35 Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 36 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 37 11. 38 39 Section 5-04.3(9) is supplemented with the following: 40 41 5-04.3(9)C Vacant 42 (******) 43 44 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 45 46 5-04.3(9)C Nonstatistical Evaluation 47 (January 16, 2014 APWA GSP) 48 49 Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; 50 • Be submitted to the Project Engineer on WSDOT Form 350-042 51 DIVISION 5 7 • Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in 1 accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the 2 requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). 3 • Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined 4 in accordance with WSDOT Test Method T 718 or based on historic anti-strip 5 and aggregate source compatibility from WSDOT lab testing. Anti-strip 6 evaluation of HMA mix designs utilized that include RAP will be completed 7 without the inclusion of the RAP. 8 9 At or prior to the preconstruction meeting, the contractor shall provide one of the 10 following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; 11 12 • The proposed mix design indicated on a WSDOT mix design/anti-strip report 13 that is within one year of the approval date 14 • The proposed HMA mix design submittal (Form 350-042) with the seal and 15 certification (stamp & signature) of a valid licensed Washington State 16 Professional Engineer. 17 • The proposed mix design by a qualified City or County laboratory mix design 18 report that is within one year of the approval date. 19 20 The mix design will be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as 21 Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The 22 Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO 23 Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the 24 AASHTO Material Reference Laboratory (AMRL) program. 25 26 At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept mix designs verified beyond 27 the one year verification period with a certification from the Contractor that the 28 materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. 29 30 5-04.3(9)C1 General 31 Acceptance of HMA shall be as defined under nonstatistical or commercial 32 evaluation. 33 34 Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial 35 HMA in the contract documents. 36 37 The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may 38 request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the 39 approval of the Project Engineer and must be made in accordance with Section 40 9-03.8(7). 41 42 Commercial evaluation may be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes 43 of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, 44 slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural 45 applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved 46 by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial 47 evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. Commercial HMA can 48 be accepted by a contractor certificate of compliance letter stating the material 49 meets the HMA requirements defined in the contract. 50 DIVISION 5 8 5-04.3(9)C2 Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot 1 For HMA in a structural application, sampling and testing for total project 2 quantities less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the engineer. For HMA used 3 in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but 4 more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed: 5 i. If test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional 6 testing will be at the engineer’s discretion. 7 ii. If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, 8 additional testing as needed to determine a CPF shall be performed. 9 10 5-04.3(9)C3 Test Methods 11 Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will be at the option of the Contracting 12 Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will be use WSDOT Standard Operating 13 Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by 14 WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by 15 WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 16 17 5-04.3(9)C4 Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction 18 The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00. For each compaction lot of HMA 19 when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) 20 will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 21 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be 22 calculated as the product of the NCCF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons and 23 the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 24 25 5-04.3(12) Joints 26 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 27 28 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 29 30 All joints shall be hand raked prior to rolling. The final joint shall be straight, level with 31 the abutting edge, free of coarse material at the surface, and neat in appearance. The 32 Contractor shall use panel widths that minimize longitudinal pavement joints. 33 34 5-04.4 Measurement 35 (******) 36 37 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 38 39 Existing appurtenances such as valve boxes, manhole covers, survey markers, etc. shall 40 be adjusted to finished grade. Storm sewer grates shall be adjusted to 0.1 foot below 41 finished grade. Cost for adjusting said appurtenances shall be included in the applicable 42 pavement bid items. 43 44 No payment will be made for multiple pavings of the same area if the City deems that the 45 Contractor removed excessive pavement in advance of pipelaying, necessitating 46 repeated paving of the same area to establish traffic. No payment will be made for 47 resurfacing an area should the cause be due to defective work. 48 49 DIVISION 5 9 Payment will only be made within the limits defined herein and on the Plans. Pavement 1 damaged by the Contractor’s activities that is outside the pay limits shall be repaired by 2 the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. No payment will be made for patching 3 required due to damage of pavement outside the trench pay limits as shown unless the 4 Owner determines that such damage was unavoidable. 5 6 The Bid Item “Cold Mix Asphalt Temporary Patch” and “Hot Mix Asphalt Trench Patch” 7 will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being 8 made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the 9 mixture. 10 11 5-04.5 Payment 12 (******) 13 14 This section is SUPPLEMENTED with the following: 15 16 “Cold Mix Asphalt Temporary Patch”, per ton. 17 18 “Hot Mix Asphalt Trench Patch”, per ton, including re-striping of all street markings. 19 20 The unit contract price per ton for “Cold Mix Asphalt Temporary Patch” and “Hot Mix 21 Asphalt Trench Patch”, shall be full compensation for all costs, including materials, 22 equipment, and labor, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5 and its 23 Special Provisions except for those costs included in other items which are included 24 in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. This includes, but is not 25 limited to, all costs necessary to prepare existing paved surfaces, apply anti-stripping 26 additive, apply soil residual herbicide, and provide dust control. 27 28 Soil residual herbicide shall be included in the cost of HMA. 29 30 There will be no price adjustments. 31 END DIVISION 5 32 DIVISION 7 1 Division 7 1 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary 2 Sewers, Water Mains, and Conduits 3 4 5 7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 6 7 7-05.2 Materials 8 (******) 9 10 This section is supplemented with the following: 11 12 Contractor shall verify required knock out and core drill locations prior to delivering new 13 manholes. 14 15 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 16 17 Supplement this section with the following: 18 19 Manholes: Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed of 48-inch or larger diameter 20 reinforced precast concrete manhole sections in conformance with the requirements 21 of this Section. The base and first barrel section shall be precast monolithically with 22 preformed channels. Manholes shall have a minimum depth of six (6) feet and include 23 an eccentric cone section with 24” opening. 24 25 A-Lok boot connectors or approved equal shall be provided for all inlets and outlets. 26 27 Joints in the manhole sections shall be watertight complying with ASTM C443 28 (confined groove joint) or ASTM C990 (tongue and groove joint). 29 30 Adjustment Rings: Manhole adjustment rings shall be precast concrete. Approved 31 manufacturers include RADA, Inc., Reese Concrete, and Wilbert Precast, Inc. 32 33 Frames and Covers: Frames and covers shall be class 30 cast iron meeting the 34 requirements of ASTM A48. 24” round covers shall read “SEWER” and “CITY OF 35 PASCO” embossed in top (2” raised letters), cover weight 150 lbs, frame weight 185 36 lbs. Approved manufacturers include East Jordan Iron Works (3705Z), D&L Foundry, 37 Neenah Foundry, and Olympic Foundry. When required by the City, locking covers 38 shall be provided as manufactured by East Jordan Iron Works (3704C) and D&L 39 Foundry. 40 41 Mortar/Grout: Approved manufacturers include American All Patch 20, Jet Set 42 Complete Repair, and Target expanding non-shrink. 43 44 7-05.3 Construction Requirements 45 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 46 47 Supplement this section with the following: 48 49 The design and construction of all manholes shall provide for a 0.10-foot vertical drop 50 through the manhole except when noted otherwise in the Plans. 51 DIVISION 7 2 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade 1 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 2 3 Delete and replace with the following: 4 5 Manholes, valve boxes, catch basins, and similar utility appurtenances and structures 6 shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each 7 structure shall be relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. 8 All existing manhole castings shall be replaced with new castings at time of adjustment. 9 10 The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter 11 as specified on the Standard Details. The frame shall be placed on cement concrete 12 blocks or adjustment rings and brought up to the desired grade. The base materials 13 shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed to the depth 14 specified on the Standard Detail. 15 16 On the following day, a tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to the concrete, the edges 17 of the asphalt concrete pavement, and the outer edge of the casting. HMA CI. 3/8-18 Inch asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a 19 patching roller. 20 21 The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and 22 uniformity of grade. The joint between the asphalt patch and the existing pavement 23 shall then be sealed with emulsified asphalt and shall be immediately covered with dry 24 paving sand before the tack has broken. 25 26 Utility appurtenances outside paved areas shall be adjusted to match the finish grade 27 of the area surrounding the structure. The utility cover shall be cleaned of all concrete 28 prior to acceptance. 29 30 7-05.4 Measurement 31 (******) 32 33 Replace the first and second sentences of paragraph 1 with the following: 34 35 Manholes will be measured per each, based on the manhole diameter, and manhole 36 type. Manhole depths shall be as shown in the Construction Drawings. No 37 measurement or extra payment shall be made for additional depth between the installed 38 rim elevation to the bottom of the concrete base. 39 40 Connections to existing manholes will be measured per each, as shown in the 41 Construction Drawings. No measurement or extra payment shall be made for core 42 drilling, channeling, grout, fittings, flow diversions or plugging, or any additional 43 connections or work necessary to complete a connection to an existing manhole. 44 45 DIVISION 7 3 7-05.5 Payment 1 (******) 2 3 This section is supplemented with the following: 4 5 “MANHOLE 48-IN. DIAM. TYPE 1” per each. 6 The unit prices for manholes include excavation and backfill and all adjustments required 7 for new manholes including adjustments to final grade, providing the concrete collar and 8 restoration as shown on the City’s Standard Detail, and any inside or outside drop or 9 related connections as shown in the Construction Drawings. No separate payment. 10 11 “CONNECT TO EXISTING MANHOLE” per each. 12 13 The unit prices for connecting to existing manholes include excavation and backfill and 14 all adjustments required for the connection. No measurement or extra payment shall be 15 made for core drilling, channeling, grout, fittings, flow diversions or plugging, or any 16 additional connections or work necessary to complete a connection to an existing 17 manhole. No separate payment. 18 19 20 7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements 21 22 7-08.1 General 23 (******) 24 Section 7-08.1 is supplemented with the following: 25 26 This section applies to sanitary sewer, except where superseded by Sections 7-17 27 through 7-19. 28 29 (******) 30 31 Supplement this section with the following 32 33 All construction work shall be inspected by the City Inspector prior to backfilling. At 34 least 48 hours of notice shall be given to the City prior to backfilling. 35 36 The Contractor shall notify the Utility Notification Center (One Call Center) at least 48 37 hours prior to start of excavation so that underground utilities may be marked. 38 Telephone number is 1-800-424-5555. An onsite meeting with Cascade Natural Gas 39 will be performed to review the existing gas line location prior to excavation in 40 accordance with these Special Provisions. 41 42 7-08.3 Construction Requirements 43 (******) 44 45 This section is supplemented with the following: 46 47 Provide pipe, fittings and appurtenances necessary to make all piping systems complete, 48 tested, and ready for operation as specified herein and as shown on the Contract 49 Drawings. Some fittings that are necessary for proper piping system installation and 50 operation may not have been shown. Provide fittings and appurtenances as necessary, 51 whether shown or not shown on the Contract Drawings, to complete all piping systems. 52 DIVISION 7 4 7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench 1 (******) 2 3 Section 7-08.3(1) is supplemented with the following: 4 Dispose of debris resulting from the clearing and grubbing in accordance with the terms 5 of all applicable permits. 6 7 Boulders, rocks, roots and other obstructions shall be entirely removed or cut out to the 8 width of the trench and to a depth at least 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe to provide 9 adequate bedding. The trench shall be kept free from water until complete. Surface water, 10 nuisance flows, and stormwater runoff shall be diverted so as not to enter the trench. 11 Maintain necessary pumping equipment on the job to ensure that these provisions are 12 carried out. 13 14 Where material is removed from below subgrade, the trench shall be backfilled to grade 15 with material satisfactory to the Engineer and thoroughly compacted per the details on 16 the Plans. 17 18 Trenching operation shall not proceed more than 200 feet in advance of pipe laying without 19 written approval of the Owner. When trenching operations cut through asphalt or concrete 20 pavement, the pavement shall be saw cut, and removed to a solid edge along the width of 21 the trench as approved by the Inspector. 22 23 The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting current Labor and Industry Trench and 24 Shoring Protection and Washington State Safety Standards. 25 26 Additional surface restoration or import fill material required because of insufficient 27 shoring, operating equipment too close to the trench edge, or other causes, as the Owner 28 deems were reasonably avoidable, are incidental and the quantities required will be 29 deducted from the final total quantities when the contract includes applicable unit bid 30 prices, or are incidental if the contract does not include applicable unit bid prices. 31 32 7-08.3(1)A Trenches 33 (******) 34 35 This section is supplemented with the following: 36 To reduce restoration of the same areas multiple times, removal of existing surface 37 improvements in advance of trenching shall be kept to a minimum. No extra payment will 38 be made for any duplicated work performed more than 20 feet in advance of pipelaying. 39 40 If there is excess of material obtained from excavation at one location on the project and 41 is acceptable (as determined by the Engineer) for reuse as bedding, backfill, or general 42 fill, it shall be stockpiled and reused at other locations on the project. Disposal of reusable 43 material is only allowed with the permission of the Engineer. The cost of haul and disposal 44 of this material is incidental to the project. 45 46 The Contractor shall determine the type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation 47 and removal of any dewatering systems necessary to keep all excavations dewatered to 48 an elevation below the base of excavation sufficient to stabilize the soils in the excavation 49 and the surrounding areas, prevent quick conditions, and to prevent flotation of partially 50 completed structures or pipe. 51 DIVISION 7 5 Determination of unsuitable conditions for supporting the improvements will be made by 1 the Engineer. Determination of unsuitable conditions for performing work, placing 2 materials and proceeding with construction will be made by the Contractor. If the 3 dewatering system does not meet the specified requirements, and the consequence is a 4 loosening or disturbance of the foundation soils, instability of the slopes, or damage to 5 structures, the Contractor will, at its expense, supply all materials, labor and equipment 6 required for the restoration of the work area to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 7 8 The quality of all water discharged from the site shall meet all State and local 9 requirements. The Contractor shall employ all means necessary to remove suspended 10 solids, oils, trash and other deleterious materials from water prior to discharging. 11 12 All excavation required for utility installation, including removal of asphalt and concrete, 13 shall be included in the costs of the utility bid item unless specifically identified in other 14 bid items. Dispose the asphalt, concrete, and other waste at no expense to the 15 Contracting Agency. 16 17 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 18 19 Supplement this section with the following: 20 21 Existing pavement shall be neatly saw-cut on both sides of the trench parallel 22 consistent with the dimensions presented on the City’s Trench Surfacing Repair 23 standard detail. Sawcutting shall be performed prior to the surface repair. 24 25 7-08.3(1)A(i) Dewatering 26 (******) 27 28 Section 7-08.3(1)A is supplemented with the following: 29 30 Part 1 – General 31 32 References 33 This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. These 34 references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between 35 the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this 36 Section shall prevail, provided that all regulatory requirements are met. 37 38 Reference Title Chapter 173-160 WAC Minimum Standards for Construction and Maintenance of Wells. Chapter 173-162 WAC Regulation And Licensing Of Well Contractors And Operators Chapter 173-200 WAG Water Quality Standards for Ground Waters of the State of Washington Chapter 173-154 WAC Protection of Upper Aquifer Zone ASTM D 5092 Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers Design Requirements 39 The Contractor is required to install, maintain, operate, and remove a complete dewatering 40 system designed by a Professional Engineer or Licensed Hydrogeologist who is licensed to 41 practice in the State of Washington based on the requirements of these Special Provisions, 42 DIVISION 7 6 Contractor shall review available geologic, soil, and groundwater conditions available in public 1 records especially, WADNR, WADOE, and NRCS. 2 The Contractor shall design all dewatering system components such that formation materials 3 (sand and silt) do not move during pumping. 4 5 Hose system (if used) shall be designed to withstand truck and car traffic either by temporary 6 burial or use of hose ramps. Locate hoses and hose ramps in plan submittal to the City. 7 Locations shall be reviewed and approved by the City prior to placement. 8 9 Performance Requirements 10 Dewatering is required in advance of excavation to control groundwater to maintain dry 11 excavations in a hydrostatically stable and workable condition, prevent sloughing, softening of 12 the bottom of any excavation, and prevent formation of "quick" conditions "boils" or "heave" 13 during excavation. The Contractor shall depress water levels and hydrostatic pressures a 14 minimum of 2 feet below the excavation bottom at all times under all conditions until all backfill 15 has been completed for that excavation. The Contractor shall employ sumps within the 16 excavation to pump any pocketed or undrained water not otherwise collected or removed by 17 the active dewatering system. The use of sumps and pumps shall not be employed to lower 18 groundwater levels more than 2 feet below the excavation bottom. 19 20 Groundwater encountered during excavation operations shall be discharged on the City 21 property immediately east and southeast of the proposed lift station site (within Parcel 22 No. 119111050). All discharged water must remain within this City property and is not 23 permitted to flow onto other properties, onto right-of-ways, or into existing ditches or utilities 24 without written authorization from the City. 25 26 Submittals 27 Groundwater Control Plan 28 The Contractor shall submit a Groundwater Control Plan to the City for review. The 29 Groundwater Control Plan shall include: 30 • A narrative of the Contractor's proposed dewatering system methodology and basis for 31 design, 32 • Design calculations demonstrating system and equipment adequacy, 33 • Dewatering schedule, including mobilization, installation, development, testing, water 34 quality analysis, start-up, monitoring, operation, shutdown, decommissioning, cleanup and 35 removal, 36 • Number and location of temporary monitoring wells to be installed, 37 • Working drawings showing system layout and components including number and location 38 of dewatering wells and/or wellpoints and discharge outfall(s) 39 • Pumps and sumps for removal of incidental seepage, perched groundwater, etc. 40 • Provision for the removal of sediments in groundwater prior to discharge (settling tanks), 41 • Provision for the treatment of any contaminated water prior to discharge, should 42 contaminated water be encountered. A description of what would be considered extra work 43 should contaminated groundwater be encountered shall be included. This provision will be 44 reviewed and agreed upon prior to construction and will be the basis for payment under 45 force account should contaminated groundwater be encountered, 46 • Specifications of proposed materials and equipment, including pump curves. 47 DIVISION 7 7 The City’s review of the Groundwater Control Plan shall not constitute approval of method nor 1 relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for errors or emissions therein nor from the entire 2 responsibility for complete and adequate groundwater level control and volume removal in the 3 excavated areas to the extent specified herein. 4 Field and Monitoring Data 5 The Contractor shall submit the following field and monitoring data: 6 • Drilling Logs: The drilling logs shall include the location, drilling method(s), subsurface 7 conditions (soil and water), borehole depth, and Ecology start card number. 8 • Well As-Built Diagrams: The As-Built diagrams shall include the total depth, screen slot 9 size, screen length and depth interval, filter pack material and depth interval, and seal 10 material and depth interval. 11 • Monitoring Data: The following data should be recorded and submitted to the Engineer on 12 a weekly basis; 13 o settlement monitoring data, 14 o number of dewatering wells or wellpoint systems in operation, 15 o daily water levels in monitoring wells, and 16 o total discharge from dewatering well and wellpoint systems. 17 Quality Assurance 18 The Contractor shall meet the requirements of WAC 173-160 for all well construction, 19 development and decommissioning, including for flowing artesian groundwater conditions. 20 The Contractor shall obtain variances as required to construct dewatering systems that 21 achieve the level of groundwater drawdown specified. 22 23 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for control of the groundwater levels and hydrostatic 24 pressures to the depths herein specified and for avoiding settlement outside the excavation 25 as herein specified. The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for proper design, installation, 26 operation, maintenance and any failure of any component of the temporary dewatering system 27 for the duration of the Contract. 28 29 Scheduling 30 Dewatering shall be scheduled around the planned excavation schedule. Dewatering systems 31 shall be installed in advance of the planned excavation to allow sufficient time to establish the 32 required drawdown in each area of construction, and then run continuously and shall not be 33 shut down between shifts, at night, or on holidays, weekends, or work stoppages of any kind 34 without written permission from the Engineer. Dewatering systems or sumps shall be operated 35 continuously for as long as they are needed in a given area. 36 37 Part 2 – Products 38 Materials 39 Materials for dewatering system construction shall conform to the following requirements: 40 41 Well Casings: 42 • Monitoring wells shall be constructed of 2-inch nominal diameter Schedule 43 40 flush-threaded PVC well casing. (NOTE: 2 monitoring wells were completed in 44 May 2021 on US Army Corps of Engineers property immediately north of the 45 proposed lift station site, as shown in the attached geotechnical report.) 46 • Dewatering wells and wellpoints shall be constructed of minimum Schedule 40 flush-47 threaded PVC well casing. 48 DIVISION 7 8 Well Screens: 1 • Monitoring well screens shall be constructed with 2-inch nominal diameter Schedule 2 40 machine-slotted PVC well screen 10 feet long, with a minimum slot width of 0.010-3 inch. 4 • Dewatering well and wellpoint screens shall be constructed of minimum Schedule 5 40 machine-slotted PVC well screens of the same diameter as the casing material. 6 Slot size shall be determined by the Dewatering System Designer and Contractor as 7 part of the dewatering system design to be consistent with the aquifer formation and 8 filter material, and shall be provided in the Groundwater Control Plan. 9 Filter Materials: 10 The Contractor shall furnish sand and gravel filter material for creating filter packs in the 11 monitoring wells, dewatering wells, and wellpoints, with the following requirements for each 12 well: 13 • The filter material for dewatering wells shall consist of clean, well-rounded, washed 14 select sand or gravel that is free from silt, clay or other deleterious material, with an 15 appropriate grain-size distribution that is designed to be sufficiently permeable to act 16 as a hydraulically efficient well filter pack that does not impair the hydraulic 17 performance of the wells at operational flow rates, while preventing the migration of 18 surrounding native soils or aquifer materials into the well. 19 • Design and selection of the appropriate filter pack gradation shall be included in the 20 Groundwater Control Plan, consistent with the design, screen selection, slot size, 21 pumping capacity and hydraulic performance of the dewatering wells. 22 • The Contractor shall install sufficient filter material for initial filter packing of the well to 23 completely fill the annulus from the bottom of the well screen to 5 feet above the top of 24 the well screen. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish and place such additional filter 25 material as the wells may require during well development. 26 Seal Materials: 27 The Contractor shall install a surface seal for each monitoring well, dewatering well, and 28 wellpoint in accordance with Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 173-160, including 29 special sealing standards for Artesian wells as needed (WAC 173-160-251). 30 31 Pumps and Piping: 32 The Contractor shall provide and size appropriately all pumps and piping necessary to convey 33 and remove groundwater from the dewatering wells and wellpoints to the designated point of 34 discharge. 35 • Piping shall be rigid PVC, HDPE or equivalent. Flexible hose shall not be permitted. 36 • The piping shall be designed to minimize head loss and turbulent flow, and shall be 37 protected from all vehicular traffic or other potential damage as appropriate. 38 Settling Tank: 39 The Contractor shall provide a baffled settling tank or tanks of sufficient volume to ensure that 40 discharge water is free of sediment and settleable solids. This tank shall be monitored daily to 41 provide assurance that materials are not being pulled from wells that can later impact the 42 stability of the area surrounding the wells. Should substantial aquifer formation materials 43 (several inches on the bottom of the tank or a total of more than ½- cubic yard) be found in 44 the settling tank, the dewatering system designer and City shall be notified immediately. 45 Corrective action will be determined by the Contractor’s dewatering system designer, and 46 DIVISION 7 9 approved by the Engineer. The costs for the agreed to corrective action shall be borne by the 1 Contractor. 2 Standby Equipment: 3 The Contractor shall maintain on-site, at a minimum level of 20 percent of the quantity of 4 equipment, additional dewatering system components, including valves, flow meters, pumps 5 and piping, and other system hardware to ensure that immediate repair or modification of any 6 part of the system can be made. 7 8 Standby Power: 9 • The Contractor shall have on-site 100 percent standby electrical generating capacity 10 or other source of power, in case the primary power source is lost. 11 • Power system and standby power services for the temporary dewatering system shall 12 be independent from power sources used or required for the project. The Contractor 13 shall use this, electric service solely to power the temporary dewatering system, 14 separate from all other power needs 15 • The Contractor shall use-electrical generators or obtain electrical service from the 16 utility company and shall pay application fees. The Contractor shall pay for power 17 usage fees throughout the contract period. 18 • Existing power lines along the project limits may be de-energized during construction 19 by the Private utility companies. Should the contractor utilize electrical service from the 20 existing PSE lines it shall have a transfer switch and generator on site during the time 21 of utility power outage The Contractor shall assume that all power lines will be 22 energized during construction unless stated otherwise within these Contract 23 Documents. 24 Geotechnical Instruments 25 Instrumentation should also be installed to monitor the response of the ground and adjacent 26 structures, utilities, and pavement to the construction. Data collected from the monitoring 27 program could be used to assist with the evaluation of: 28 • Damage claims 29 • Effectiveness of remedial measures. 30 • Performance of dewatering systems 31 Each of these and other related elements should be monitored prior to construction and during 32 construction, as required. We recommend assuming the following geotechnical 33 instrumentation systems: 34 • Surface, utility, and structure settlement points for monitoring vertical settlements of 35 the ground, pavements, utilities, and structures. 36 • Piezometers for monitoring groundwater levels during dewatering. 37 Surface Settlement Points (SPs) 38 SPs are typically established on curb lines, sidewalks, and roadways adjacent to shored 39 excavations that are located within a distance equal to the depth of the excavation. SPs 40 typically consist of PK nails installed in asphalt pavement or concrete sidewalks. The SPs are 41 monitored by optical surveying methods. The proposed locations of the SPs will be 42 determined in the field during construction and shall consist of locations surrounding the 43 excavation limits of the project. 44 DIVISION 7 10 SPs should be read three times before construction to establish baseline readings, daily during 1 dewatering, and then weekly during the remaining construction. After construction, all SPs 2 should be read weekly for a minimum of four weeks after construction is complete. 3 Utility Settlement Points (USPs) 4 USPs should be established on settlement-sensitive utilities such as sewers, storm drains, 5 and water mains that cross above and/or parallel the proposed pipelines. Monitoring of these 6 utilities during construction may allow the Contractor to alter the selected construction 7 methods to reduce potential damage. Relying entirely on pre- and post-construction condition 8 surveys would not provide the information necessary to trigger modification of the construction 9 methods. USPs typically consist of plastic or fiberglass rods fixed to the top of the utility. The 10 USPs are monitored by optical surveying methods. The threshold and shutdown values for 11 settlement should be developed by the design team based on discussions with utility owners 12 and the existing condition of the utilities, joint connections, and materials. 13 14 For planning purposes, assume USPs will be installed on settlement-sensitive utilities when 15 the distance between the excavations and settlement-sensitive utilities is equal to or less than 16 the depth of the excavation. USPs should be read twice before construction to establish 17 baseline readings, every three days for points within 35 feet of excavation activities, and then 18 weekly for a minimum of four weeks after construction is complete. The proposed locations of 19 the USPs shall be determined in the field and include hydrants south of the TIAA building, and 20 water valve boxes and sewer manhole lids east of the construction site. 21 22 Part 3 – Execution 23 24 Installers 25 The Contractor shall be, or shall employ the services of a specialist subcontractor who is 26 generally recognized as experienced and knowledgeable in the field of dewatering system 27 installation, operation and maintenance, and shall carry general liability insurance coverage 28 of at least $5 million. The Contractor shall employ the services of a licensed water well driller 29 per WAC 173-162 for all well drilling, installation, construction, development and testing. The 30 dewatering system shall be operated at all times by workers who are competent and trained 31 in all aspects of the system operation, maintenance and monitoring, and who have had at least 32 40 hours current valid health and safety training per OSHA. 33 Dewatering Subcontractor: The Contractor shall employ the services of a specialty dewatering 34 subcontractor who has at least five years of experience in the f ield of dewatering system, 35 installation, operation, and maintenance, and can document successful completion of similar 36 projects, including groundwater control in flowing artesian conditions. 37 38 Dewatering System Designer: The Groundwater Control Plan shall be prepared by a 39 Professional Engineer or Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of 40 Washington, and who has a minimum of five years of experience in the design of dewatering 41 systems for similar projects with soil and groundwater conditions similar to that shown in the 42 geotechnical report. 43 44 Examination 45 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any groundwater that the Contractor 46 believes may be chemically contaminated and shall, under the direction of the Engineer, 47 redirect water discharge to the City sanitary sewer (City sewer) at the location approved by 48 the City, or cease pumping until provisions have been made for water treatment. 49 DIVISION 7 11 Construction 1 The Contractor shall control surface runoff to prevent entry or collection of water in excavations 2 or in other isolated areas of the site. 3 Operational Monitoring: The Contractor shall provide continuous 24-hour operational 4 monitoring of the dewatering system, by experienced personnel present on site or available 5 on call. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for all damages to work in the excavation 6 area and for damages to any other area or structures caused by the Contractor's failure to 7 maintain and operate the system properly. The Contractor shall provide adequate backup 8 power, pumps and equipment so that dewatering can be maintained in the event of a power 9 or equipment failure. Additionally, the pumping rate shall be set low enough in each well to 10 prevent excessive drawdown. 11 12 System Installation, Development and Testing: The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for 13 acquiring a water supply with which to install any dewatering system components necessary 14 to achieve proper completion of all work performed under this Contract. Mud-rotary drilling is 15 not permitted as a method for well installation. No additives other than clean water shall be 16 allowed during well drilling. The Contractor shall remove fines and drilling debris from newly 17 installed dewatering wells and monitoring wells to enhance the hydraulic connection between 18 the screened interval and the surrounding formation. Wells shall be developed to reduce sand 19 content and turbidity by appropriate means that do not cause formation or well damage. Initial 20 well development water shall be stored and allowed to settle before discharge. If there is 21 suspected groundwater contamination in the vicinity, the development water should be 22 segregated from other development water and the Engineer should be notified. No areas of 23 potential contamination have been identified within the Project limits. 24 25 Dewatering System Protection: The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for taking all 26 reasonable precautions necessary to ensure continuous, successful operation of the 27 temporary dewatering systems. This includes establishing and/or maintaining adequate 28 marking of all well, pump and pipeline locations and protecting power cables against damage 29 or theft. Wherever dewatering wells or discharge lines require crossing intersection roadways 30 or driveways access the lines shall be buried below grade to as required to not restrict access, 31 steel plates may be used when approved by the Engineer. All discharge lines shall be installed 32 to support the heaviest road vehicles and construction equipment on-site and shall provide at 33 least 6-inches of clearance between the dewatering system element and the underside of the 34 steel plates if approved for use. The Contractor shall clearly identify all vehicular access points 35 across the dewatering system with brightly colored or flagged 8 foot-high poles on each side 36 of the access point. The Contractor shall valve all ramped pipelines on both sides of the ramp. 37 Formation Protection: The Contractor shall design, construct, operate and maintain any 38 dewatering system such that foundation soils, natural and engineered, will not experience 39 fines removal upon pumping. The Contractor shall develop dewatering wells and/or wellpoints 40 until the sand/silt content of the discharge water is less than 10 parts per million (ppm) as 41 determined by a centrifugal separating meter such as a Rossum SAND TESTER (Journal 42 AWWA, 46:123, February 1954), or equivalent. The Contractor shall provide all of the 43 equipment and fittings for monitoring sand content and properly mount them upstream of any 44 settling points. The Contractor shall take sand content measurements on a daily basis for the 45 1st five working days after well installation, and weekly thereafter in the presence of the 46 Engineer and submit written test reports within 24 hours to the City and the Contractors 47 Engineer. 48 49 System Removal: Upon written authorization of the Engineer, as work is completed in each 50 area of project, the Contractor shall decommission and remove all dewatering system 51 elements. The Contractor shall assume ownership and responsibility for the removal of all 52 DIVISION 7 12 dewatering pumps, pipes and other assorted system hardware. The Contractor shall employ 1 the services of a licensed water well driller per WAC 173-162 for well decommissioning and 2 removal, which will be accomplished in accordance with WAC 173-160. 3 Repairs 4 Monitoring wells that become inactive shall be repaired or replaced within 24, hours. Verify 5 monitoring wells are functioning properly, for example, by adding or subtracting water to 6 demonstrate water level response and recovery. 7 8 Field Quality Control 9 Take immediate appropriate action and notify the City if any of the following occur: 10 • Deformations larger than predicted, distress, or damage to the surrounding structures 11 or utilities. 12 • Dewatering system element is not in accordance with the Design or Performance 13 Requirements. 14 Operation 15 The Contractor shall assure that the dewatering systems operate continuously during each 16 stage or phase of excavation and backfill. The Contractor shall ensure that the operation of 17 any temporary dewatering system will not result in excessive drawdowns or undesirable 18 hydraulic gradients which may affect adjacent structures. Any contaminated groundwater shall 19 be treated and disposed of in a legal manner in accordance with all applicable disposal 20 regulations and water quality criteria. The Contractor shall obtain all applicable permits for 21 disposal, at Contractor's expense, and shall furnish a copy of the permits to the City. 22 23 Discharges 24 Discharges shall be consistent with those described in Section 7-08.3(1)A(i) Part 1. Discharge 25 authorization for disposal in other locations shall be obtained by the Contractor. Other 26 necessary permits required for discharge, must be identified by the contractor and obtained 27 from regulatory agencies with appropriate jurisdiction. Decontamination water and stormwater 28 collected in any stockpile areas may also be discharged under this permit. The Contractor 29 shall be responsible for all cost of disposing of water in any matter, unless the reason of 30 discharge is solely due to existing groundwater contamination. 31 32 Protection of Existing Facilities 33 Protect surrounding utilities, structures, and other improvements from damage due to 34 disturbance of surrounding soils due to excavation and dewatering operations. This will require 35 installation of monitoring instrumentation to monitor the settlement of the existing structures 36 around the excavation area. The general locations of the instrumentation are as follows: at the 37 intersection of Pearl Street and Road 52, within Road 52 right of way at approximately the site 38 access gate, and within Pearl Street right of way north of approximately STA. 10+00. Designer 39 and dewatering subcontractor shall recommend additional monitoring sites or utilities as 40 needed. 41 42 Inspections 43 Groundwater shall be lowered within the excavation area of the wetwell and within gravity 44 main or force main trench to 1.5-feet below the wetwell base elevation or the pipe invert 45 elevation after shoring is installed. Contractor shall install a slotted 4-inch PVC or steel pipe 46 to at least 3-feet below finished excavation to verify water elevation near or next to the wetwell 47 vault or pipe trench. 48 49 DIVISION 7 13 Provide monitoring systems as described under “Geotechnical Instruments”. Establish a 1 baseline with a minimum of 2 weeks of monitoring the settlement prior to any excavation or 2 dewatering work is started. Continuously monitor dewatering systems as required to properly 3 control settlement and groundwater levels. 4 5 Provide the Designer with monitoring results in a weekly basis. 6 7 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe 8 (******) 9 10 This section is supplemented with the following: 11 Where native soils are excavated from the trenches and replaced with bedding that is 12 more pervious (e.g. clay replaced with granular bedding), CDF or clay trench dams shall 13 be provided every 300 feet along the pipe alignment to prevent the transport of 14 groundwater. 15 16 Pipe bedding shall be tested for compaction at intervals subject to the discretion of the 17 Engineer. Use the following procedure to test bedding compaction: 18 • Place bedding in a trench or pit without pipe 19 • Place in layers and compact using the same methods as pipelaying. 20 • Test bedding at each 12-inch depth placed until top layer matches pipe installation 21 bedding level. 22 • Adjust methods until compaction requirements are met. Install bedding in utility 23 trench using these methods. 24 25 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 26 27 Add the following: 28 29 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone (including Bedding): Pipe zone material shall be Crushed 30 Surfacing Top Course meeting the requirements of section 9-03.9(3), and shall be 31 placed and compacted in layers as designated by the City. With prior approval by the 32 Engineer, suitable native material may be an acceptable alternate for pipe zone 33 bedding above the bottom of the pipe. 34 35 Trench Backfill: All longitudinal pipeline trenches (parallel to curb) may be backfilled 36 full depth above the pipe zone with native material (free of organic material, wood, 37 rocks, or pavement chunks larger than 6-inches in maximum dimension), unless 38 otherwise directed by the City. Street crossings, transverse trenches, and other 39 locations as directed by the City of Pasco may be required t o be backfilled full depth 40 with imported select backfill. Imported select backfill shall be crushed surfacing top 41 course or crushed surfacing base course meeting the requirements of section 9-42 03.9(3), placed and compacted in layers. 43 DIVISION 7 14 (******) 1 Add the following new section: 2 3 7-08.3(1)D Potholing 4 5 Pothole at utility crossings a sufficient distance ahead of pipe-laying and where noted on 6 the plans to allow room to make adjustments to avoid existing utilities. Potholing shall 7 occur at least one week in advance of utility installation. Should the Contractor fail to 8 pothole identified utility crossings per these specifications, any subsequent adjustments 9 necessary shall not be cause for cost or time claim. If the area potholed is in a travelled 10 area and will be reopened to traffic more than one calendar day in advance of pipelaying 11 through the zone, the hole shall be patched with hot or cold mix, the cost of which shall 12 be incidental. 13 14 Provide the results of potholing to the City no less than two working days after potholing 15 is complete. Contractor shall provide a written record of material, size, type, and location 16 for found utilities to an accuracy of 0.5 ft horizontal and 0.1 ft vertical. Failure to record 17 locations clearly and legibly will result in non-payment. 18 19 (******) 20 Add the following new section: 21 22 7-08.3(1)F Handling of Pipe 23 24 Pipe, materials, and accessories shall be new, unused, and undamaged at the time of 25 installation. Deliver pipe to the trench in sound, undamaged condition. Pipes shall not 26 be dropped, dragged, skidded, or rolled against any other pipe. Care shall be taken to 27 prevent damage to any pipe markings. No other pipe or material of any kind shall be 28 placed inside the pipe or fitting. 29 30 Damaged, out-of-round, or sun-bleached pipe shall be rejected and immediately removed 31 from the jobsite by the Contractor and shall not be used on the project as part of the Work. 32 Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the same manufacturer of each item shall 33 be used. 34 35 Prevent dirt and other foreign material from entering the pipe or fittings during handling or 36 laying operations. Thoroughly clean the interior of the pipe of dirt or foreign matter before 37 lowering the pipe into the trench. 38 39 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying - General 40 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 41 42 Supplement this section with the following: 43 44 When parallel to existing potable water mains, new non-potable pipelines shall be 45 installed a minimum of 10 feet horizontally and 18 inches vertically below existing water 46 mains. Where this is not possible at the discretion of the Engineer, a non-potable 47 pipeline may be installed a minimum of five feet horizontally from an existing water 48 main, as long as the non-potable pipeline is installed a minimum of 18 inches vertically 49 below the water main and the non-potable pipeline is placed in a separate trench. If 50 the vertical separation cannot be met, then the non-potable pipeline shall be 51 DIVISION 7 15 constructed of or encased in materials equal to water main standards with a minimum 1 pressure rating of 165psi (C900 PVC DR 25, ductile iron, etc.). 2 3 When crossing existing potable water mains, new non-potable pipelines shall be 4 installed a minimum of 18 inches vertically below existing water mains. Due to 5 difficulties in compacting under existing utilities, controlled density backfill or other City 6 Engineer-approved materials shall be placed as backfill at the crossing locations, to a 7 depth of the water main spring line. Where the minimum clearance is not possible, or 8 the non-potable pipeline passes above a water main, a full length of non-potable 9 pipeline shall be centered at the crossing. In addition, the non-potable pipeline shall 10 either be installed in a pressure rated pipe casing extending 10 feet each side of the 11 crossing, or be constructed of one standard length of pipe material equal to waterline 12 standards with a minimum pressure rating of 165 psi (C900 PVC DR 25, ductile iron, 13 etc.). A minimum of 6 inches of separation between the crossing pipelines must be 14 maintained in all cases. 15 16 Magnetic detectable marking tape shall be installed above the pipe. The tape shall be 17 placed approximately two feet above the top of the pipe and shall extend its full length. 18 The horizontal location of the tape shall vary no more than one foot from the centerline 19 alignment of the pipe. Detectable marking tape shall meet the requirements of Section 20 9-15.18 of the Standard Specifications. Tape width shall be a minimum of 3 inches 21 wide, or wider as recommended by the manufacturer for the installation depth. 22 23 Revise the third paragraph of this section to read: 24 25 Pipe shall be laid to a true line and grade at the invert of the pipe and the Contractor 26 shall exercise care in matching pipe joints for concentricity and compatibility. In no 27 case shall two pipes be joined together with ends having the maximum manufacturer’s 28 tolerance. The invert line may vary from the true line and grade within the limits stated 29 to develop uniformity, concentricity, and uniform compression of jointing material 30 provided such variance does not result in a reverse sloping invert. The limit of variance 31 at the invert elevation of the pipe shall be plus or minus ¾-inch for a completed, 32 backfilled pipe. Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe shall be done by remote 33 operated CCTV camera utilizing a ¾-inch measuring device (lead ball). 34 35 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints 36 (******) 37 This section is supplemented with the following: 38 39 For push-on joint PVC pipe, joints shall not be pushed home. Stop the assembly when 40 the marked insertion line is at the face of the bell. This is to allow for thermal expansion 41 of the pipe. If the pipe has been pushed home, pull back to expose the insertion line. 42 43 7-08.3(3) Backfilling 44 (******) 45 This section is supplemented with the following: 46 47 Equipment mounted compactors (hoe-pack, sheepsfoot, vibratory rollers, etc.) shall not 48 be used within 12-inches directly above the pipe. 49 50 Backfill only after inspection and approval of the installed pipe. Carefully place backfill 51 material in strict accordance with this section of the Standard Specifications. 52 DIVISION 7 16 It is assumed that the 90% of the native material will be allowed for reuse as backfill of 1 the trench above the pipe zone. 2 3 Screen native materials excavated for reuse as trench backfill. Provide screen to remove 4 all material larger than 6-inch, and all material larger than 3-inch where identified in the 5 Plans. Cost to screen material, haul, and dispose of unsuitable screened material is 6 incidental, no separate payment. 7 8 (******) 9 Revise the second paragraph of this section to read: 10 11 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone (including Bedding): Pipe zone material shall be Crushed 12 Surfacing Top Course meeting the requirements of section 9-03.9(3), and shall be 13 placed and compacted in layers as designated by the City. With prior approval by the 14 City, suitable native material may be an acceptable alternate for pipe zone bedding 15 above the bottom of the pipe. 16 17 Trench Backfill: All longitudinal pipeline trenches (parallel to curb) may be backfilled 18 full depth above the pipe zone with native material (free of organic material, wood, 19 rocks, or pavement chunks larger than 6-inches in maximum dimension), unless 20 otherwise directed by the City. Street crossings, transverse trenches, and other 21 locations as directed by the City may be required to be backfilled full depth with 22 imported select backfill. Imported select backfill shall be crushed surfacing top course 23 or crushed surfacing base course meeting the requirements of section 9-03.9(3), 24 placed and compacted in layers. 25 26 Supplement this section with the following: 27 28 The City may require the use of Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for trench backfill in 29 certain circumstances. The requirements for CDF are set forth in Section 8-30 of these 30 Special Provisions. 31 32 Backfill above pipe zone shall be placed in horizontal lifts not exceeding 6 inches in 33 depth. 34 35 The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling, and coordinating all inspections 36 and testing with the City. 37 38 (******) 39 Add the following new section: 40 7-08.3(5) Pipe Crossing Existing Utilities 41 42 Where a pipe crosses an existing utility with less than 12-inches of clearance, a sand or 43 foam cushion acceptable to the engineer shall be placed between the utilities. This work 44 shall be included in the various contract bid prices, no separate payment will be made. 45 DIVISION 7 17 (******) 1 7-08.3(6) Existing Unlocated Wet Utilities 2 3 This section is new: 4 Avoidance or repair of utilities that are within 2 feet horizontal of that shown on the plans 5 shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price. The Owner will not pay for multiple repairs 6 within 30 feet of each other on an unlocated pipe if the pipe runs straight. 7 8 The Contractor shall have a dewatering pump available at all times to clear the trench 9 should an existing wet utility be damaged. Should the new work be filled or contaminated 10 from a line break due to failure of the Contractor to use a pipe plug, no payment will be 11 made for cleaning of the new work. Should an existing utility be damaged, the Contractor 12 shall immediately stop work and notify the Owner and affected property owner(s). The 13 Contractor shall pump out any fluid that has accumulated in the trench and, if necessary, 14 remove saturated material and replace with suitable fill. All costs to find and re-locate 15 previously broken lines shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 16 17 (******) 18 Add the following new section: 19 7-08.3(7) General Surface Restoration 20 21 Backfill trenches to a safe depth at the end of each day. 22 23 Restore all trenches as shown in the plans. When not otherwise specified, restore existing 24 surface improvements to a condition equal or better than that prior to construction. 25 26 On trenches crossing the roadway or intersections, install cold or hot mix asphalt no later 27 than 48 hours after asphalt removal. Maintain until final patching is complete. Asphalt 28 used for temporary patching is incidental unless a pay item specifically identifies 29 temporary patching as payable. 30 31 On trenches parallel to the roadway, provide and maintain crushed surfacing to a smooth 32 and level grade with the existing pavement until final patching is complete. Temporary 33 crushed surfacing depth under traffic to be no less than 4 inches. 34 35 Maintain crushed surfacing used for temporary patching continuously, including 36 inspection, repairs, and dust control, including over weekends and other non-working 37 periods. Cost for maintenance of patching is incidental, no separate payment. 38 39 Contractor may plate trenches at their discretion in lieu of temporary surfacing. Plates 40 must free of dents and bumps and be able to withstand legal weight loads. Key plates 41 into the trench or place asphalt tapers to prevent movement. Provide appropriate signage 42 when using plates. 43 44 Permanent trench patches in paved areas shall be installed no later than the second 45 Friday following excavation for trenches parallel to the road, and no later than two days 46 following excavation for trenches crossing the road and across intersections. 47 48 Patching that must be removed and replaced due to any failed testing will not warrant 49 additional payment. 50 DIVISION 7 18 Existing grassy areas disturbed by construction shall be re-vegetated using hydroseed, 1 or other methods of stabilization if approved by the Engineer. 2 3 (******) 4 Add the following new section: 5 7-08.3(8) Hydroseed 6 7 Scheduling: The Contractor shall apply hydroseed for permanent restoration within the 8 optimum seeding windows whenever possible. Construction practices shall be timed to 9 minimize bare, cleared and excavated areas so that surfaces are hydroseeded and seed 10 germinates and grows stabilizing surfacing as soon as possible. The optimum seeding 11 windows are April 1 through June 30 and September 1 through October 1. Seeding that 12 occurs between July 1 and August 30 will require irrigation until 75 percent grass cover is 13 established. Seeding that occurs between October 1 and March 30 will require a mulch 14 layer at least 2 inches thick or plastic cover until 75 percent grass cover is established. 15 16 Maintenance: The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation, mulch or plastic sheeting 17 to hydroseeded areas as required by construction schedule in addition to the hydroseed 18 (per areas dictated on the Plans or disturbed to facilitate construction or both) at no 19 additional cost to the Owner. 20 21 Materials: Hydroseed applications shall include a minimum of 1,500 pounds per acre of 22 mulch with 3 percent tackifier. Mulch may be made up of 100 percent: cottonseed meal; 23 fibers made of wood, recycled cellulose, hemp, and kenaf; compost; or blends thereof. 24 Tackifier shall be plant-based, such as guar or alpha plantago, or chemical-based such as 25 polyacrylamide or polymers. Any mulch or tackifier product used shall be installed per 26 manufacturer’s instructions. 27 28 Slow-release fertilizers shall be used. Fertilizer shall not be agitated more than 20 minutes 29 in the hydromulch machine before it is to be used. 30 31 On 2:1 to 1.5:1 slopes, Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) or Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix 32 (MBFM) products may be used in lieu of hydroseed with erosion control mat. BFM/MBFM 33 products are applied with approximately 10 percent tackifier. BFM/MBFM shall be allowed 34 to cure 24 to 36 hours before rainfall and shall not be installed on wet or saturated soils. 35 36 WSDOT Eastern Washington Dry Land Hydroseed Mix 37 All unimproved areas disturbed during construction shall be hydroseeded with the mix as 38 listed below. 39 Seed Composition: 40 • Intermediate Wheatgrass 23 percent 41 • “Fairway” Crested Wheatgrass 23 percent 42 • “Sherman” Big Bluegrass 13 percent 43 • Perennial Ryegrass 13 percent 44 • “Sodar” Streambank Wheatgrass 28 percent 45 • Rate: 60 lbs./acre 46 DIVISION 7 19 7-08.4 Measurement 1 (******) 2 3 Paragraph 1 is replaced with the following: 4 5 “Bedding” includes gravel backfill for pipe zone, and shall be measured by the ton, 6 including haul, placement, and compaction. 7 8 Paragraph 3 is replaced with the following: 9 10 Excavation of trench is included in the unit price for the utility. 11 12 This section is supplemented with the following: 13 14 Select backfill imported for use as trench backfill shall be measured by the ton, including 15 haul. 16 17 “Pothole Existing Utility” will be measured per each. 18 19 If the existing utility is not found at the depth shown on the plans or as is common for the 20 type of utility, exploration shall continue up to an additional 10 feet horizontal and 3 foot 21 below the proposed base of trench with the cost incidental. If the utility is not found within 22 these limits, the Contractor must get approval from the Owner prior to making further 23 attempts. No payment will be made for further attempts that have not been approved. 24 Potholing or exploration that occurs within the active working zone will not count in the 25 potholing total and will not receive separate payment. 26 27 7-08.5 Payment 28 (******) 29 30 This section is replaced with the following: 31 32 “Pothole Existing Utility”, per each. 33 Payment shall be full reimbursement for all work to explore for utility crossings 34 specifically shown on the plans for potholing, or as directed by the Owner. Work 35 includes setup, traffic control including flagging, saw cutting, excavation, 36 measurement, documentation, backfill, temporary patching, cleanup, and 37 demobilization. 38 39 “Dewatering and Control of Discharge Water”, lump sum. 40 Costs to provide, install, protect, and maintain any necessary dewatering systems 41 (including the containment and discharge of the water) are included in this lump sum 42 item. 43 44 Costs to protect, secure, or stabilize existing utilities, including shoring, rigging, and 45 anchoring is included in the unit prices for the utility items. No separate payment. 46 47 Costs for providing, installing and maintaining temporary steel plates is included in the 48 unit prices for the utility items. No separate payment. 49 50 Costs for detectable marking tape is included in the unit prices for the utility items. No 51 separate payment. 52 DIVISION 7 20 All costs for Structure Excavation Class B and Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul 1 shall be included in the unit contract price for the various bid items included in this 2 contract. No separate payment. 3 4 All costs for hydroseeding shall be included in the unit contract price for “Sediment and 5 Erosion Control”. No separate payment for hydroseeding activities. 6 7 “Bedding”, per ton. Unit price includes all costs for importing, placing, watering, and 8 compacting Bedding. 9 10 Costs for excavating, screening, backfilling, and compacting native material is included in 11 the unit prices for the utility items. No separate payment. 12 13 “Select Backfill”, per ton. Unit price includes all costs for importing, placing, watering, and 14 compacting Select Backfill. 15 16 “Trench Shoring”, per linear foot. 17 18 19 7-17 Sanitary Sewers 20 21 7-17.1 Description 22 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 23 24 Supplement this section with the following: 25 26 The term “sewer(s)” and “sanitary sewer(s)” shall mean the same. 27 28 7-17.2 Materials 29 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 30 31 Supplement this section with the following: 32 33 Pipe approved for use shall be as follows: 34 35 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe (Gravity): Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe with flexible gasketed 36 joints (Ring-Tite) shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-05.12(1) of the 37 Standard Specifications (ASTM D3034, SDR 35 for pipe sizes up to 15 inches in 38 diameter, and SDR 26 for all sewer pipe with any portion of the sewer main greater 39 than 12 feet of cover). When restrained pipe is required, Certa-Lok restraints shall be 40 used. 41 42 PVC fittings for PVC sewer pipe such as tees, wyes, elbows, plugs, caps, etc., shall 43 be flexible gasket joint fittings acceptable for use and connection to PVC sewer pipe. 44 45 Ductile Iron Sanitary Sewer Pipe (Force Main): Ductile Iron Pipe shall conform to the 46 requirements of Section 9-05.13 of the Standard Specifications (Pressure Class 350). 47 48 Nonrestrained joints shall be rubber gasket type, push on type, or mechanical type, 49 and shall meet the requirements of AWWA C111. 50 51 DIVISION 7 21 Transition Coupling: Couplings shall be longitudinally bolted with gasketed joints. 1 Approved manufacturers include Romac, Dresser, Rockwell, Ford, and Smith-Blair. 2 Detectable Marker Tape and Tracer Wire: Marker tape shall be a detectable type and 3 shall be marked "SEWER," and shall conform to Section 9-15.18 of the Standard 4 Specifications. 5 6 Sewer Valves: Eccentric valves shall be non-lubricated, resilient-seated, underground 7 operator (with 2-inch AWWA operating nut), and provided with ends as required. 8 Valves shall have a minimum nominal port area of 80 percent of the pipe opening. The 9 valve bodies shall be cast iron (ASTM A-126 Grade B) providing full circle seat area. 10 The disc shall be ductile iron (ASTM A-536) with integral upper and lower shafts. 11 Flanged ends shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. The valves shall provide bi-12 directional opening and closing torque that is not dependent upon field adjusted stops. 13 Valves shall be Dresser Series, Style 800, or approved equal. 14 15 Pipe Plugs and Caps: All plugs shall be of the same material as the pipe being 16 plugged. The plug shall be capable of withstanding all test pressures without leakage. 17 18 7-17.2(1) Concrete Thrust Blocking 19 (******) 20 21 This section is new: 22 Concrete shall not be poured around joints. All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped 23 with 4-mil polyethylene plastic. 24 25 Precast concrete blocking is allowed. The surface area of the block must be no less than 26 shown in the plans for horizontal thrust blocking. 27 28 7-17.3 Construction Requirements 29 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 30 31 Supplement this section with the following: 32 33 Sanitary sewer mains shall be at least 8” in diameter. All dead-end runs longer than 34 200 feet shall terminate in a sanitary sewer manhole. Dead-end runs less than 200 35 feet long may terminate with a clean out. 36 37 7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities 38 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 39 40 Supplement this section with the following: 41 42 When connecting to an existing sewer, the downstream system shall be protected from 43 construction debris by placing a 90 degree, SRECO, UEMSI or equal “stove pipe” sand 44 trap, the same size as the sewer main line, in the first existing manhole downstream 45 of the connection. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain this trap until 46 the new system is placed in service and then to remove it. Any construction debris, 47 excavation or backfill material which enters the existing downstream system shall be 48 removed. When the first manhole is set, the outlet shall be plugged until the entire 49 system is accepted by the Engineer. 50 51 Add the following new section: 52 DIVISION 7 22 7-17.3(1)A Sewer Connections, Transfers and Abandonment 1 All connections shall be left uncovered until after inspection by the City. 2 When a new pipe connection is made to an existing manhole, the manhole base shall be 3 channeled to accommodate the new connection. 4 5 Add the following new section: 6 7-17.3(1)B Crossing Existing Utilities 7 8 When crossing existing utilities while installing sewer mains or sewer services, the 9 contractor shall take all precautions necessary to keep existing utilities intact. 10 11 Specifically, when water services are crossed during the installation of the sewer utility, 12 the contractor shall be fully responsible for crossing the service without cutting the existing 13 service. 14 15 No patching, or coupling of service lines will be allowed on services. In the event the 16 water service line is damaged in anyway, the contractor will be required to work with the 17 purveyor to replace the entire water service from the corporation stop to the curb stop, if 18 the service will not be replaced on this project. If the contractor damages the utility 19 crossing, they will be responsible for all fees, including service call-out fees, overtime, 20 flushing and re-testing, and any other costs billed by the purveyor. 21 22 Alternatively, the contractor may coordinate with the purveyor for a planned outage if the 23 service line is expected to be impacted. All costs of repair to the roadway or additional 24 paving due to service outage (i.e. digging down to the corporation stop on a water main) 25 will be paid for by the contractor. All costs for reconnecting services, including 26 reimbursement to the utility purveyor, shall be included in the unit bid price for the 27 proposed utility. 28 29 7-17.3(2) Cleaning and Testing 30 (******) 31 32 7-17.3(2)A General 33 34 This section is supplemented with the following: 35 All gravity sewer pipe shall be cleaned and flushed after side sewer installation and after 36 backfilling and compaction. The pipe shall be cleaned and flushed by passing an 37 inflatable rubber ball through the completed section or using a flush truck. Any 38 obstruction, such as cemented grout or debris found in the completed section, shall be 39 removed. 40 41 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 42 43 Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 44 45 All sewer pipes and appurtenances shall be cleaned, and low-pressure air tested after 46 backfilling. Both infiltration (if applicable) and exfiltration testing of the gravity sewer 47 pipeline will be required. Deflection testing of the pipeline may be required should 48 video inspection review identify any irregularities or concerns at the discretion of the 49 City. 50 Supplement this section with the following: 51 52 DIVISION 7 23 Contractor shall keep the pipeline clean and free of debris. The pipeline shall be 1 cleaned prior to the contractor requesting inspections. 2 3 7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Non Air 4 Permeable Materials 5 (******) 6 7 This section is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Testing of sewer pipe shall be incidental to the pipe installation bid item. 10 11 7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection 12 (******) 13 14 This section is supplemented with the following: 15 16 Alignment and grade will be inspected with an approved video monitoring system (TV 17 inspection). Any section or portion which exceeds the allowance for variance in line or 18 grade shall be re-excavated and re-laid at no additional cost to the Owner. 19 20 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 21 22 Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: 23 24 The costs incurred in making the initial inspection shall be borne by the Contractor. 25 26 Supplement this section with the following: 27 28 All recordings shall be in color and in DVD format, playable on standard DVD players. 29 Television inspection shall begin at the downstream manhole and end at the next 30 upstream manhole. The camera speed shall not exceed one-half (1/2) foot per second. 31 A pivot head camera shall be used with detailed inspection of all laterals showing the 32 entire lateral with a 360-degree pan around the opening. Panning of each lateral shall 33 be a minimum of 15 seconds. 34 35 The Contractor shall add colored dye that contrasts with the pipe color and clean water 36 to the cleaned sewer line before Television inspection. The recording shall be free 37 from static and a minimum distance of 10 feet shall be clearly visible in front of the 38 camera. 39 40 All recordings shall show on the screen the correct time and date of the inspection, the 41 name of the camera operator, the manhole numbers being inspected, an accurate 42 footage count, and all lateral locations using a 12-hour clock position. 43 44 All inspections shall be performed by Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program (PACP) 45 trained personnel. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the inspection, with all appurtenant 46 written logs, within 24 hours of the inspection. 47 DIVISION 7 24 7-17.3(2)J Hydrostatic Pressure Test 1 (******) 2 This section is new. 3 Ductile Iron and PVC force mains shall be pressure tested per section 7-09.3(23) as 4 supplemented herein. 5 All sewer force mains and appurtenances shall be tested in sections of convenient 6 length, under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 150 psi at the low point of the test 7 section, unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s Inspector. Provide temporary caps 8 and blocks if needed. 9 10 The total time the sewer mains are exposed to test pressure shall be no less than 60 11 minutes. 12 13 Pressure gauges shall be in good working order and scaled appropriately for the test. 14 Scale range shall not exceed 200% of the test pressure. For example, for a 150 psi 15 test, the gauge scale shall not exceed 2 x 150 = 300 psi. The Owner has the right to 16 reject any gauges that are suspect in their accuracy. 17 18 Valve clusters shall be assembled outside of the trench and pressure tested 19 separately prior to installation. Failing valves shall be replaced at the Contractor’s 20 expense. Fittings and sections of pipe that cannot be pressure tested, such as 21 connections to the existing system, shall be left exposed for a visual inspection under 22 system pressure. 23 24 Ductile Iron and C900 PVC force main testing: 25 The following test method will be used unless otherwise directed by the Owner’s 26 Inspector. Length of time for test will be 60-minutes or at the discretion of the Owner’s 27 Inspector. Pressure drop shall not exceed 2-percent (e.g. 3 psi for 150 psi test) during 28 a 60-minute period, regardless of water loss quantity. Owner’s Inspector has the 29 authority to require more stringent criteria if Inspector determines that field conditions 30 warrant such measures. 31 32 Only with the Owner’s approval will the WSDOT calculated water loss method be 33 allowed. In such case, the term “appreciable or abrupt loss in pressure” will mean 1-34 percent (2 psi) or more in 15 minutes. 35 36 7-17.5 Payment 37 (******) 38 39 This section is supplemented with the following: 40 41 “PVC SS PIPE ___-IN. DIAM.”, per linear foot. 42 “DI SS PIPE 4-IN. DIAM.”, per linear foot. 43 44 The unit contract price for each size and kind of pipe and range of depth shall be full pay 45 for all work to complete the installation of the sewer main including but not limited to 46 excavation; providing and installing pipe, fittings and thrust restraint; caps; drop 47 connections; air and/or vacuum release or relief valves; concrete encasement (where 48 shown on the plans); detectable marking tape; trench patches; testing; flushing; and 49 cleanup. Payment shall only be provided for the pipeline linear foot once the pipe is 50 backfilled and has been pressure tested successfully. 51 52 DIVISION 7 25 Unimproved area surface restoration shall be included in the respective unit bid price for 1 “PVC SS PIPE ___-IN. DIAM.”, or “DI SS PIPE 4-IN. DIAM.”. 2 3 All sewer testing including pressure, mandrel, and television shall be incidental to “PVC 4 SS PIPE ___-IN. DIAM.”, or “DI SS PIPE 4-IN. DIAM.”. 5 All pipe markers shall be included in the unit bid price for “PVC SS PIPE ___-IN. DIAM.”, 6 or “DI SS PIPE 4-IN. DIAM.”. 7 8 9 7-19 Sewer Cleanouts 10 (******) 11 12 7-19.1 Description 13 14 This section is supplemented with the following: 15 16 The Purveyor’s details take precedent over the DOT Standard Details and Specifications. 17 18 7-20 Sewer Valves 19 (******) 20 21 This Section 7-20 is added to the Contract Special Provisions. 22 23 24 7-20.1 Description 25 Valves for sewer mains shall be suitable for ordinary sewage works service, intended to 26 be installed in a normal position on buried pipelines for sewer distribution systems. 27 28 7-20.2(3) Sewer Combination Air Valves 29 This section is new: 30 31 Combination air and vacuum valves for sewer shall be equal to APCO series 440. 32 Provide air valve’s body and cover fabricated from cast iron. Provide all necessary parts, 33 small piping, fittings valves and securement as shown on the plans and Owner standard 34 plans for a fully functioning unit. 35 36 If not detailed on the plans, valves shall be attached to sewer force main via tap, brass 37 pipe and an isolation ball valve and fittings as necessary. Outlet shall be provided with a 38 brass male x female threaded return bend to direct air away from any mechanical or 39 electrical components and sewage back to wetwell or gravity sewer manhole. 40 41 7-20.3 Construction Requirements 42 43 7-20.3(1) Sewer Combination Air Valves 44 45 If not detailed on the plans, valves shall be attached to sewer force main via tap, 46 brass pipe and an isolation ball valve and fittings as necessary. Outlet shall be 47 provided with a brass male x female threaded return bend to direct air away from any 48 mechanical or electrical components and sewage back to wetwell or gravity sewer 49 manhole. 50 DIVISION 7 26 7-20.5 Payment 1 2 No separate payment will be made for sewer valves, sewer air valves, or other valves 3 shown in the Construction Drawings. All material, labor, and equipment costs associated 4 with valves shall be included in the respective unit bid price for “PVC SS PIPE ___-IN. 5 DIAM.”, or “DI SS PIPE 4-IN. DIAM.”. 6 END DIVISION 7 7 DIVISION 8 1 Division 8 1 Miscellaneous Construction 2 3 8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 4 8-01.1 Description 5 (******) 6 7 Section 8-01.1 is supplemented with the following: 8 9 Watering for dust control shall NOT be considered erosion control and water pollution 10 control. See Section 2-07 in these Special Provisions. 11 12 8-01.3 Construction Requirements 13 (******) 14 15 Supplement this section with the following: 16 17 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions and utilize the Department of 18 Ecology’s (DOE) Best Management Practices to prevent sediment and fugitive dust from 19 construction activities from entering into storm water systems, natural waterways, or 20 environmentally sensitive areas and from otherwise being carried away from the 21 construction area by storm water or air. 22 23 Temporary erosion protection shall be furnished, installed, and maintained for the 24 duration of this Project to protect environmentally sensitive areas, sloped surfaces, 25 adjacent areas and/or water bodies or conveyance systems. Temporary erosion 26 protection may include the use of straw, jute matting, wattles, heavy plastic sheeting, or 27 other forms of ground cover on areas disturbed by construction and catch basin inserts 28 for catch basins down-slope from the construction. Sloped surfaces shall be restored 29 and protected in such a manner that surface runoff does not erode the embankments, 30 slopes, or ground surfaces, nor create surface channels, or ruts. 31 32 8-01.3(1) General 33 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 34 35 Supplement this section with the following: 36 37 Exposed and unworked soils shall be temporarily or permanently stabilized as soon as 38 practicable, unless otherwise approved by the City. Contractor shall follow the 39 requirements in the most current publication of the Stormwater Management Manual 40 for Eastern Washington. 41 42 (******) 43 Add the following new section: 44 8-01.3(1)F Vehicular Transport of Sediment 45 46 Wherever construction vehicle access routes intersect paved roads, provisions must be 47 made by the Contractor to minimize the transport of sediment onto the paved road. The 48 Contractor shall remove all dirt, mud, rocks, vegetation, or other deleterious material from 49 all construction equipment prior to leaving the site. This may include spray washing, 50 sweeping, or other physical methods as necessary to remove materials. 51 DIVISION 8 2 If sediment or other debris is transported onto a paved road surface, the road shall be 1 cleaned thoroughly by the end of the work day. Debris shall be removed from roads by 2 shoveling or sweeping. Street washing shall be allowed only after debris has been 3 removed in this manner. 4 5 8-01.4 Measurement 7 (******) 8 9 This section is supplemented with the following: 10 11 Watering for dust control is not a component of any work or pay items, and shall be 12 incidental to other pay items. See section 2-07. 13 14 Hydroseeding is a component of the “Erosion and Sediment Control” pay item. All labor, 15 materials, and equipment costs associated with installing hydroseed in all disturbed areas 16 within the construction limits and as identified in the Plans shall be included in this pay 17 item. 18 19 8-01.5 Payment 20 (******) 21 22 Watering for dust control is not a component of any work or pay items, and shall be 23 incidental to other pay items. No separate payment. 24 25 Hydroseeding is a component of the “Erosion and Sediment Control” pay item. All labor, 26 materials, and equipment costs associated with installing hydroseed in all disturbed areas 27 within the construction limits and as identified in the Plans shall be included in this pay 28 item. 29 30 8-02 Roadside Restoration 31 32 8-02.2 Materials 33 (******) 34 35 Section 8-02.2 is supplemented with the following: 36 37 The Contractor shall only use Topsoil Type C. Topsoil Type B will be permitted in place of 38 Topsoil Type C if sufficient soils meeting the Specifications exist within the project limits. 39 40 8-13 Monument Cases 41 42 8-13.1 Description 43 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 44 45 Delete this section and replace it with the following: 46 47 This work shall consist of furnishing and placing monument cases, covers, and pipes 48 in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity with the 49 lines shown in the Plans. 50 DIVISION 8 3 1 8-13.2 Materials 2 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 3 4 Supplement this section with the following: 5 6 The monument frame and cover shall be East Jordan Iron Works model 3680. 7 8 8-13.3 Construction Requirements 9 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 10 11 The last paragraph of this section is revised to read: 12 The Contractor will be responsible for placing the concrete core and tack or wire 13 inside the pipe. 14 15 8-22 Pavement Marking 16 17 8-22.1 Description 18 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 19 20 Supplement this section with the following: 21 22 This work includes temporary pavement markings as described in the Plans. 23 24 8-22.2 Materials 25 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 26 27 Supplement this section with the following: 28 29 Arrows, letters, symbols, stop lines, and crosswalks shall be Type B – Pre-formed 30 Fused Thermoplastic. All lines shall be Type A – Liquid Hot Applied Thermoplastic. 31 Striping material type may vary only with written approval from the City. 32 33 8-22.3 Construction Requirements 34 (******) 35 36 Section 8-22.3 is supplemented with: 37 38 Contractor shall be responsible for establishing the necessary control points to enable 39 spotting of the new pavement markings prior to installation. 40 41 Prior to installing pavement markings, the Contractor shall pre-mark the layout of all 42 channelization and receive approval from the Engineer. Pre-marks shall consist of 43 painted spot markings. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request approval of 44 the pre-mark channelization at least 48 hours prior to placement of the pavement 45 markings. 46 DIVISION 8 4 8-22.5 Payment 1 (******) 2 3 Supplement this section with the following: 4 5 No separate payment for pavement markings shall be made. All materials, labor, and 6 equipment necessary to install pavement markings shall be incidental to “HOT MIX 7 ASPHALT TRENCH PATCH.” No separate payment. 8 9 END DIVISION 8 10 DIVISION 9 1 Division 9 1 Materials 2 3 9-03 Aggregates 4 5 9-03.12(3) Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding 6 (June 26, 2020 COP GSP) 7 8 Revise this section to read: 9 10 Backfill shall be as follows: 11 12 Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone (including Bedding): Pipe zone material shall be Crushed 13 Surfacing Top Course meeting the requirements of section 9-03.9(3), and shall be 14 placed and compacted in layers as designated by the City. With prior approval by the 15 City, suitable native material may be an acceptable alternate for pipe zone bedding 16 above the bottom of the pipe. 17 18 Trench Backfill: All longitudinal pipeline trenches (parallel to curb) may be backfilled 19 full depth above the pipe zone with native material (free of organic material, wood, 20 rocks, or pavement chunks larger than 6-inches in maximum dimension), unless 21 otherwise directed by the City. Street crossings, transverse trenches, and other 22 locations as directed by the City may be required to be backfilled full depth with 23 imported select backfill. Imported select backfill shall be crushed surfacing top course 24 or crushed surfacing base course meeting the requirements of section 9-03.9(3), 25 placed and compacted in layers. 26 27 9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts 28 29 9-05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Solid 30 Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe 31 32 This section is supplemented with the following. 33 34 PVC pipe for sanitary sewer gravity pipe shall be solid green throughout the entire resin. 35 All pipes shall be marked by manufacturer with manufacturer’s identification, year and 36 class of pipe. 37 38 9-05.50(2) Manholes 39 40 This section is supplemented with the following. 41 42 Manholes shall be of the type and size as shown on the Plans. Manhole risers and 43 covers shall be orientated per the Plans. 44 DIVISION 9 2 (February 5, 2020 WSDOT GSP) 1 Standard Plans 2 3 The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21-01 4 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 19-023, effective September 3, 2019 is 5 made a part of this contract. 6 7 The Standard Plans are revised as follows: 8 9 A-50.10 10 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Single Slope Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 11 12 A-50.20 13 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan, with Anchored Barrier, reference C-14a is revised to C-70.10 14 15 A-50.30 16 Sheet 2 of 2, Plan (top), reference C-14a is revised to C-70.1 17 18 B-10.60 19 DELETED 20 21 B-82.20 22 DELETED 23 24 B-90.40 25 Valve Detail – DELETED 26 27 C-1 28 Delete Note 1. 29 30 Revise Note 2 to read “Remove all rail washers, also called “Snow Load Rail Washers”, 31 when encountered during raising beam guardrail work and the guardrail raising work 32 requires removal of the rail. 33 34 Re-number all notes. 35 36 C-4b 37 DELETED 38 39 C-4e 40 DELETED 41 42 C-8a 43 Delete “Section A-A, Type 4 Detail 44 45 C-20.11 46 Delete Notes 1 & 2. Re-Number all notes. 47 Delete “ Snow Load Post Washer” and “Snow Load Rail Washer” details. 48 49 C-20.19 50 DELETED 51 DIVISION 9 3 C-22.14 1 DELETED 2 3 C-22.16 4 Note 3, formula, was: “Elevation G = (Elevation S – D x (0.1) + 31” is revised to read: 5 “Elevation G = (Elevation S – D x (0.1) + 31/12” 6 7 C-22.45 8 For the SOFTSTOP (TL-2) elevation view detail, the callout “SOFTSTOP (TL-2) SYSTEM 9 LENGTH = 38’ – 4 1/2"” is revised to read “SOFTSTOP (TL-2) SYSTEM LENGTH = 38’ 10 – 3 1/2"”. 11 12 C-40.14 13 DELETED 14 15 C-60.10 16 Sheet 1, Side Elevation: The bottom set of ① - #4 horizontal rebar (2x) located at the 17 base of the barrier is repositioned to be aligned with the bottom of ② - #4 stirrup bars to 18 match the bar positioning shown on Sheet 1, Section A. 19 20 Sheet 1, Reinforcing Steel Bending Diagram, ③ - Pin Slot Bar detail: Add the following 21 callout to the detail, “HOT DIP GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION (ASTM A123 OR 22 AASHTO M 111)”. 23 24 Sheet 2, ANCHORING PIN ASSEMBLY DETAIL: The first line of the description under 25 the title was “1 1/2” DIAMETER (ASTM A36), COLD ROLL” is now changed to “1 1/2” 26 DIAMETER (ASTM A36), HOT ROLL”. 27 28 C-70.10 29 Sheet 1, Note 1 was - “1. PERMANENT INSTALLATION requirements: Embed barrier 3” 30 (in) minimum; …” is revised to read: “1. Installation requirements: Embed barrier 3” (in) 31 minimum in asphalt or concrete; embed barrier 10” (in) minimum in soil; …” 32 33 Sheet 1, existing Notes 2 and 4 are deleted. Existing Note 3 is renumbered to Note 2. 34 35 Sheet 1, add new Note 3, “3. See Sheet 2 for barrier with a 2’-10” reveal installed in 36 asphalt or concrete. See Sheet 3 for barrier with a 3’-6” reveal installed in asphalt or 37 concrete.” 38 39 Sheet 1, Elevation: The dimension from the barrier end to the barrier lifting slot was “3’ – 40 4” (TYP)” is now changed to “4’ – 8” (TYP)”, and the barrier lifting slot dimension was “5’ 41 – 0” (TYP)” is now changed to “3’ – 0” (TYP)”. 42 43 Sheet 2, the detail titled “3’ – 6” BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0” (IN) TO 5” (IN) MAX. 44 GRADE SEPARATION” has the following changes: 45 1. The detail title is changed to “3’ – 6” BARRIER FOR USE WITH A 0” (IN) TO 4” (IN) 46 MAX. GRADE SEPARATION”. 47 2. The callout “GRADE SEPARATION--5” MAX.” is changed to “GRADE SEPARATION--48 4” MAX.” 49 DIVISION 9 4 C-75.10 1 Note 2 is deleted. Renumber subsequent notes. 2 3 C-75.20 4 Note 2 is deleted. Renumber subsequent notes. 5 6 C-75.30 7 Note 2 is deleted. Renumber subsequent notes. 8 9 C-85.11 10 Add new Note 3 “3. The intended use of this plan is for placing concrete barrier in front of 11 bridge piers on bridge retrofit projects only. Contact the HQ Bridge traffic barrier specialist 12 before using this barrier placement plan for projects involving new or reconstruct ed 13 bridges.” 14 15 C-85.14 16 DELETED 17 18 C-90.10 19 DELETED 20 21 D-10.10 22 Wall Type 1 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 23 barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 24 in accordance with the current WSDOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) and the revisions 25 stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. 26 27 D-10.15 28 Wall Type 2 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 29 barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 30 in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 31 Bridge Design memorandum. 32 33 D-10.30 34 Wall Type 5 may be used in all cases. 35 36 D-10.35 37 Wall Type 6 may be used in all cases. 38 39 D-10.40 40 Wall Type 7 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 41 barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 42 in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the 11/3/15 43 Bridge Design memorandum. 44 45 D-10.45 46 Wall Type 8 may be used if no traffic barrier is attached on top of the wall. Walls with traffic 47 barriers attached on top of the wall are considered non-standard and shall be designed 48 in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM and the revisions stated in the revisions 49 stated in the 11/3/15 Bridge Design memorandum. 50 DIVISION 9 5 D-15.10 1 STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 2 are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 3 in place of these STD Plans. 4 5 D-15.20 6 STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 7 are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 8 in place of these STD Plans. 9 10 D-15.30 11 STD Plans D-15 series “Traffic Barrier Details for Reinforced Concrete Retaining Walls” 12 are withdrawn. Special designs in accordance with the current WSDOT BDM are required 13 in place of these STD Plans. 14 15 F-10.12 16 Section Title, was – “Depressed Curb Section” is revised to read: “Depressed Curb and 17 Gutter Section” 18 19 F-10.40 20 “EXTRUDED CURB AT CUT SLOPE”, Section detail - Deleted 21 22 F-10.42 23 DELETE – “Extruded Curb at Cut Slope” View 24 25 G-25.10 26 Key Note 3, second sentence, was – “For single-post installations, divide the 27 (#2w/diamond shape symbol) post MAX. XYZ in half.” Is revised to read: “For single-post 28 installations, divide the two-post MAX. XYZ in half.” 29 30 G-60.10 31 DELETED 32 33 G-60.20 34 DELETED 35 36 G-60.30 37 DELETED 38 39 G-70.10 40 DELETED 41 42 G-70.20 43 DELETED 44 45 H-70.20 46 Sheet 2, Spacing Detail, Mailbox Support Type 1, reference to Standard Plan I-70.10 is 47 revised to H-70.10 48 DIVISION 9 6 J-10.21 1 Note 18, was – “When service cabinet is installed within right of way fence, see Standard 2 Plan J-10.22 for details.” Is revised to read; “When service cabinet is installed within right 3 of way fence, or the meter base is mounted on the exterior of the cabinet, see Standard 4 Plan J-10.22 for details.” 5 6 J-10.22 7 Key Note 1, was – “Meter base per serving utility requirements~ as a minimum, the meter 8 base shall be safety socket box with factory-installed test bypass facility that meets the 9 requirements of EUSERC drawing 305.” Is revised to read; “Meter base per serving utility 10 requirements~ as a minimum, the meter base shall be safety socket box with factory-11 installed test bypass facility that meets the requirements of EUSERC drawing 305. When 12 the utility requires meter base to be mounted on the side or back of the service cabinet, 13 the meter base enclosure shall be fabricated from type 304 stainless steel.” 14 Key Note 4, “Test with (SPDT Snap Action, Positive close 15 Amp – 120/277 volt “T” 15 rated). Is revised to read: “Test Switch (SPDT snap action, positive close 15 amp – 16 120/277 volt “T” rated).” 17 Key Note 14, was – “Hinged dead front with ¼ turn fasteners or slide latch.” Is revised to 18 read; “Hinged dead front with ¼ turn fasteners or slide latch. ~ Dead front panel bolts 19 shall not extend into the vertical limits of the breaker array(s).” 20 Key Note 15, was – “Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper. Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper. 21 See Cabinet Main bonding Jumper detail, Standard Plan J-3b.“ is revised to read; 22 “Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly ~ Buss shall be 4 lug tinned copper ~ See 23 Standard Plan J-10.20 for Cabinet Main Bonding Jumper Assembly details.” 24 Note 1, was – “…socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-3b.” is revised to read 25 to read: “…socket box mounting detail, see Standard Plan J-10.20.” 26 Note 6, was – “…See door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-3b.” is revised to read: “…See 27 door hinge detail, Standard Plan J-10.20.” 28 29 J-20.26 30 Add Note 1, “1. One accessible pedestrian pushbutton station per pedestrian pushbutton 31 post.” 32 33 J-20.16 34 View A, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE 35 36 J-21.10 37 Sheet 1, Elevation View, Round Concrete Foundation Detail, callout – “ANCHOR BOLTS 38 ~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL THREAD ~ THREE REQ’D. PER ASSEMBLY” IS REVISED TO 39 READ: “ANCHOR BOLTS ~ ¾” (IN) x 30” (IN) FULL THREAD ~ FOUR REQ’D. PER 40 ASSEMBLY” 41 Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 42 of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR.. Delete “(TYP.)” from 43 the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 44 2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 45 Sheet 1 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 46 of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 47 the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 48 1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 49 Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Round), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 50 of the foundation to find 2 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 51 DIVISION 9 7 the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 1 2 # 4 reinf. Bar. 2 Sheet 2 of 2, Elevation view (Square), add dimension depicting the distance from the top 3 of the foundation to find 1 #4 reinforcing bar shown, to read; 3” CLR. Delete “(TYP.)” from 4 the 2 ½” CLR. dimension, depicting the distance from the bottom of the foundation to find 5 1 # 4 reinf. Bar. 6 Detail F, callout, “Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) ~ 3/4” (IN) Diam. Torque Clamping 7 Bolts (see Note 3)” is revised to read; “Heavy Hex Clamping Bolt (TYP.) ~ 3/4” (IN) Diam. 8 Torque Clamping Bolts (see Note 1)” 9 Detail F, callout, “3/4” (IN) x 2’ – 6” Anchor Bolt (TYP.) ~ Four Required (See Note 4)” is 10 revised to read; “3/4” (IN) x 2’ – 6” Anchor Bolt (TYP.) ~ Three Required (See Note 2)” 11 12 J-21.15 13 Partial View, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” DIAM., is revised to read; CHASE 14 NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” (IN) DIAM. 15 16 J-21.16 17 Detail A, callout, was – LOCKNIPPLE, is revised to read; CHASE NIPPLE 18 19 J-22.15 20 Ramp Meter Signal Standard, elevation, dimension 4’ - 6” is revised to read; 6’-0” 21 (2x) Detail A, callout, was – LOCK NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” DIAM. is revised to read; CHASE 22 NIPPLE ~ 1 ½” (IN) DIAM. 23 24 J-28.24 25 Case E and Case F Section View dimension callout, “3’ – 0” MIN. FOR BEAM 26 GUARDRAIL, 4’ – 0” MIN. FOR CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2” is revised to read, “5’ – 0” 27 MIN. FOR BEAM GUARDRAIL, 8’ – 0” MIN. FOR UNANCHORED TYPE F CONC. 28 BARRIER, 4’ – 0” MIN. FOR ANCHORED TYPE F CONC. BARRIER”. 29 30 J-40.10 31 Sheet 2 of 2, Detail F, callout, “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 12” S. S. 32 FLAT WASHER” is revised to read; “12 – 13 x 1 ½” S.S. PENTA HEAD BOLT AND 1/2” 33 (IN) S. S. FLAT WASHER” 34 35 J-75.20 36 Key Notes, note 16, second bullet point, was: “1/2” (IN) x 0.45” (IN) Stainless Steel 37 Bands”, add the following to the end of the note: “Alternate: Stainless steel cable with 38 stainless steel ends, nuts, bolts, and washers may be used in place of stainless steel 39 bands and associated hardware.” 40 41 J-81.10 42 Power Distribution Block Diagram, lower left corner, Sheet 1 of 3; Switch Pack 2; circuit 43 623 (T4-5) [middle ckt] is revised to read; circuit 622 (T4-5). 44 45 K-80.10 46 SIGN INSTALLATION (BEHIND TRAFFIC BARRIER) detail dimension callout, “3’ MIN.” 47 is revised to read, “5’ MIN.”. 48 49 K-80.30 50 DELETED 51 DIVISION 9 8 K-80.35 1 Add New Note 1 – “1. The intended use of this plan is for the temporary installation of 2 Type 2 concrete barrier (See Standard Plan C-8) on cement concrete pavement, bridge 3 decks, or hot mix asphalt pavement, and Type F concrete barrier on cement concrete 4 pavement or bridge decks. 5 6 Re-number all notes. 7 8 The TYPE 1 ANCHOR detail description “TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST 9 CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN C-8) AND TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-10 SHAPE) (STD. PLAN K-80.30) ON CEMENT CONC. PAVEMENT OR BRIDGE DECK” is 11 revised to read, “TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 12 F (STD. PLAN C-60.10) OR PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN C-8) ON 13 CEMENT CONC. PAVEMENT OR BRIDGE DECK.” 14 15 The TYPE 3 ANCHOR detail description “TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST 16 CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN C-8) AND TEMPORARY CONC. BARRIER (F-17 SHAPE) (STD. PLAN K-80.30) ON HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT” is revised to read, 18 “TEMPORARY INSTALLATION OF PRECAST CONC. BARRIER TYPE 2 (STD. PLAN 19 C-8) ON HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT.” 20 21 K-80.37 22 Revise Note 1 to read:“1. The intended use of this plan is for the temporary installation of 23 Type F NARROW BASE concrete barrier (See Standard Plan C-60.10) or Type 4 (Type 24 2 Narrow Base – See Std. Plan C-8a) Concrete Barrier on cement concrete pavement, 25 bridge decks.” 26 27 Replace all callouts stating “NARROW BASE, ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY 28 CONCRETE BARRIER SEGMENT” with “Type F NARROW BASE or Type 4 (Type 2 29 Narrow Base) concrete barrier segment.” 30 31 M-3.50 32 Double-Left Turn Channelization (with Right Turn Pocket) view, dimension, upper left 33 corner, “taper” dimension; callout – was “40’ if Posted Speed is 40 MPH or less 100’ if 34 Posted Speed is more than 40 MPH” is revised to read; “See Contract” 35 36 M-5.10 37 Right-Turn Channelization view, dimension, upper right corner, “taper” dimension; callout 38 – was “50’ MIN.” is revised to read; “See Contract” 39 40 M-12.10 41 Add Note 5. “Check with Region Traffic Office for RPM and Guidepost placements.” 42 43 M-24.50 44 DELETED 45 46 The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was 47 advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date 48 shown in the lower right-hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates 49 shall not be used in this contract. 50 DIVISION 9 9 A-10.10-00........8/7/07 A-40.00-00.........8/11/09 A-50.30-00…....11/17/08 A-10.20-00......10/5/07 A-40.10-04.........7/31/19 A-50.40-00…....11/17/08 A-10.30-00......10/5/07 A-40.15-00.........8/11/09 A-60.10-03........12/23/14 A-20.10-00......8/31/07 A-40.20-04.........1/18/17 A-60.20-03.........12/23/14 A-30.10-00......11/8/07 A-40.50-02.........12/23/14 A-60.30-01..........6/28/18 A-30.30-01......6/16/11 A-50.10-00…....11/17/08 A-60.40-00..........8/31/07 A-30.35-00.......10/12/07 A-50.20-01…......9/22/09 1 B-5.20-02........1/26/17 B-30.50-03.........2/27/18 B-75.20-02..........2/27/18 B-5.40-02.........1/26/17 B-30.70-04.........2/27/18 B-75.50-01..........6/10/08 B-5.60-02.........1/26/17 B-30.80-01..........2/27/18 B-75.60-00............6/8/06 B-10.20-02........3/2/18 B-30.90-02........1/26/17 B-80.20-00.........6/8/06 B-10.40-01........1/26/17 B-35.20-00..........6/8/06 B-80.40-00.........6/1/06 B-10.70-00……1/26/17 B-35.40-00..........6/8/06 B-85.10-01.........6/10/08 B-15.20-01........2/7/12 B-40.20-00..........6/1/06 B-85.20-00..........6/1/06 B-15.40-01........2/7/12 B-40.40-02........1/26/17 B-85.30-00..........6/1/06 B-15.60-02........1/26/17 B-45.20-01..........7/11/17 B-85.40-00..........6/8/06 B-20.20-02.......3/16/12 B-45.40-01..........7/21/17 B-85.50-01.........6/10/08 B-20.40-04.......2/27/18 B-50.20-00..........6/1/06 B-90.10-00….......6/8/06 B-20.60-03.......3/15/12 B-55.20-02..........2/27/18 B-90.20-00..........6/8/06 B-25.20-02........2/27/18 B-60.20-01..........6/28/18 B-90.30-00..........6/8/06 B-25.60-02.........2/27/18 B-60.40-01..........2/27/18 B-90.40-01..........1/26/17 B-30.10-03.........2/27/18 B-65.20-01..........4/26/12 B-90.50-00..........6/8/06 B-30.15-00……..2/27/18 B-65.40-00..........6/1/06 B-95.20-01..........2/3/09 B-30.20-04.........2/27/18 B-70.20-00..........6/1/06 B-95.40-01..........6/28/18 B-30.30-03.........2/27/18 B-70.60-01..........1/26/17 B-30.40-03..........2/27/18 2 C-1....................6/28/18 C-20.15-02..........6/11/14 C-40.18-03........7/21/17 C-1a.................7/14/15 C-20.18-03..........8/12/19 C-60.10-00…….8/22/19 C-1b...................8/12/19 C-20.19-03..........8/12/19 C-70.10-01........6/17/14 C-1d................10/31/03 C-20.40-07..........8/12/19 C-75.10-01........6/11/14 C-2c..................8/12/19 C-20.41-02..........8/12/19 C-75.20-01........6/11/14 C-4f...................8/12/19 C-20.42-05..........7/14/15 C-75.30-01........6/11/14 C-6a................10/14/09 C-20.45.02..........8/12/19 C-80.10-01........6/11/14 C-7.....................6/16/11 C-22.16-06........7/21/17 C-80.20-01........6/11/14 C-7a...................6/16/11 C-22.40-07........8/12/19 C-80.30-01........6/11/14 C-8.....................2/10/09 C-22.45-04........8/12/19 C-80.40-01........6/11/14 C-8a...................7/25/97 C-23.60-04........7/21/17 C-80.50-00........4/8/12 C-8b....................2/29/16 C.24.10-02........8/12/19 C-85.10-00........4/8/12 C-8e....................2/21/07 C-25.20-06........7/14/15 C-85.11-00........4/8/12 C-8f.....................6/30/04 C-25.22-05........7/14/15 C-85.14-01........6/11/14 C-16a.................7/21/17 C-25.26-04........8/12/19 C-85.15-01........6/30/14 C-20.10-05.........8/12/19 C-25.30-00…….6/28/18 C-85.16-01........6/17/14 C-20.11-00……..7/21/17 C-25.80-05........8/12/19 C-85-18-01........6/11/14 C-20.14-04..........8/12/19 C-40.16-02........7/2/12 C-85.20-01........6/11/14 3 D-2.04-00........11/10/05 D-2.48-00........11/10/05 D-3.17-02……5/9/16 D-2.06-01........1/6/09 D-2.64-01........1/6/09 D-4.................12/11/98 D-2.08-00........11/10/05 D-2.66-00........11/10/05 D-6...................6/19/98 D-2.14-00........11/10/05 D-2.68-00........11/10/05 D-10.10-01......12/2/08 DIVISION 9 10 D-2.16-00........11/10/05 D-2.80-00........11/10/05 D-10.15-01......12/2/08 D-2.18-00........11/10/05 D-2.82-00........11/10/05 D-10.20-01.........8/7/19 D-2.20-00........11/10/05 D-2.84-00........11/10/05 D-10.25-01.........8/7/19 D-2.32-00........11/10/05 D-2.86-00........11/10/05 D-10.30-00.........7/8/08 D-2.34-01........1/6/09 D-2.88-00........11/10/05 D-10.35-00.........7/8/08 D-2.36-03........6/11/14 D-2.92-00........11/10/05 D-10.40-01......12/2/08 D-2.42-00........11/10/05 D-3.09-00........5/17/12 D-10.45-01......12/2/08 D-2.44-00........11/10/05 D-3.10-01……5/29/13 D-2.60-00........11/10/05 D-3.11-03……6/11/14 D-2.62-00........11/10/05 D-3.15-02……6/10/13 D-2.46-01........6/11/14 D-3.16-02……5/29/13 1 E-1....................2/21/07 E-4....................8/27/03 E-2....................5/29/98 E-4a..................8/27/03 2 F-10.12-03.......6/11/14 F-10.62-02........4/22/14 F-40.15-03........6/29/16 F-10.16-00.......12/20/06 F-10.64-03........4/22/14 F-40.16-03........6/29/16 F-10.18-01.........7/11/17 F-30.10-03........6/11/14 F-45.10-02........7/15/16 F-10.40-03...........6/29/16 F-40.12-03........6/29/16 F-80.10-04........7/15/16 F-10.42-00.........1/23/07 F-40.14-03........6/29/16 3 G-10.10-00........9/20/07 G-25.10-04.......6/10/13 G-95.10-02........6/28/18 G-20.10-02........6/23/15 G-26.10-00……7/31/19 G-95.20-03........6/28/18 G-22.10-04..........6/28/18 G-30.10-04.......6/23/15 G-95.30-03........6/28/18 G-24.10-00......11/8/07 G-50.10-03.......6/28/18 G-24.20-01......2/7/12 G-90.10-03……7/11/17 G-24.30-02......6/28/18 G-90.11-00……4/28/16 G-24.40-07.....6/28/18 G-90.20-05……7/11/17 G-24.50-05.....8/7/19 G-90.30-04……7/11/17 G-24.60-05.....6/28/18 G-90.40-02……4/28/16 4 H-10.10-00..........7/3/08 H-32.10-00.......9/20/07 H-70.10-01......2/7/12 H-10.15-00..........7/3/08 H-60.10-01.........7/3/08 H-70.20-01......2/16/12 H-30.10-00......10/12/07 H-60.20-01.........7/3/08 H-70.30-02......2/7/12 5 I-10.10-01.........8/11/09 I-30.20-00.........9/20/07 I-40.20-00.........9/20/07 I-30.10-02.........3/22/13 I-30.30-02.........6/12/19 I-50.20-01..........6/10/13 I-30.15-02.........3/22/13 I-30.40-02.......6/12/19 I-60.10-01..........6/10/13 I-30.16-01.........7/11/19 I-30.60-02.........6/12/19 I-60.20-01..........6/10/13 I-30.17-01.........6/12/19 I-40.10-00.........9/20/07 I-80.10-02..........7/15/16 6 J-10..................7/18/97 J-28.40-02......6/11/14 J-60.13-00…....6/16/10 J-10.10-03……6/3/15 J-28.42-01.......6/11/14 J-60.14-01……7/31/19 J-10.15-01........6/11/14 J-28.43-01.......6/28/18 J-75.10-02……7/10/15 J-10.16-00……6/3/15 J-28.45-03.......7/21/16 J-75.20-01……7/10/15 J-10.17-00……6/3/15 J-28.50-03.......7/21/16 J-75.30-02…….7/10/15 J-10.18-00……6/3/15 J-28.60-02.......7/21/16 J-75.40-02……6/1/16 J-10.20-02……7/31/19 J-28.70-03.......7/21/17 J-75.41-01……6/29/16 J-10.21-00……6/3/15 J-29.10-01.......7/21/16 J-75.45-02……6/1/16 J-10.22-00........5/29/13 J-29.15-01.......7/21/16 J-80.10-00……6/28/18 DIVISION 9 11 J-10.25-00……7/11/17 J-29.16-02.......7/21/16 J-80.15-00……6/28/18 J-12.15-00……6/28/18 J-30.10-00…...6/18/15 J-81.10-00……6/28/18 J-12.16-00……6/28/18 J-40.05-00……7/21/16 J-86.10-00……6/28/18 J-15.10-01........6/11/14 J-40.10-04…...4/28/16 J-90.10-03…….6/28/18 J-15.15-02……7/10/15 J-40.20-03…...4/28/16 J-90.20-03…….6/28/18 J-20.10-04........7/31/19 J-40.30-04……4/28/16 J-90.21-02……6/28/18 J-20.11-03........7/31/19 J-40.35-01……5/29/13 J-90.50-00……6/28/18 J-20.15-03........6/30/14 J-40.36-02……7/21/17 J-20.16-02........6/30/14 J-40.37-02……7/21/17 J-20.20-02........5/20/13 J-40.38-01.......5/20/13 J-20.26-01........7/12/12 J-40.39-00……5/20/13 J-21.10-04......6/30/14 J-40.40-02……7/31/19 J-21.15-01......6/10/13 J-45.36-00……7/21/17 J-21.16-01......6/10/13 J-50.05-00……7/21/17 J-21.17-01......6/10/13 J-50.10-01…….7/31/19 J-21.20-01......6/10/13 J-50.11-02…….7/31/19 J-22.15-02......7/10/15 J-50.12-02…….8/7/19 J-22.16-03......7/10/15 J-50.13-00…….8/22/19 J-26.10-03…..7/21/16 J-50.15-01…….7/21/17 J-26.15-01…..5/17/12 J-50.16-01…….3/22/13 J-26.20-01…..6/28/18 J-50.18-00…….8/7/19 J-27.10-01…..7/21/16 J-50.19-00…….8/7/19 J-27.15-00…..3/15/12 J-50.20-00…….6/3/11 J-28.10-02......8/7/19 J-50.25-00…….6/3/11 J-28.22-00.......8/07/07 J-50.30-00…….6/3/11 J-28.24-01.......6/3/15 J-60.05-01…….7/21/16 J-28.26-01......12/02/08 J-60.11-00…....5/20/13 J-28.30-03......6/11/14 J-60.12-00…....5/20/13 1 K-70.20-01.......6/1/16 K-80.10-01.......6/1/16 K-80.20-00.....12/20/06 K-80.35-00.......2/21/07 K-80.37-00.......2/21/07 2 L-10.10-02........6/21/12 L-40.10-02........6/21/12 L-70.10-01.......5/21/08 L-20.10-03........7/14/15 L-40.15-01........6/16/11 L-70.20-01.......5/21/08 L-30.10-02........6/11/14 L-40.20-02........6/21/12 3 M-1.20-03.........6/24/14 M-11.10-03........8/7/19 M-40.20-00...10/12/07 M-1.40-02.........6/3/11 M-12.10-01……6/28/18 M-40.30-01......7/11/17 M-1.60-02.........6/3/11 M-15.10-01........2/6/07 M-40.40-00......9/20/07 M-1.80-03.........6/3/11 M-17.10-02........7/3/08 M-40.50-00......9/20/07 M-2.20-03.........7/10/15 M-20.10-02........6/3/11 M-40.60-00......9/20/07 M-2.21-00……7/10/15 M-20.20-02........4/20/15 M-60.10-01......6/3/11 M-3.10-03.........6/3/11 M-20.30-04........2/29/16 M-60.20-02......6/27/11 M-3.20-02.........6/3/11 M-20.40-03........6/24/14 M-65.10-02......5/11/11 M-3.30-03.........6/3/11 M-20.50-02........6/3/11 M-80.10-01......6/3/11 M-3.40-03.........6/3/11 M-24.20-02.......4/20/15 M-80.20-00......6/10/08 M-3.50-02.........6/3/11 M-24.40-02.......4/20/15 M-80.30-00......6/10/08 M-5.10-02.........6/3/11 M-24.60-04.......6/24/14 DIVISION 9 12 M-7.50-01.........1/30/07 M-24.65-00……7/11/17 M-9.50-02.........6/24/14 M-24.66-00……7/11/17 M-9.60-00……..2/10/09 M-40.10-03......6/24/14 END DIVISION 9 1 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 11-1 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 11 Equipment 11.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for providing and installing all equipment as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 11.05 Common Work for Equipment Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Pumps and Motors • Packaged Lift Station 11.10 PUMPS 11.10.05 Common Work for Pumps Part 1 - General Summary This section covers work necessary to provide the pumps, complete with motors and accessories, described herein and as shown on the Plans. References • HI - Hydraulic Institute. • ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. • AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute. • ANSI - American National Standards Institute. Definitions Pumps are classified by the following terms: Submersible – Refers generally to single stage centrifugal pumps such as Submersible Sewage. Performance Requirements Power required to operate the pump(s) shall not exceed the motor nameplate horsepower. The design and performance requirements listed for each pump must be met, with no exceptions. Pumps that do not meet all of the conditions will be rejected. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-2 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Submittals Submittal information shall be provided for each individual pump. Product Data: • Specifications and data describing all pump parts, pieces, and components. Include information on materials of construction and proposed coating systems. • Performance curves showing total dynamic head (TDH) in feet, efficiency and net-positive-suction head required (NPSHR) versus output in gallons per minute (GPM). All losses from the drive shaft, seal, coupling and other mechanical losses shall be included in the pump efficiency data presented. Catalog or software generated curves may be submitted for preliminary approval and ordering. • Complete list of all pump system components and accessories to be provided. Shop Drawings: • Provide detailed dimensional drawings showing outline dimensions, lengths, overall sizes, materials and weights for each pump unit and associated accessories. Closeout Submittals: Provide the following submittals prior to project closeout: • Operations and Maintenance Manual • Manufacturer Signed Warranties with pump serial numbers Schedule Provide delivery time in time from approval of shop drawings/submittal. All equipment shall be delivered within 12 weeks or less from approval of complete submittal information. Quality Assurance The pump manufacturer shall accept unit responsibility for the motor/pump assembly. Ensure that pumps selected are locally serviceable and replacement parts are readily available. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Pumps shall be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. Warranty All pumping equipment described in this section and provided under this contract shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after date of project acceptance. “Original operation” shall be defined as the date that the manufacturer’s representative approves field testing of each unit, and Owner accepts unit and its installa tion following completion of a 5-day operational testing period. Following pump and motor installation, supplier shall furnish services of a qualified manufacturer’s representative to inspect pump units and inform Owner, prior to field testing, of any defects or concerns regarding condition of each unit and its installation at the job site. Upon resolution of any defects or concerns (if any) and work performed by the Contractor at City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-3 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. their expense, manufacturer’s warranty shall then be in full effect with no reservation or qualifications other than those stated in the manufacturer’s warranty. Upon completion of pump installation, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted as installed. Extra Materials Provide any special tools required for pump or motor maintenance. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Flygt is the only manufacturer approved on this project. Components All pump system components are to come from the pump manufacturer and shall include: • Motor • Shaft assembly • Impeller assembly • Volute assembly • Discharge head or pump casing • Couplings • Power cable • All other necessary appurtenances for complete unit assembly. Accessories All pumps are to include an engraved non-corrosive metal nameplate on the exterior of the pump head or body (duplicate attached to pump support flange or shipped loose if submersible), readily accessible without requiring any disassembly. The nameplate shall include, at a minimum, the following information: • Pump Manufacturer • Pump Model Number • Pump Serial Number • Impeller Number • Impeller Trim • Design TDH (feet) • Design Flow (gpm) • Supplier Name and Phone Number City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-4 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Date of Manufacture Source Quality Control Field Pump Performance Testing Pump manufacturer shall have a representative that will oversee the pump performance during testing and startup. Part 3 - Execution Installation/Construction Install pump units in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and direction. Installation shall be supervised and approved by manufacturer’s representative prior to operating or field testing units. Adjust pump assemblies so that driving units are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Flexible couplings shall not be used to compensate for any misalignment. Connect suction and discharge piping to the pump in a manner which prevents strain on pump flanges. Field Quality Control A qualified and authorized representative of the pump manufacturer shall conduct and/or supervise the field testing. Prior to acceptance of installed pumps, manufacturer’s representative shall demonstrate proper operation of pumps at capacities stated. Contractor shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet specifications herein. A field test shall be made to give an indication of the performance of the new pump when it is operating under actual field conditions and to establish the acceptance of the pump furnished and installed. The field test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer after the piping and controls have been installed. A performance test similar to those described in the latest edition of Hydraulic Institute’s (HI) Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 14.6 centrifugal and vertical, ANSI/HI 11.6 Submersible) shall be performed, submitted to the Engineer and approved for each pump. The field test shall be performed to the accuracy obtainable with the monitoring equipment installed with the piping and instrumentation. If sufficient field devices are not available to test all parameters, the Contractor shall provide testing gauges and meters as needed. Testing shall be completed under the observation of the Owner and Engineer. At that time, the following data shall be collected for each pump: • TDH vs. Flow at a minimum of three points which include: Shutoff head, open to system, and approximately 50 percent design flow with throttled discharge valve. Additional points may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. • Overall Efficiency Upon completion of pump installation and testing, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted installed. Certification shall be provided that City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-5 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. pumps meet all requirements set forth in these specifications and submittal literature. The pump installer shall also provide a written report of all test conditions and results. Repair Repair and retest units failing any field test. If unit fails second field test, unit will be rejected and supplier shall furnish a unit that will perform as specified. 11.12 Wastewater Pumps 11.12.2 Lift Station Pumps and Motors Part 1 – General This section covers work necessary to provide the submersible non-clog pumps and motors with rail system at the proposed Riverview East Lift Station. The pumps shall be capable of passing a 2.0” spherical solid without degradation to the pump or motor. Each pump unit provided for this project shall be Flygt, no substitutions. See lower sections for specific pump model numbers and operational requirements. Part 2 – Products Operational Requirements Description Pump No. 1 Pump No. 2 Design Head (TDH) (Feet) 36 36 Design Flow (gpm) 120 120 Minimum Shutoff Head (feet) 48 48 Flygt Model Number/Impeller No. NP 3127 SH3~ Adaptive 446 NP 3127 SH3~ Adaptive 446 Maximum Motor Horsepower 7.5 7.5 Pump Design The pump(s) shall be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet well. A machined metal to metal watertight contact shall accomplish sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection. Each pump shall be fitted with sufficient length of stainless steel cable to reach from bottom to top of wet well plus five feet of slack. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50 percent greater than the pump unit weight. Pump Construction Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow-holes or other irregularities. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 304 stainless steel construction. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the sewage, other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-6 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Sealing design shall incorporate metal-to-metal contact between machined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile or Viton rubber O-rings. Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of O-rings in two planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a specific torque limit. Impeller (Adaptive) The impeller(s) shall be cast of ASTM A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron, dynamically balanced, semi-open, multi-vane, back-swept, non-clog design. The impeller vane leading edges shall be mechanically self-cleaned upon each rotation as they pass across a spiral groove located on a replaceable insert ring. The impeller shall have vanes hardened to Rc 45 and shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in waste water. The screw shape of the impeller inlet shall provide an inducing effect for the handling of sludge and rag -laden wastewater. The impeller shall be capable of momentarily moving axially upwards a distance of 15mm/0.6-in. to allow larger debris to pass through and immediately return to normal operating position. Mechanical Seal Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of two totally independent seal assemblies. The seals shall operate in a lubricant reservoir that hydro- dynamically lubricates the lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary corrosion resistant tungsten carbide and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten carbide ring. The upper secondary seal, located between the seal chamber and the seal inspection chamber shall be a leakage-free seal. The upper seal shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten-carbide seal ring. The rotating seal ring shall have small back-swept grooves laser inscribed upon its face to act as a pump as it rotates, returning any fluid that should enter the dry motor chamber back into the lubricant chamber Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment nor depend on direction of rotation for sealing. The position of both mechanical seals shall depend on the shaft. Mounting of the lower mechanical seal on the impeller hub will not be acceptable. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and to provide lubricant expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plugs, with positive anti-leak seals, shall be easily accessible from the outside. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication. The motor shall be able to operate dry without damage while pumping under load. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non-toxic. Suction Cover The volute shall have a replaceable suction cover insert ring in which are cast spiral-shaped, sharp-edged groove(s). The spiral groove(s) shall provide trash release pathways and sharp edge(s) across which each impeller vane leading edge shall cross during rotation so to remain unobstructed. The insert ring shall be cast of (ASTM A-48, Class 35B gray iron or ASTM City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-7 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron) and provide effective sealing between the multi- vane semi-open impeller and the volute housing. Volute The pump volute shall be of A48 Class 35B gray cast iron and shall have an integral spiral shaped cast groove(s) at the suction of the volute. Pump Shaft Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Couplings shall not be acceptable. The pump shaft shall be AISI type 431 stainless steel. Bearings The integral pump/motor shaft shall rotate on two bearings. The motor bearings shall be sealed and permanently grease lubricated with high temperature grease. The upper motor bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing to handle the thrust and radial forces. The minimum L10 bearing life shall be 50,000 hours at any usable portion of the pump curve. Electrical Pump Cord Each pump shall be provided with submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be of sufficient length to reach from the bottom of the wet well to the splice box shown on the Plans plus five feet of slack. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and OCEA standards and also meet with PMSHA approval. Electric Motors The pump motor shall be UL approved as explosion-proof for continuous operation in a Class I, Division I, Group D hazardous location when not submerged. The pump motor shall be induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber, NEMA B type. The stator windings and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180C (356F) and capable of up to 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum. Thermal switches set to open at 125C (257F) shall be embedded in the stator lead coils to monitor the temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and shall be connected to the control panel. The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same manufacturer. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 percent. The motor shall be designed for operation up to 40C (104F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to exceed 80C (176F). A performance chart shall be provided showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no-load characteristics. The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-8 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need of any splices. The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chloroprene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non-overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run-out. Motor Sensors The motor stator temperature shall be continuously monitored by three (3) low resistant, bi-metallic, (N.C.) normally closed thermal switches embedded in the stator windings. These thermal sensor switches shall be used as additional supplemental mot or protection and shall be wired in series with external third leg overload protection provided by the motor stator in the control panel. A float switch shall be installed in the seal leakage chamber and will activate if leakage into the chamber reaches 50 percent chamber capacity, signaling the need to schedule an inspection. Upon detection, the sensors shall actuate a panel mounted relay which will provide the operator with a visual indication of impending seal failure. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non-toxic. Part 3 - Execution Installation of the pump units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and direction. The installation shall be supervised and approved by the manufacturer's representative prior to operating or field testing the units. Upon completion of the pump installation, the manufacturer shall provide written certification that the equipment is fully warranted as installed. 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations Part 1 - General Summary This section covers work necessary to provide the wet well type packaged lift station (lift station). Under this section the Contractor shall furnish and install one (1) pre-packaged, pre-assembled lift station complete with precast concrete pump chamber with integral valve vault structure, submersible waste water pumps and motors as specified under Division 11.12.2, slide rail pump removal system, discharge piping with required supports and fittings, dis charge check and plug valves, access hatches, valve vault access ladder, liquid level controls, duplex pump control panel, internal wiring and other required appurtenances. The Contractor is responsible for the complete compatibility and integration of the pumps and controls with the lift station components. The lift station manufacturer or their authorized representative shall provide sole-source responsibility to the Owner through the warranty period. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-9 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Design Requirements All equipment and materials furnished in the lift station shall be new and free of defects. All equipment shall be the manufacturer’s latest and proven design. All components of the lift station with integral valve vault shall be designed for all stresses that may occur during continuous operation, and for any additional stresses that may occur during fabrication or erection. Workmanship shall be high quality in all respects. All equipment shall be constructed of materials that will maintain their functional integrity during continuous handling, and in contact with the liquids and atmosphere, likely to be encountered in this application. Hazardous Location Compliance: The wet well and the area within 2 feet of the wet well has been classified as a Class 1, Division 1, A Hazardous Location as defined by the National Electrical Code. All electric wiring and motors located within the subject area shall be in strict compliance with these standards. The shop drawings shall carry the manufacturer’s certification that all equipment located in the subject area meets the requirements of NEC Class 1, Division 1 Criteria and the Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL). All electrical materials, devices, and equipment shall be UL listed wherever applicable. All equipment and installations shall meet the National Electric Code. The following items shall be accounted for in the precast unit design. Precast Concrete Unit Design: • Design standard precast concrete units to withstand design load conditions in accordance with ACI 350. Design must also consider stresses induced during handling, shipping, and installation in order to avoid product cracking or other handling damage. Design loads for precast concrete units shall be indicated on the shop drawings and designed by a licensed Professional Engineer. • The structural design shall take into account discontinuities in the structure produced by openings. • The lift station with integral valve vault shall be designed to support its own weight as well as the minimum superimposed loads tabulated below. All additional equipment shall be accounted for in the design of the elements. o Top Slab o Live Load & Impact Load – AASHTO LRFD HL-93 o Floor Slab (valve vault & base) o Live Load – 200 psf o Exterior Walls o All exterior walls below finished grade shall be designed for an equivalent fluid pressure of 81.6 psf caused by saturated earth pressure. The top of the pressure diagram is assumed to originate at finished grade. In addition to the soil pressure, a Live Load Traffic Surcharge shall be applied according to the AASHTO Specification. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-10 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • The structure shall be designed to prevent floatation without the benefit of skin friction and the weight of mechanical equipment when the ground water level is at finished ground surface. The factor of safety against uplift calculated as a ratio of the total resisting force (excluding skin friction and the weight of the equipment) to the total hydrostatic uplift force shall be at least 1.15. The net uplift force shall be transferred to the anti-buoyancy collar. Concrete Mix Design: • Concrete type o For non-machine cast products, the concrete shall be self-consolidating concrete which produces minimal bugholes and does not segregate. • Concrete Proportions o Selection of proportions for concrete shall be based on current self- consolidating concrete mix design techniques. At a minimum, ACI 211.1 shall be used. o The precast concrete producer shall submit a mix design for each strength and type of concrete that will be used. Submitted mix designs shall include the quantity, type, brand and applicable data sheets for all design constituents as well as documentation indicating conformance with applicable reference specifications. • Durability and Performance Requirements o Concrete Compressive Strength – precast concrete units shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 5000 psi for SCC. o Water-Cementitious Ratio – concrete that will be exposed to freezing and thawing shall contain air and shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.45 or less. Concrete which will not be exposed to freezing, but which is required to be leak resistant, shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.48 or less. For corrosion protection, reinforced concrete exposed to deicer salts, brackish water or seawater shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.40 or less. o Air Content – the air content of concrete that will be exposed to freezing conditions shall be within the limits given below Nominal Maximum Aggregate size (in) Air Content % Severe Exposure Moderate Exposure 3/8 6.0 to 9.0 4.5 to 7.5 1/2 5.5 to 8.5 4.0 to 7.0 3/4 4.5 to 7.5 3.5 to 6.5 1 4.5 to 7.5 3.0 to 6.0 1-1/2 4.5 to 7.0 3.0 to 6.0 * For specified compressive strengths greater than 5000 psi, air content may be reduced 1% City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-11 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Submittals The following submittal information shall be provided, at a minimum. Preconstruction Submittals: • Upon request by the Owner, submit quality control procedures established by the precast manufacturer. Product Data: • Submit manufacturer’s specific technical product data on all lift station components, including installation and start up instructions, and furnished specialties and accessories. Provide structural calculations stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. Drawings: • Submit manufacturer’s assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, mechanical & electrical components, complete bill of materials, structural layout & reinforcing per calculations and structural weights. Structural reinforcing drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. • The drawings for precast concrete units shall be furnished by the precast concrete producer for approval. These drawings shall show the design loads and standards have been met. Installation and construction information shall be included on shop drawings. • The drawing for submittal shall show locations and dimensions to all penetrations and special embed items. Product dimensions and thicknesses shall be shown, and the drawing shall be to a common architectural scale with the precast producer’s information in the title block. Precast Concrete Unit Data: • Anchorage, Lifting Inserts and Devices o For anchors, lifting inserts and other devices, the precast concrete producer shall provide product data sheets and proper installation instructions upon request. • Accessory Items o For items including, but not limited to sealants, gaskets, pipe entry connectors, steps, racks, and other items installed before or after delivery, the precast concrete producer shall include proper installation instructions and relevant product data. Design Data: • The precast concrete producer shall supply submittals showing design loading and material specifications for supplied products. At a minimum, the following shall be shown on the submittals: o Live load used in design City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-12 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. o Vertical and lateral earth loads used in design o Depth of soil fill on the structure o Water table depth used in calculations • The precast concrete producer shall supply precast concrete unit design calculations and concrete mix design proportions and appropriate mix design test data. Structural design calculations shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. Test Reports: • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply copies of material certifications and/or laboratory test reports, including mill tests and all other test data, for Portland cement, blended cement, pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, silica fume, aggregate, admixtures, and curing compound proposed for use on this project. • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall submit copies of test reports showing that the mix has been successfully tested to produce concrete with the properties specified and will be suitable for the project conditions. Such tests may include compressive strength, plastic air content, temperature of freshly mixed concrete, and slump of freshly mixed concrete. Special tests for precast concrete items shall be clearly detailed in the specifications. • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply copies of in-plant QA/QC inspection reports. Quality Assurance Shipping precast concrete units: Precast concrete units shall not be shipped until they have reached at least 70% of their specified 28-day design strength, unless damage will not result, impairing the performance of the product. Factory pre-assembly: During fabrication and before shipment, all equipment shall be fully factory installed to verify all proper clearances. All installed equipment, unless crossing structural joints, shall remain in the precast structure during travel to the jobsite and final re-assembly. Qualifications, Quality Control and Inspection The precast producer shall maintain a permanent quality control department. The precast concrete producer shall have a quality control program which is audited for compliance annually by persons outside that plant’s employee structure. Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply a copy of their quality control manual. Quality Control The precast concrete producer shall show that the following quality control tests are performed as required and in accordance with the ASTM International standards indicated. Copies of the test results and inspections listed shall be available upon request. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-13 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Concrete Testing: • Slump: A slump test shall be performed at least once per day per mix design used. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 1611 for self-consolidating concrete. • Temperature: The temperature of fresh concrete shall be measured each time a slump, air content, or compressive strength tests are made. Temperature shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064. • Compressive Strength: At least four compressive strength specimens shall be made each day for each mix design unless otherwise specified. In accordance wi th ASTM C 31, C 39, C 192. • Air Content: Tests for air content shall be performed if the mix design specifies air entrainment. The air content shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 231. The air content shall be measured once per day per mix design. • Density (Unit Weight): Tests for Density (Unit Weight) shall be performed monthly for each mix design used at a minimum. Tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C 138. Aggregate Testing: • A full set of aggregate tests shall be performed on each aggregate at least annually by an independent testing agency or an in house test lab. These tests shall include gradations (ASTM C136), Soundness (ASTM C 88), Organic Impurities (ASTM C 40), Sand Equivalent for fine aggregates only (ASTM D 2419). • Potential reactivity shall be performed once per each aggregate source, and when aggregate sources change (ASTM C 1260 or C 1293). • Monthly, at a minimum, gradations shall be performed per ASTM C 33. • Aggregate Moisture tests: Moisture tests on aggregates shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566. Fine aggregate moisture content tests shall be performed at least once per day if there are no moisture meters, otherwise it shall be performed once per month. Alternatively the speedy moisture test is acceptable (ASTM D 4944). Preplacement Check: • All products shall be inspected for accuracy prior to placing concrete. Checks shall include, but not be limited to, form condition and cleanliness, form dimensions, joints, release agent, blockouts, inserts and locations, lifting devices, reinforcing steel size, spacing, clearances and proper placement. • Preplacement checks shall be documented and initialed by the inspector. A drawing with verifications of the above criteria is acceptable as documentation. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-14 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Postplacement Check: • All products shall be inspected for accuracy after the concrete forms have been removed. Checks shall include, but not be limited to, dimensional checks, finishing, insert locations, squareness, honeycombing, cracking, marking, coatings, racking, hole size and location. Postplacement checks may require a corrective action report. • Postplacement checks shall be documented and initialed by the inspector. A drawing with verifications of the above criteria is acceptable as documentation. Outside Inspection The Owner may place an inspector in the plant when the units covered by this specification are being manufactured. The precast concrete producer shall give notice of 3 days prior to the time the precast concrete units will be available for plant inspection. Delivery, Storage and Handling The Contractor is responsible for following all handling, storage, and delivery instructions and requirements of the manufacturer. Handling Precast concrete units shall be handled and transported in a manner to minimize damage. Lifting devices or holes shall be consistent with industry standards. Lifting shall be accomplished with methods or devices intended for this purpose as indicated on the shop drawings. Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall provide documentation on acceptable handling methods for the product. Storage Precast concrete units shall be stored in a manner that will minimize potential damage. Delivery Precast concrete units shall be delivered to the site in accordance with the deli very schedule. Upon delivery to the jobsite, all precast concrete units shall be inspected by the Owner and Contractor for quality and final acceptance. Provide a minimum of 2 days’ notice prior to delivery of structure. Warranty The manufacturer of the lift station shall guarantee for one (1) year from the date of Physical Completion, that the structure and all equipment will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship. Warranties and guarantees by the suppliers of various components in lieu of a single source responsibility by the manufacturer will not be accepted. The manufacturer shall be solely responsible for the warranty of the lift station and all components. In the event a component fails to perform as specified or is proved defective in service during the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide a replacement part without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall further provide, without cost to the Owner such labor as may be required to replace, repair or modify major components such as the station structure, sewage piping manifold, etc. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-15 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Extra Materials Provide the manufacturer’s standard spare parts package. Part 2 - Products Manufacturer The lift station provided for this project shall be the following, with no substitutions: • Romtec Utilities, Inc. Complete Packaged System • Oldcastle Precast, Inc. OneLift RC509 (Whitney Equipment Company, Inc.) Materials Except as otherwise specified, materials shall conform to the following: Cement ASTM C 150 (Type I, II, III, or V) ASTM C 595 (for Blended Cements) Silica Fume ASTM C 1240 Fly Ash and Pozzolans ASTM C 618 Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag ASTM C 989 Water ASTM C 1602 (the use of reclaimed/recycled water shall be permitted) Aggregates ASTM C 33 (and aggregate specifications) Air Entraining Admixtures ASTM C 260 Accelerating, Retarding, Water Reducing Admixtures ASTM C 494 Corrosion Inhibitors ASTM C 1582 City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-16 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 706 Plain, Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 185 Deformed, Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 497 Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 775 Epoxy Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 884 Hot-Dipped Galvanizing for Inserts ASTM A 152 Rubber Gaskets for Circular Pipe ASTM C 443 External Sealing Bands for Pipe ASTM C 877 Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Manufactured Box Sections ASTM C 990 Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C 920 Pipe Entry Connectors ASTM C 923, ASTM C 1478 Non-shrink Grout ASTM C 1107 Components Precast Concrete Wet Well Sections with Integral Valve Vault The wet well with integral valve vault shall be composed of precast reinforced concrete units, rectangular in shape with rounded corners. The precast structures shall be monolithically cast, and have minimum interior dimensions of 5’ wide by 9’ long with 2.5’ radius corners (RC509). The precast base section shall be supplied with an extended buoyancy collar to withstand upward buoyant forces with ground water at grade. Overall structure height and valve chamber height shall be as shown on the plans. Exterior walls shall be a minimum of 6 inches thick, integral valve vault common wall and floor shall be a minimum or 4 inches thick, station floor and buoyancy footing shall be a City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-17 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. minimum of 8 inches thick, and the roof slab with hatches shall be a minimum of 12 inches thick. The integral valve vault shall be located in the lift station structure. Conventional means, utilizing two (2) separate structures for the lift station and the valve vault will not be accepted. The precast structures shall be comprised of product-standard: base, riser sections, integral valve vault, vault riser shims as required, and station cover. The manufacturer shall have a production facility in which all work associated with structural fabrication, mechanical/electrical pre-assembling and product final inspection of the lift station will be performed. The building shall keep the lift station components protected from the elements and kept at an ambient temperature of at least 45 degrees Fahrenheit. No concrete shall be batched and placed when the ambient temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit. All wall penetrations shall be formed utilizing hole-formers or cored drilled holes for manhole boots, and galvanized threaded couplings with waterstops for electrical connection. All cast wall openings for PVC shall incorporate adjustable rubber manhole boots for a watertight seal. All cast wall openings for ductile iron or galvanized steel pipe shall incorporate a modular, elastomer sealing system equal to Link-Seal for a watertight seal. All precast components shall be fabricated on steel forms with machined rings to form accurate bell and spigot joint surfaces to ensure watertight joints. The horizontal joints between precast sections shall be sealed with a vulcanized butyl rubber joint material conforming to AASHTO M-198. The joint material shall be “Conseal CS-102” as manufactured by Concrete Sealants, or approved equal. All surfaces of the precast structures shall be smooth, even, and free from roughness, irregularities and other defects. The surfaces shall be suitable for receiving interior and exterior treatments as specified elsewhere herein. A Crystalline Waterproofing Additive shall be used. The system shall cause the concrete to become sealed against the penetration of liquids from any direction, and shall protect the concrete, surface to surface, from deterioration due to acidic environmental conditions. i. Dose rate of additive shall be per manufacturers’ recommendations. All concrete used for the structural components and non-structural components (including fill concrete, common interior wall and floor of integral valve vault) shall attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. ii. The Waterproofing Additive shall be Xypex Admix C-500, as manufactured by XYPEX Chemical Corporation, Richmond, B.C., Canada, or approved equal. An exterior damp-proofing coating shall be factory applied. Pump Removal Rail System The lift station shall be supplied with a stainlesssteel guide rail pump removal system, to facilitate emergency and routine maintenance in removing and re-installing the submersible pumps from the top of the station. The guide rail system shall include lower guide brackets incorporated in the pump base elbow, 316-stainless upper guide brackets, 316-stainless City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-18 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. intermediate guide brackets as may be required per the pump manufacture, and 316-stainless steel Schedule 40 guide rails of size and quantity as dictated by the select pump manufacturer and model. Guide rail components shall be assembled and installed plumb to the lift station structure, and shall allow for pump removal and re-installation without interfering with the access hatch or frame. All assembly hardware shall be 316-stainless steel. Lift Station Access Frame and Cover Furnish and install (1) aluminum pump access hatch, 30” x 48” nominal interior dimension, flush with precast cover, H20 AASHTO load rating with 316-stainless steel hardware. Cover shall be minimum ¼” diamond plate with stainless steel slam lock and weather plug, lift handle which sits flush with cover, recessed pad lock clip (pad lock by others), hold open arm to lock cover in 90-degree position, heavy duty stainless hinges. Frame to be angle style with continuous 1 ½” anchor flange and full slab-height skirt to show no exposed concrete when hatch is open, exterior surfaces in contact with concrete to receive one coat bituminous paint. Pump access hatch to be supplied with integral safety grating system. The safety grate shall be made of 6061-T6 aluminum and designed per the “Specifications for Aluminum Structures”. The grating shall be designed to withstand H20 AASHTO loading. Each grate shall be supplied with a heavy duty, stainless steel pneu-spring for ease of operation when opening. Each grate shall be provided with a permanent hinging system; which will lock the grate in the 90-degree position once opened. Grate shall be coated with an OSHA type safety orange color, base coat is a thermosetting epoxy powder coat finish with a minimum thickness of 2-4 mils. The top coat is a mar-resistant, TGIC polyester powder coating with a minimum thickness of 2-4 mils. Each coat shall be baked at 350-375 degrees F until cured. Access hatch to be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Valve Vault Access Frame and Cover Furnish and install (1) aluminum valve vault access hatch, 30” x 36” nominal interior dimension single door, flush with precast cover, H20 AASHTO load rating with 316 stainless steel hardware. Cover shall be minimum ¼” diamond plate with stainless steel slam lock and weather plug, lift handle which sits flush with cover, recessed pad lock clip (pad lock by others), hold open arm to lock cover in 90-degree position, heavy duty stainless hinges. Frame to be channel style with 1 ½” NPT drain port in the bottom of the channel, continuous 1 ½” anchor flange and full slab-height skirt to show no exposed concrete when hatch is open, exterior surfaces in contact with concrete to receive one coat bituminous paint. Hatch shall be supplied with a heavy duty, stainless steel pneu-spring, for ease of operation when opening cover. Access hatch to be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Aluminum Vault Ladder The valve vault shall be supplied with an aluminum (6061 -T6) wall-mount access ladder. The ladder shall be fastened to the concrete with 316 stainless expansion bolts and shall meet OSHA standard 1910.27 requirements. The ladder rails & supports shall be all welded aluminum construction. Rails and wall supports shall be solid 3/8” x 2 ½” flat stock, and rungs shall have a 1-1/4” diameter with serrated City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-19 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. surface extruded into the rung for slip resistance. The minimum design live load shall be a single concentrated load of 200 lbs. Rung spacing shall be uniform and not exceed 12”, the minimum clear length of rungs shall be 15-1/4”, and the distance from the center line of the rung to the nearest permanent object shall not be less than 7”. The aluminum ladder shall be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Ladder Extension The ladder extension assembly shall be constructed of aluminum and stainless steel. The aluminum housing shall mount to the ladder by means of grade 316 stainless steel channel clamps secured to the ladder rungs with grade 316 stainless steel "U" bolts. The aluminum telescoping post shall extend 42” above the top of the housing and lock into position with a grade 316 stainless steel pin. The safety extension post shall be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Piping and Fittings B. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1. All ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with ANSI A21.50, and shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Pipe for use with grooved end couplings shall have grooved ends in accordance with AWWA C606. 2. Pipe thickness class shall be Class 53 for use with threaded flanges, unless specified otherwise on the product drawings. 3. Flanged joints shall conform with ANSI A21.15, utilizing long-hub flanges which shall be screwed on tight by the foundry before they are faced and drilled. 4. Fittings shall conform to the requirements or ANSI A21.10 and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to that of the pipe with which they are used. Flanged fittings shall be faced and drilled in accordance with ANSI A21.10. 5. All ductile iron piping and fittings shall be double-thick cement mortar lining and bituminous seal coat (black) on the inside and a bituminous seal coat on the outside, all in accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. C. DI Pipe & Fitting Coating - Epoxy Exterior Coating 1. All ductile iron piping and fittings shall be double-thick cement mortar lining and bituminous seal coat on the inside accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. Exterior pipe and fitting surfaces shall receive a compatible prime coating for select 2-part epoxy top coat. Exterior top coat shall be Polyamidoamine Epoxy high-build application, applied at a rate sufficient for 6DMT per coat, and 2-coats required. Color shall be selected from manufacturer’s standard color chart. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-20 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. Epoxy exterior top coat shall be Tnemec Series N69, of approved equal. D. Flange Type Couplings 1. Flange couplings shall be mounted on each pump base elbows to ensure proper pressure seal while providing a minimum of assembly flexibility. The flange couplings shall be fusion bond epoxy coated and supplied with 304-stainless assembly and mounting hardware for harsh & wet environments. The pipe gasket and O-ring seal shall be Nitrile (Buna N) NFS 61 Listed. 2. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, all flange couplings shall be furnished by the pipe supplier and shall be of the pressure rating of at least that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed. 3. The flange couplings shall be Smith-Blair Inc., model 912 or approved equal. E. Grooved Couplings 1. Grooved couplings shall be supplied where shown on the product drawings and shall conform to AWWA C606. The couplings are designed for use on radius cut grooved pipe with minimum wall thickness of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, Class 53 DIP, or a transition coupling may be required for connection of grooved end IPS steel pipe to grooved end AWWA ductile iron pipe. 2. The housing coating shall be coal tar epoxy, the gasket shall be Nitrile (red color code), and bolting hardware of 304-stainless steel. 3. The grooved coupling shall be Victaulic style 31/307, or approved equal. Pipe Supports Piping shall be supported in the valve vault by means of adjustable stainless steel floor supports stands which cradles the pipe/valve flanges. The support stands shall be floor mounted with 316-stainless expansion bolting hardware. Where piping enters and exits the vault structure; aluminum wall supports angles with 304-stainless U-bolts and 316-stainless expansion bolt wall-mounting hardware shall be utilized. Piping shall be supported in the lift station by means of a common 316-stainless fabricated angle brace spanning the width of the station and mounted with wall brackets and 316-stainless hardware. Both vertical discharge pipes shall be supported from the brace by means of individual 316-stainless U-bolts and bolting hardware. Common pipe support assembly at mid length shall be required when the vertical discharge pipe lengths exceed 10’-0”. Common pipe support assemblies at equal spacing shall be required when the vertical discharge pipe lengths exceed 14’-0”. Wall Penetrations Where ductile iron pipe wall penetrations are specified or are called for on the plans; mechanical piping shall utilize cast or cored openings with modular elastomer sealing systems. Modular elastomer sealing system shall be equal to Model S-316 Link Seal modular seal. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-21 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Electrical conduit penetrations shall utilize galvanized electrical couplings assemblies with 2” wide minimum waterstop embedded in the structure at casting, or cored openings with mechanical rubber seals to fill the annular spacing between electrical conduit and precast wall structure. Mechanical seals shall be Link Seal by Thunderline Corp. or approved equal and shall utilize 316-stainless assembly hardware. Mechanical seals shall be employed when pump control panel or exterior junction box option is factory mounted to the station. Gaskets, Bolts, Nuts For flange joints, gaskets shall be a minimum of 1/8” thick full faced gaskets. Gaskets shall be of composition suitable for exposure to fluids within the pipe. Gaskets shall meet AWWA C110, C111, and C115 performance standards. Flange joints shall be bolt-assemble utilizing the full faced gasket. Bolting hardware, number & size, shall conform to the same ANSI standards as the flange. Bolts and nuts shall be 316-stainless steel, heavy hex Grade B conforming to ASTM A493/494. Station Vent A passive station vent shall be supplied using 2” Schedule 80 PVC piping & fittings, and a stainless insect screen. The vent shall be factory assembled and mounted to the exterior of the station, stainless steel piping shall be used where the venti rise above the station, and turn downward (gooseneck), and end with insect screen minimum 3’ above finish grade. Interior Junction Boxes for Pumps and Level Control Devices The lift station shall be supplied with interior junction boxes for pump power/control and float conductor connections. The pump power/control junction boxes shall be rated NEMA 7 explosion-proof, and shall require one junction box for each pump. The float junction box shall be rated NEMA 4X and constructed of durable polypropylene for intrinsically safe float operation, where barrier relays are supplied in the pump control panel. The interior junction boxes shall be positioned together and accessible from the hatchway at grade. Interior conduits and fittings shall be utilized for passage of pump power/control and level control conductors to the junction boxes. Pump and level control SJO jacketed cables shall be properly supported within the lift station via stainless strain reliefs (Kellums Grip) or other methods, so that cable weight is not transferred to the junction boxes. Interior conduits and fittings between the wall-embedded electrical couplings and the interior junction boxes shall be RGS construction and shall be factory mounted. Interior conduit support assembly shall be a fabricated type 316 stainless steel Unistrut frame with all type 316 stainless steel fasteners. Where submersible or ultrasonic type level control transducer device is used instead of, or in conjunction with, level control/emergency floats, the transduce cable shall have a dedicated conduit entrance to the station with dedicated conduit and cord bushing. The transducer shall run un-cut to the pump control panel and not require an interior junction box. The weight of the SJO jacketed cable and transducer shall be supported within the lift station via stainless strain relief (Kellums Grip) or other methods, so that cable weight is not transferred to conduit bushing. All final transducer positioning and connection to pump control panel shall be completed on site by the site electrician. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-22 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Controls A. Gauge Assembly 1. A discharge gauge assembly shall be supplied on each pump discharge pipe line as they enter the valve vault for monitoring system performance. The assembly shall be equipped with a ½” process connection, ½” isolation ball valve, stainless diaphragm seal, 4 ½” pressure gauge and an aluminum wall support with stainless connection hardware. Discharge pressure range shall be 0-60psi. 2. All gauge and diaphragm seal assemblies shall be of a 1 piece welded design with a full scale accuracy of ±1.0%. The gauge shall have a P.E.T. resin case, 4.5” diameter, glycerin fill fluid, with a 316 stainless steel movement, bourdon tube and connection welded to a 1 pc 316ss diaphragm seal. The fill fluid shall be DC200 silicone. Threaded connections between the gauge and the diaphragm seal shall not be accepted. The diaphragm seal shall be all 316 stainless steel including diaphragm and have a ½” NPT male 316ss lower connection. The assembly shall be factory assembled and calibrated. 3. The gauge assembly shall be connected to each discharge line by means of dedicated welded and threaded boss, or by means of pipe saddle with ½” outlet. Drilling and tapping discharge piping; utilizing only the pipe wall thickness for threading, will not be acceptable. 4. The gauge & seal assembly shall be XR-81 by Ametek, PTR50 by Winters, or approved equal. Fabrication Forms Forms for manufacturing precast concrete units shall be of the type and design consistent with industry standards and practices. They should be capable of consistently providing uniform products and dimensions. Forms shall be constructed so that the forces and vibrations to which the forms will be subjected cause no damage to the precast concrete unit. Forms shall be cleaned of concrete build-up after each use. Form release agents shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall not be allowed to build up on the form casting surface. Reinforcement Cages of reinforcement shall be fabricated by tying the bars, wires or welded wire reinforcement. The tolerances for concrete cover shall be 3/8 in. or as specified in the design. Welding shall be allowed only for ASTM A 706 rebar. Positive means shall be taken to assure that the reinforcement does not move significantly during the casting operations. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-23 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Embedded Items Embedded items shall be positioned at locations specified in the design documents. Inserts and other embeds shall be held rigidly in place so that they do not move significantly during casting operations. Concrete Concrete Mixing: • Mixing operations shall produce batch-to-batch uniformity of strength, consistency and appearance. • Batching weight and volume measurement devices shall be annually calibrated by an independent testing laboratory or more frequently if batching irregularities or concrete inconsistencies are observed. Concrete Placing: • Concrete shall be placed in a manner in which it flows and consolidates without segregation or air entrapment. The freefall of concrete shall be kept to a minimum. • Cold Weather Concreting o Recommendations for cold weather concreting are given in detail in ACI 306 R. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near-freezing temperatures. All concrete materials, reinforcement, and forms shall be free from frost. In cold weather, the temperature of the concrete at the time of placement shall not be below 45 degrees F. Concrete that freezes before it reaches a compressive strength of 500 psi shall be discarded. • Hot Weather Concreting o Recommendations for hot weather concreting are given in detail in ACI 305 R. During hot weather excessive concrete temperatures and water evaporation shall be minimized. The temperature of concrete at the time of placing shall not exceed 95 degrees F. Concrete Curing: • Curing operations shall commence immediately following the initial set of the concrete and completion of surface finishing. • Curing by Moisture Retention o Precast products shall be protected from drafts and wind to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking. o Moisture shall be prevented from excessively evaporating from exposed surfaces until adequate strength for stripping the precast concrete unit from the form is reached. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-24 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Curing with Heat and Moisture o Concrete shall not be subjected to steam or hot air until after the concrete has attained its initial set. If hot air is used, precautions shall be taken to prevent moisture loss from the concrete. The temperature of the concrete shall not be permitted to exceed 150 degrees F. The temperature gain shall not exceed 40 degrees F per hour. Surface Finish: • The surface finish shall be as specified on the contract documents and/or approved shop drawings. Stripping Precast Concrete Units from Forms: • Precast concrete units shall not be removed from the forms until the concrete reaches the compressive strength for stripping required by design. Stripping strengths shall be routinely measured to ensure product has attained sufficient strength for safe handling. Patching and Repair: • Repairing Minor Defects o Defects that will not impair the functional use or expected life of the precast concrete unit may be repaired by any method that does not impair the product. • Repairing Honeycombed Areas o When honeycombed areas are to be repaired, all loose material shall be removed and the areas cut back into essentially horizontal or vertical planes to a depth at which coarse aggregate particles break under chipping rather than being dislodged. Proprietary repair materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Otherwise, the area shall be saturated with water. Immediately prior to repair, the area should be damp, but free of excess water. A cement-sand grout or an approved bonding agent shall be applied to the chipped surfaces, followed immediately by consolidating an appropriate repair material into the cavity. • Repairing Major Defects o Defects in precast concrete products which impair the functional use or the expected life of products shall be evaluated by qualified personnel to determine if repairs are feasible and, if so, to establish the repair procedure. Part 3 - Execution Installation General Installation of the pump chamber sections and related equipment shall be done in accordance with written instructions supplied by the manufacturer. Installation oversight service (1-day) City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 11 11-25 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 11 Equipment.docx 1/13/22 1:14 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. shall be provided by the lift station manufacturer. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of an experienced service technician to check the installation, and provide the Owner with a certificate indicating that the lift station has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Assembly The lift station shall be factory assembled and shipped to the job site as follows. • Wet well precast base assembly with interior fillet and extended base. Pump base elbow & slide couplings shall be factory mounted. • Precast concrete riser shims as required, shall include holes and factory installed rubber boots as required. • Integral valve pit assembly shall include factory installed: piping, valves, supports, gauges, bypass, ladder, hatch drain to lift station – as required. Valve pit assembly may incorporate riser sections of 2’ & 4’ as may be required. • Precast lift station top slab shall include aluminum access covers. • Miscellaneous items provided and field installed shall include: control panel, floats, pumps, vertical discharge piping, and pump guide rails. Installation Precast concrete units shall be installed: to the lines and grades shown on the contract documents or otherwise specified; be lifted by suitable lifting devices at points provided by the precast concrete producer; and in accordance with applicable industry standards. The precast concrete producer shall provide installation instructions for the Contractor. Field modifications to the product shall not be made without written agreement between the Owner and manufacturer including the manufacturer ensuring no changes to the warranty. Leak Resistance Leak resistance is a necessary performance characteristic of the precast concrete unit’s end use. Joint sealant, pipe-entry connectors and other penetrations shall be sealed according to manufacturer’s requirements to ensure the integrity of the system. Electrical All final conductor connection in the junction boxes and final float positioning shall be completed on site by the electrician. Conduit seal fittings shall be supplied outside of the lift station and prior to the control panel on site by the electrician. Field Quality Control Final field elevations shall be verified and documented. 16-1 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.00 GENERAL The Contractor shall provide all labor, material, tools, equipment and services required to complete the furnishing, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical equipment, devices and components as indicated and implied by the plans and specifications. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following sections whether directly referenced or not. 16.05 Common Work for Electrical [CSI 26 05 00] Part 1 - General Summary Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and equipment, except when specifically, dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Regulatory Requirements The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals , inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. Related Sections See the following sections for items that may be provided and/or installed with other electrical equipment. • Division 11.20 Pump motors • Division 17.50 Sensors and controls Codes and Standards Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA-US. Definitions Dry Locations: All those indoor areas which do not fall within the definitions below for wet, damp, or corrosive locations and which are not otherwise designated on the Plans. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-2 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or n ot, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. Corrosive Locations: Areas where chlorine gas under pressure, sulfuric acid, or liquid polymer are stored or processed. These areas are identified on the Plans. The words “plans” and “drawings” are used interchangeably in this specification and in all cases shall be interpreted to mean “Plans”. The word “provide” shall be interpreted to mean furnish and install. Design Requirements Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: 1. Class 1, Division 1 and 2 Locations: NEMA Type 7 2. Indoors Unclassified Locations: NEMA Type 12 3. Corrosive Locations: NEMA Type 4X 4. Outdoors and/or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4X 5. Electrical Rooms: NEMA Type 1 Submittals Provide submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include at a minimum: a wiring diagram or connection schematic, and an interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic 1. This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram 1. This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly shown. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-3 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Utility Meter Enclosure 2. Panelboard 3. Conduit and Fittings 4. Outlet and Junction Boxes 5. Wire and Cables 6. Receptacles 7. Pump Control Panel 8. Automatic Transfer Switch 9. Portable Generator 10. Other Electrical Components listed in this Division and/or required by the Engineer. Project Conditions Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and approved by both the Owner and the Engineer. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Provide adequate space and fit for the electrical installation, including, but not limited to, determination of access-ways and doorways, shipping sections, wall and floor space, and space occupied by mechanical equipment. Provide electrical equipment that fits in the areas shown on the Plans. All equipment shall be readily accessible for maintenance, shall have electrical clearances in accordance with National Electric Code (NEC) and shall be installed in locations which will provide adequate cooling. Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. Identification of Listed Products Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require the product to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer’s place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Materials Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Definitions above. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-4 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. Components Fasteners for securing to walls, floors, and the like shall meet the requirements of these specifications. Accessories Wire Identification 1. Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull-box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull-box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Finishes Refer to each electrical equipment section of these specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Part 3 - Execution Installation General 1. Complete the wiring, connection, adjustment, calibration, testing and operation of mechanical equipment having electrical motors and/or built-in or furnished electrical components in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer’s instructions. Install electrical components that are furnished with mechanical equipment. 2. Provide the size, type and rating of motor control devices, equipment and wiring necessary to match the ratings of motors furnished with mechanical equipment. 3. Complete the procurement, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical devices, components accessories and equipment which is not shown or specified but which is nonetheless required to make the systems shown and specified properly functional. Workmanship 1. Assign a qualified representative who shall supervise the electrical construction work from beginning to completion and final acceptance. 2. Provide all labor using qualified craftsmen, who have had experience on similar projects. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-5 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Field Services 1. Provide field services of qualified technicians to supervise and check out the installation of the equipment, to supervise and check out interconnecting wiring, to conduct start-up and operation of the equipment, and to correct any problems which occur during testing and start-up. Installing Equipment 1. Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all equipment and materials to their supports. 2. Install all floor-mounted equipment on 3½-inch high reinforced concrete pads. 3. Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. Cutting, Drilling, and Welding 1. Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrica l construction work. 2. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when approved by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Metal Panels 1. Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls ¼-inch from the wall and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless-steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 Mils minimum. Load Balance 1. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on panelboards, motor control centers, and other equipment where balancing is required. 2. When loads must be reconnected to different circuits to balance phase loads, maintain accurate record of changes made, and provide circuit directory that lists final circuit arrangement. Field Quality Control Minor Deviations 1. The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures, and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved by the owner to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and/or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner’s approval, without extra cost. 2. Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items . When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-6 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors, and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. Project Record Plans 1. A set of Plans shall be maintained at the job site showing any deviations in the electrical systems from the original design. A set of electrical Plans, marked in red to indicate the routing of concealed conduit runs and any deviations from the original design, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at the completion of the project prior to final acceptance. 2. After testing and acceptance of the project the Contractor shall furnish in the O&M manuals an accurate connection schematic and interconnection diagram for every service entrance panel, pump control panel, motor control center, and instrumentation panel provided this project. Cleanup and Equipment Protection Equipment Protection 1. Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture . Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. Cleaning Equipment 1. Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. Painting 1. Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Final Cleanup 1. Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Owner. 2. Lamps and fluorescent tubes shall be cleaned, and defective units replaced at the time of final acceptance. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-7 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work [33 71 19] Part 1 – General Summary The work included in this section consists of furnishing and installing conduit, fittings, handholes, pull vaults, warning tape, cables, wires, and related items, complete as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans for a complete and functional underground electrical system. Special vaults, grounding, trench backfill requirements may be specified with the particular equipment or electrical system involved. Related Sections Raceways and conduit shall be provided per Section 16.70. Wire and cable shall be provided per Section 16.60. Design Requirements Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and standards; and to be the specifications herein. Electrical rating shall be as indicated on Plans. Par t 3 – Execution Construction Provide all excavation, trenching, backfill and surface restoration required for the electrical work. Trenching shall be to depths as required by Code, particular installation, or as shown on the Plans. Trench width and length as required by the installation or as shown. Trench bottom shall be free of debris and graded smooth. Where trench bottom is rock or rocky or contains debris larger than 1 inch or material with sharp edges, over excavate 3 inches and fill with 3 inches of sand. Separation between new electrical utilities and other utilities shall be 12 inches minimum, except gas line separation shall be 12 inches both vertical and horizontal. Perform crossing of concrete or asphalt only after surface material has been saw cut to required width and removed. Backfill around raceways shall be 3-inches of pea gravel or sand for systems of 600 volt or less. Provide red marker tape over raceways below grade. Place backfill material to obtain a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content. Moisten backfill material as required to obtain proper compaction. Do not use broken pavement, concrete, sod, roots or debris for backfill. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-8 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) [CSI 33 05 97.23] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Tape shall be Brady “Detectable Identoline – Buried Underground Tape”, or equal. Materials Underground marking tape shall be for location and early warning protection of buried power and communication lines. Tape shall be detectable by a pipe/cable locator or metal detector from above the undisturbed ground. Tape shall be nominally 2 inches wide with a type B721 aluminum foil core laminated between two layers of 5 Mil thickness polyester plastic. The plastic color shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone lines. Part 3 – Execution Installation Unless noted otherwise on Plans, approved underground marking tape shall be installed in the trench 12 inches above and directly over the conduit or raceway. 16.15 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems [CSI 26 05 26] Part 1 - General References Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the NEC. Performance Requirements Verify that a low-resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. Part 2 - Products Components The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps, and bonding conductors to water piping and structural steel as shown on the Plans. System components shall be as allowed in the NEC unless specified otherwise below: 1. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to ASTM B228. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27 percent of pure copper. 2. Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium-hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-9 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non-petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications. 3. Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9-inch diameter precast concrete unit with hot-dip galvanized traffic cover. Boxes shall be 12-inches deep minimum. Covers shall be embossed with the wording “Ground Rod”. Part 3 - Execution General Grounding Installation When available a UFER ground per latest edition of NEC shall be provided as the primary means to ground the electrical system. Ground electrical service neutral at service entrance equipment to supplementary grounding electrodes. Ground each separately derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded building structural steel member or separate grounding electrode. Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod to permit ready access to facilitate testing. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 110 volts to ground. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with exothermic welds. Coat ground connections. Bond metallic water piping at its entrance into each building. Motor Grounding Installation Extend equipment ground bus via grounding conductor installed in motor feeder raceway. Connect to motor frame. When using nonmetallic flexible tubing install an equipment grounding conductor connected at both ends to noncurrent-carrying grounding bus. Vault and Handhole Grounding Exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of equipment, conductor supports or racks, conduits and other metal appurtenances, including any metal cover and its supporting ring, shall be bonded together and connected to a common ground. The size of the grounding means shall be as prescribed in the NEC. Where the grounding means is exposed, the grounding conductor shall be not smaller than #8 AWG copper. Ground Connections Above grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld, mechanical, or compression-type connectors; or brazing. Below grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld. Install all ground connections is strict accordance with connector manufacturer’s recommendations and methods. Testing City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-10 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Following completion of the grounding electrode system, if installed, measure ground resistance at each ground rod using the three-rod method. Submit results to engineer prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Perform testing per NETA Standard ATS paragraph 7.13. Testing methods shall conform to NETA Standard ATS using the three-electrode method for large systems. Conduct tests only after a period of not less than 48 hours of dry weather. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location. See Division 16.95.4. 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE 16.21 Electrical Service [CSI 26 21 00] Part 1 – General Description of Work Work consists of installation of new 100 amp, 208/120-volt, 3 phase underground service, pole-mounted transformers and service entrance equipment. Scheduling Work with the Utility Company The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule power outages, power service for operation and construction, and power service as may be required prior to Certification of Occupancy. The Contractor shall make all necessary applications for service with the utility and shall notify the Owner in writing of any obligations that the Owner must fulfill for service to be started, installed, or modified. Contractor/Utility Interface Responsibilities The electrical utility providing service to these facilities is Franklin County PUD. During design, contact was made with Customer Service Representative, Casey Roberts, who can be contacted by telephoning 509-546-5952. The division of responsibilities stated below has been determined by coordination with the serving utility. The Contractor shall comply with all utility company standards and requirements. All utility charges for and related to the final permanent service to the facility will be paid by the Owner, directly to the utility company and shall not be included in the Contractors bid price. Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Owner of any changes to the responsibilities between the electrical utility and the Contractor as outlined in these specifications prior to submitting a bid. Any change(s) in responsibilities not brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to bidding will not be cause for additional payment. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-11 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The Contractor shall notify the Owner (in writing) of any obligations or forms that the Owner is responsible to provide for service. The Contractor shall: Install new raceway for secondary service from the proposed pole-mount transformer location to the proposed service entrance panel including trenching, backfill and restoration. Install the Service Entrance panel and Pump Control Panels as shown on the Plans. Install utility meter enclosure, raceway, and conductors for utility revenue metering as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the right-of-way which includes a utility representative on site during work within the right-of-way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site. The Utility Company shall: Install new primary conductors from the primary service to the proposed pole-mount transformers including all conductors, and cable terminators. Install new pole-mount transformers with riser on new pole. Install new conductors for secondary service from the proposed pole-mount transformer location to the proposed main revenue metering enclosure. Terminate conductors on the primary and secondary side of the transformer. Install a utility revenue meter in the proposed main revenue metering enclosure installed by the Contractor. Project Conditions Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all the electrical service requirements that may affect the execution of their work. Standards and Codes Work involving service installation shall be done in accordance with the service utilities standards and the NEC. Service equipment shall be listed and labeled by UL as “suitable for use as service equipment”. 16.21.2 Electrical Utility Meter Enclosure [CSI 26 27 13] Manufacturers Meter enclosure shall be a Circle AW or equal and as required to meet the requirement of the serving utility. Materials Contractor shall coordinate with Franklin County PUD on the type of metering required and shall provide all labor and material necessary to meet Franklin County PUD requirements. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-12 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.30 BASIC PANEL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES 16.31 Operating and Indicating Devices [CSI 26 09 00, 40 78 00] Part 1 - General Operating and indicating devices minimum rating shall be NEMA 13. Operator devices mounted in outdoor panels, corrosive areas or where exposed to moisture shall be NEMA 4X. 16.31.2 Run Time Meters [CSI 26 09 13.22, 40 78 13.22] Manufacturers HECON GO series or equal. Manufactured Units Hour meter (elapsed time meters) shall be 2-inch by 1-inch nominal size, rectangular case type for flush panel mounting. The meter face shall be of the style that most closely resembles the panel indicating instruments if provided and shall have black trim with white or aluminized face. The meters shall have a 6-digit non-resettable register with the last digit indicating tenths of an hour. 16.31.3 Start Count Meters [CSI 26 09 13.23, 40 78 13.23] Manufacturers HECON GO series, Redington Model 3400-2010 or equal. Manufactured Units Start counters shall be 2-inch by 1-inch nominal size, rectangular case type for flush panel mounting. The meter face shall be of the style that most closely resembles the panel indicating instruments if provided and shall have black trim with white or aluminized face . The meters shall have a 6-digit resettable register. 16.31.4 Indicating Lights [CSI 26 09 13.31, 40 78 16] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T • Square D Co., Type K • Allen Bradley, Type 800T City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-13 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Indicating lights shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant, water -tight, oil-tight, full voltage, push-to-test, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on Plans. 16.31.5 Selector Switch [CSI 26 09 16.21 40 78 19.21] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T • Square D Co., Type K • Allen Bradley, Type 800T • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Selector switches shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage . Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown on Plans. Units shall be single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16-inch minimums to ¼-inch maximum. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-14 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.31.6 Pushbuttons [CSI 26 09 16.23, 40 78 19.25] Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T • Square D Co., Type K • Allen Bradley, Type 800T • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34 • Square D Co., Type SK • Allen Bradley, Type 800H • General Electric Co., Type CR 104P Manufactured Units Pushbuttons shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10-ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Pushbutton contact arrangements shall be as shown on Plans. Size of pushbuttons as indicated on the Plans. Special Functions Pushbutton for “emergency stop” applications shall have maintained contacts and red mushroom head operators. 16.32 Panel Relays [CSI 26 09 16, 40 78 53] Part 1 – General General Relays shall be provided as necessary to perform switching functions required of control panels and other control circuits as shown on the Plans and described in the technical specifications. Appropriate relay type and associated contacts shall be selected based on the application from the control wiring diagrams or the functional description. Where timing relays and control relays require additional contacts, provide auxiliary control relays properly sized for the application. All contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-15 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. 16.32.1 Control Relays [CSI 26 09 16.31, 40 78 53.21] Manufacturers • Square D Class 8501, Type K or R • Allen Bradley 700 Type HA or HB • IDEC RH Series; or equal Manufactured Units Relays for general purpose use shall be DPDT or 3PDT, 10-amp contacts with the appropriate coil voltage for the application. Relays shall be plug-in type with matching socket. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is energized. Relay coils shall be rated for continuous duty. 16.35 Control Panel Accessories 16.35.1 Terminal Blocks [CSI 26 05 83 or 26 27 26] Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Terminal blocks shall be one-piece, molded, plastic blocks with screw-type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double-sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protection cover removed. Part 3 – Execution Installation All wires between panel-mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp -type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. All wires shall be labeled with the circuit number and common function. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-16 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.35.2 Nameplates [CSI 26 05 53, 10 14 23] Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Standard nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic having black letters not less than 3/16-inch high on white background. One-inch high lettering shall be used for the large nameplates required for the control panels and motor control centers. Part 3 – Execution Installation Nameplates shall be provided on all electrical devices including but not limited to motor control equipment, MCC cubicles, control stations, junction boxes, panels, motors, instruments, switches, indicating lights, meters, and all electrical equipment enclosures. Each motor control center compartment and control panel shall have a nameplate designat ing the equipment and its identifying number and size or rating. Data shall be as shown on the Plans and reviewed via the submittal process. Nameplates shall have name, number and/or function as is applicable for clear identification. Provide one large nameplate for each motor control center and/or control panel identifying the equipment as indicated on the Plans. Nameplates on steel panels shall be secured with stainless steel drive screws. Where it is proposed that nameplates will be secured with pressure sensitive tape or bonding cement, the process and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all operator interface (lights, switches, etc.) and other devices that are located outside or inside the panels. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all relays and devices that are located inside the panels. Special Functions Provide warning nameplates on all panels and equipment, which contain multiple power sources. Lettering shall be white on red background. 16.36.1 Surge Protection Device (SPD) [CSI 26 43 13, 40 78 56] Part 2 – Products General The SPD shall be compatible with the electrical system voltage, current, system configuration, and intended applications. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-17 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Manufacturers The SPD shall be the same manufacturer as the lighting panelboard. Manufactured Units Protect the electrical service with an SPD device as shown on the Plans. The SPD shall be bus mounted in the lighting panelboard as shown on the plans. The SPD shall meet the following: 1. Provide surge current withstand up to 160 kA per phase. 2. Short circuit current rating of 200 kAIC. 3. A ten-year free replacement warranty. 4. Enhanced UL 1283 Transient Tracking Filter. 5. Status indicator lights for each phase and one service LED. 16.40 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT [CSI 26 29 00] 16.41.2 Standard Motor Starter Units [CSI 26 29 13.13] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Each unit shall consist of a motor circuit protector and a magnetic starter. The combination shall have an interrupting rating of not less than 18,000 amperes symmetrical at 240 volts. Each unit shall have a control terminal board and other components as shown on Plans. Starters shall be of NEMA, not IEC design. That is, starters shall have molded coils, replaceable contacts, and metal mounting plate. Starters shall have provisions for accepting up to seven (7) auxiliary contacts and one (1) overload alarm contact. All starters shall be size 1 or larger and no intermediate sizes (such as 1¾) will be acceptable. Pilot devices shall be per Division 16.30 Basic Panel Device and Equipment. Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Overload protection is to be provided by a solid state overload relay that shall be self-powered. Each overload shall be adjustable over a full 2:1 FLA adjustment range. A tamper proof cover shall be provided. The standard overload shall provide Class 20. The overload relay must provide phase loss protection. The overload must be ambient insensitive. The overload relay must have a trip-free, normally-closed contact with a visible trip indication and N.O. isolated alarm contact. The overload shall have a method of being manually tripped for test purposes. Size the overload heaters to protect the motor actually installed with allowance for power factor correction, if applicable. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-18 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The overload relay shall be Allen-Bradley E300 model or equal and shall include the following features: 1. Built-in Ethernet/IP communication. 2. LED’s for status indication. 3. Test/Reset button. 4. (4) Discrete Inputs and (2) Discrete Outputs minimum with additional as shown on plans. 5. Protective functions including; programmable trip level, warning level, time delay, inhibit window, thermal overload, phase loss, stall, jam, underload, current imbalance, remote trip, and PTC thermistor input. 6. Current monitoring functions including: phase current, average current, full load current, current imbalance percent, percent thermal capacity utilized, and ground fault current (if required). 7. Voltage, energy, and frequency measuring capabilities. 8. Diagnostic information including: device status, warning status, time to reset, trip status, time to overload trip, and history of last five trips. 9. Preventative maintenance information including: allowable starts per hour, required time between starts, starts counter, starts available, time until next start, total operating hours, and elapsed operating time. Terminal blocks shall be mounted within the unit and located near the front for accessibility. They shall not be located at the rear of the vertical wireway. Power terminal blocks shall be provided. On non plug-in (frame mounted) units, terminal blocks need not be pull-apart style. On plug-in units, control terminal blocks shall be pull-apart style. Starter units shall contain the number of auxiliary contacts, unit-mounted devices, indicating lights, control relays, and other devices as shown on the Contract Drawings. 16.50 PANELBOARDS [CSI 26 24 00] 16.52 Panelboards [CSI 26 24 16] Part 1 - General Description of Work This section covers the furnishing and installation of all panelboard equipment complete. Quality Assurance Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled as defined in NEC Article 100. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-19 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Standards and Codes All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All material and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standards. All materials and equipment specified herein, and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the NEC. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this section shall be products of: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer • Schneider Electric/Square D Company • Siemens Panelboards shall be of the same manufacturer as equipment furnished under Section 16.50, Low Voltage Motor Control. Components Panelboard Type 1. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper. Panels shall be 1-phase, 3-wire, 100 percent neutral, with equipment ground bar unless noted otherwise. Panelboards shall be dead front. Wire Terminations 1. Panelboard assemblies, including protective devices, shall be suitable for use with 75 degrees Celsius or greater wire insulation systems at NEC 7 degrees Celsius conductor ampacity in accordance with UL 486E. Load Current Ratings 1. Unless otherwise indicated, load current ratings for panelboard assemblies, including bus and circuit breakers, are non-continuous as defined by NEC. Continuous rating shall be 80 percent of non-continuous rating. 2. Where indicated “continuous”, “100 percent”, etc., selected components and protective devices shall be rated for continuous load value shown. 3. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the Plans. 240V and 208Y/120V Panelboards 22,000 AIC symmetrical 480V/277V Panelboards 40,000 AIC symmetrical City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-20 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Overcurrent Protective Devices 1. In accordance with NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, UL 98 and UL 489, protective devices shall be adapted to panelboard installation. 2. Panelboards shall be capable of device replacement without disturbing adjacent devices and without removing main bus. 3. Spare Spaces: Cover openings with easily removable cover. 4. When not identified on Plans, provide minimum of 18 single-pole breaker spaces. Circuit Breakers 1. Provide thermal-magnetic unless otherwise indicated, quick-make, quick-break, molded case, of indicating type showing ON/OFF and TRIPPED positions of operating handle. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that the breaker handles operate in a horizontal plan. 2. The bus connection shall be plug-in type circuit breakers in all panelboards. 3. Trip Mechanism: a) Individual permanent thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. b) Test button on cover. c) Variable magnetic trip elements with a single continuous adjustment 3X to 10X for frames greater than 100 amps. d) Two and three pole breakers shall have common trip. e) Automatic opens all poles when overcurrent occurs on one pole. f) Calibrated for 40 degrees C ambient, unless shown otherwise. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) 1. Where indicated, equip breaker as specified above with ground fault sensor rated to trip on 5-mA ground fault with 0.025 second (UL 943, class A sensitivity, for protection for personnel). 2. Ground fault sensor shall be rated same as circuit breaker. 3. GFCI shall have a push-to-test button and a reset button. Equipment Ground Fault Interrupter (EGFI) 1. Where indicated, equip breaker as specified above with ground fault sensor rated to trip on 30-mA ground fault (UL listed for equipment ground fault protection). Cabinets for Each Panelboard 1. Cabinets shall be flush, or surface mounted as indicated on the Plans with tight closing doors without play when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. 2. Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on the Plans. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-21 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3. Provide locks for each cabinet door. All electrical distribution equipment locks are to be keyed identically. 4. Fasten panelboard with machine screws with oval countersunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps assessable only when dead front door is open are acceptable. Surface mounted panelboards with fronts greater than 48 inches vertical dimension shall have trim hinged at the right side in addition to the hinged door over dead front. 5. Material for Type 1, Type 3R, and Type 3S cabinets shall be code-gauge, hot-dip galvanized sheet steel with reinforced steel frame. 6. Finish all enclosures with rust inhibitor primer followed by manufacturer’s standard gray baked enamel or lacquer. Bus 1. Material for internal bus shall be full size copper throughout length. Provide for mounting of future protective devices along full length of bus regardless of number of units and spaces shown. Machine, drill and tap as required for current and future positions. Feeder Lugs 1. Main and neutral feeder lugs shall be replaceable, bolted mechanical or crimp compression type. Equipment Ground Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper equipment ground terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of ground conductors. The terminal bus shall be bonded to the enclosure. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other grounding conductors such as feeder, grounding electrodes, etc. Neutral Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper neutral terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of neutral conductors. The neutral bus shall be isolated from the enclosure. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other neutral conductors. 4. Termination points shall be bolted crimp compression lugs for conductors 6 AWG or larger. Part 3 – Execution General Install in accordance with NECA 407, NEMP PB 1.2 and manufacturers’ written installation instructions. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-22 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installation Install securely, plumb, in-line and square with walls. Install filler plates in unused spaces. System of Numbering and Bus Arrangement System numbering and bus arrangement shall be as shown on the panel schedule on the Plans. Panelboard Nameplate Provide engraved plastic nameplate with ½-inch high characters for panel identifications (for panel name) attached with screws to each panelboard front. Include voltage, phase and wire (i.e., 208Y/120, 3-phase, 4-wire) in ⅜-inch characters. Circuit Index Provide as-built information for each branch circuit panelboard by circuit with its proper load designation. Ground Fault Protection Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289. 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 28 00] 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices [CSI 26 18 05, 26 28 05] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Overcurrent devices shall be NEMA rated. Extra Materials Provide one fuse for each ungrounded conductor and a minimum of one spare fuse per phase of each ampacity and voltage used on the project. Deliver fuses to Owner at the completion of the project. Part 3 – Execution Installation Overcurrent protection devices and safety switches shall be centered 60 inches above the finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Plans. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-23 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.55.13 Fuses [CSI 26 18 16, 26 28 13] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fuses shall be of the type and amperage indicated on the Plans . The voltage rating shall be appropriate for the application indicated. The fuse types indicated on the Plans imply a certain set of fuse characteristics. No substitutions of fuse types will be allowed without Engineer approval. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Fuses shall be: • Bussman, • Gould Shawmut • Littlefuse • Reliance • Or Equal Materials Fuses in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer’s recommended size based on the actual motor installed. In-line or integrally- mounted fuse clips shall be provided on all control power or low-voltage transformers. 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers [CSI 26 28 16.14] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Breakers shall have the interrupting rating and trip rating indicated on the Plans. All breakers shall be calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-24 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break type with wiping type contacts. Each breaker shall be provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole consisting of both thermal and magnetic trip elements. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip-free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the “ON” or “OFF” positions. 16.55.17 Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Breakers [CSI 26 28 16.15] Part 1 - General Design Requirements The magnetic trips shall be adjustable and accessible from the front of all these breakers. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Breakers in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer’s recommended size based on the actual motor installed. Where indicated on the Plans and in the combination motor starter/motor control center schedule, furnish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. 16.55.18 Disconnect Switches [CSI 26 28 16.17] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Furnish and install disconnect switches conforming to NEMA KS 1, type HD, sized for the ampere and voltage as shown on the Plans and as required by the NEC and nameplate requirements of the equipment served. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units The switches shall be 600-volt type and horsepower rated. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as indicated on the Plans. Part 3 – Execution Installation Provide additional disconnects if required by Code. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-25 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.60 CONDUCTORS 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable [CSI 26 05 19] Part 1 - General Design Requirements This section is for power and control conductors for 600 volts or less. All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. Part 2 - Products Materials Conductors 1. Solid and stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type THW, THWN, or THHW, Class B stranding, sizes #14 AWG, #12 AWG, and #10 AWG only. Use of THHN insulation shall not be allowed. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. 2. Stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type XHHW, Class B stranding, sizes #8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. Splices 1. For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist-on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. 2. All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 3. Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. 4. All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. Terminations 1. Crimp type terminals shall be self-insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 2. Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. 3. Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-26 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Finishes Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: 1. 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. 2. 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 3. 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. Part 3 – Execution Location (Installment) Schedule Provide the following conductors for the following applications: 1. Use stranded copper conductors for all power and control circuits unless noted otherwise on plans or below. Size as noted on the Plans. 2. Contractor may use solid copper conductors for lighting and receptacle circuits using screw-type terminals. Size as noted on the Plans. 3. Size #14 AWG wire or smaller shall not be allowed on power circuits. Installation Conductor Splices 1. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted shall be completed using an approved splice kit intended for the type of conductor and the application. The splice shall be in accordance with the splice kit manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Underground Splices: All underground outdoor splices when approved by Engineer shall be completed in an accessible pullbox or handhole using an approved watertight epoxy resin splice kit rated for the application up to 600 volts. Splices will not be allowed to be direct buried. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal num bers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-27 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motor circuits over ½ horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.63 Signal Cable [CSI 27 15 00] Part 2 - Products Materials Twisted Shielded Pairs (TSP) 1. Cable shall conform to IEEE 383, UL 13, and UL 83 and shall be type PLTC cable suitable for direct burial. Each TSP shall consist of two #16 AWG, 7 -strand copper conductors per ASTM B8 with 15 Mils PVC insulation and individual conductor jacket of nylon. Conductors shall be twisted with 2-inch or shorter lay, with 100 percent foil shielding and tinned copper drain wires. The cable shall have an overall PVC jacket with a thickness of 35 Mils. The insulation system shall be rated at 90 degrees Celsius and for operation at 600 volts. Cat 5E Ethernet Cable 1. The Ethernet cable shall be shielded 600V UL rated. The use of a 300V rated cable is not acceptable. All Ethernet cable terminating outside of a telemetry panel shall be grounded at the telemetry panel only. 2. Ethernet cables shall be industrial type Ethernet cable and UL listed for installation in the Motor Control Center. Ethernet cables shall be Allen-Bradley Ethernet Cable with metal In-cabinet RJ45 Connectors, no substitutions. Part 3 - Execution Installation Cable Installation 1. Cables shall be continuous from initiation to termination without splices. 2. Cable shielding shall be grounded at one end of the cable only. Bonding shall be to a single ground point only. Bonding from cable to cable in multiple run installations shall not be permitted. 3. Install instrumentation cables in separate raceway systems with voltages not to exceed 30 volts DC. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-28 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as determined by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: Perform insulation resistance on all circuits. Make these tests before any equipment has been connected. Test the insulation with a 500 Vdc insulation resistance tester with a scale reading 100 mega ohms . The insulation resistance shall be 20 mega ohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.70 RACEWAYS , BOXES, AND FITTINGS [CSI 26 05 33] 16.71 Raceways [CSI 26 05 33.23] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. Part 2 – Products Components Conduit and Fittings 1. Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS): Rigid conduit shall be steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and out. The GRS must meet USA Standards Institute C80-1 Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL6 and carry a UL label. Use cast threaded hub fittings and junction boxes for all rigid conduit except in locations not permitted by the NEC. 2. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-GRS): PVC coated conduit shall meet the GRS standard above plus have a 40 Mil PVC factory applied PVC coating. 3. Nonmetallic Conduit: Nonmetallic Conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40 (PVC-40) or 80 (PVC-80). PVC conduit installed above grade shall be Schedule 80 extra heavy wall 90 degree Celsius. UL listed for aboveground use and UV resistant. Conduit shall be gray in color. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the Manufacturer’s instructions. Conduit, fittings, and solvent shall all be manufactured by the same Manufacturer. 4. Flexible Metal Conduit (Flex-LT): Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket extruded over the outside to City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-29 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. form a flexible watertight raceway. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. 5. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be UL 797 and ANSI C80.3; steel tubing, hot dipped galvanized. EMT fittings shall be ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, rain tight, insulated throat, compression type. Conduit and Cable Supports 1. Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one-hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit support for PVC or PVC coated rigid steel shall be one-hole PVC or epoxy coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. 2. Ceiling Hangers: Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods shall be ½-inch all-thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and those exposed to weather or moisture shall be stainless steel. Conduit Sealants 1. Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non-toxic, non-shrink, non-hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. 2. Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non -toxic, asbestos-free, expanding, putty type material with a 3-hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Part 3 - Installation Raceway Applications Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS (non-corrosive areas) shall be: 1. GRS for power and control wiring. 2. GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. EMT for above-grade lighting circuits. ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS (wet or corrosive areas, NFPA 70 hazardous areas) shall be: 1. PVC-GRS for power and control wiring. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. CONCEALED ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS shall be: 1. GRS for all wire and cable types in wood stud frame walls. 2. PVC-40 for power and control wiring in concrete block or brick walls. 3. PVC-40 for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring in CMU or brick walls. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-30 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. BELOW GRADE CONDUITS IN DIRECT EARTH (not under slabs-on-grade) shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring. a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. UNDER SLABS-ON-GRADE CONDUIT shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. CONCRETE-ENCASED CONDUITS shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. 2. PVC-40 for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from concrete-encasement to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. ALL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT OR MOTORS shall be: 1. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit. Installation All conduits shall be concealed in the floor, walls, ceiling slab, or beneath the floor slab. Surface mounted conduit will not be accepted unless noted otherwise on the construction Plans. Size of Raceways: 1. Raceway sizes as shown on the Plans, if not shown on the Plans, then size in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the minimum raceway size shall be: a) Conduit: ¾-inch All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. Spare conduits shall contain one 3/16-inch diameter nylon pull rope. Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-31 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Conduit shall not be routed on exterior of structures except as specifically indicated on the Plans. Where water cannot drain to openings, provide drain fittings in the low spots of the conduit run. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC, or the type of raceway employed. Provide all required openings in walls, floors and ceilings for conduit penetration. 1. Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. 2. New Construction: Avoid cutting openings, where possible, by setting sleeves or frames in masonry and concrete, and by requesting openings in advance. 3. Existing Construction: Core drill openings in masonry and concrete. Avoid structural members and rebar. Conduit encasement or embedment in the earth shall be separated from the earth by at least 3-inches of concrete unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Plastic conduit spacers shall be located five feet on centers. The spacers shall be secured to the conduits by wire ties. The conduits shall be watertight. Analog signal conduits shall be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12-inches for metallic conduits and 24-inches for nonmetallic conduits. Install explosion-proof seal-offs in hazardous areas shown on the Plans and as required by the NEC. Plastic raceway joints shall be solvent cemented in accordance with recommendations of raceway manufacturer. All conduit openings not encased in a panel shall be sealed with duct seal. 16.72 Boxes and Enclosures 16.72.2 Outlet and Junction Boxes [CSI 26 05 33.16] Part 1 – General Design Requirements In corrosive areas, all junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X. Outlet boxes and switch boxes shall be designed for mounting flush wiring devices . Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4-inch square and 1½-inch deep. Ceiling boxes shall withstand a vertical force of 200 pounds for five minutes. Wall boxes shall withstand a vertical downward force of 50 pounds for five minutes. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-32 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Materials Use cast boxes with threaded hubs for all rigid and intermediate conduits. Steel boxes may be used with rigid and intermediate conduits where cast boxes are not allowed by the NEC. All boxes shall be of proper size to accommodate devices, connectors, and number of wires present in the box. Boxes shall be readily accessible. Cast box bodies and cover shall be cast or malleable iron with a minimum wall thickness of ⅛-inch at every point, and not less than ¼-inch at tapped holes for rigid conduit. Bosses are not acceptable. Mounting lugs shall be provided at the back or bottom corners of the body. Covers shall be secured to the box body with No. 6 or larger brass or bronze flathead screws. Boxes shall be provided with neoprene cover gaskets. Outlet boxes shall be of the FS types. Boxes shall conform to FS W-C-586C and UL 514. Sheet metal boxes shall conform to UL 50, with a hot-dipped galvanized finish conforming to ASTM A123. Boxes and box extension rings shall be provided with knockouts. Boxes shall be formed in one piece from carbon-steel sheets. Non-metallic boxes shall be hot-compressed fiberglass, one-piece, molded with reinforcing of polyester material, with a minimum wall thickness of ⅛-inch. Finishes Where only cast aluminum is available for certain types of fixture boxes, an epoxy finish shall be provided. 16.72.3 Watertight Enclosures [CSI 26 05 33.17] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The watertight enclosure shall be equal to Hoffman. Materials Watertight enclosures for vault electrical outlets shall be molded from fiberglass reinforced polyester material. A hinged cover shall be gasketed and opened with quick release latches. The conduit penetrations shall be sealed watertight. Part 3 – Execution Installation An epoxy plug shall be installed in the conduit to prevent the migration of water into the conduit. The enclosure shall be NEMA rated and installed per all applicable codes. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-33 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.75 Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26] 16.75.1 Common Work for Wiring Devices [CSI 26 27 26] Part 3 - Execution Installation Wiring Devices 1. Position of Outlets: All outlets shall be centered with regard to building lines, furring and trim, symmetrically arranged in the room or outside the structure. Device outlets shall be set plumb and shall extend flush to the finished surface of the wall, ceiling or floor without projecting beyond the same. 2. Unless otherwise noted, wall mounted outlet devices shall generally be 24-inches above the floor, 18 inches in architecturally treated areas, above process piping near process valve boards. Switches shall be 48 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise noted. Installation of Wall Plates 1. Interior Dry Locations: Install plates so that all four edges are in continuous contact with the finished wall surfaces. Plaster filled will not be permitted. Do not use oversize plates or sectional plates. 2. Exterior and/or Wet Locations: Install plates with gaskets on wiring devices in such a manner as to provide a rain tight weatherproof installation. For receptacle devices, these plates shall maintain the weatherproof rating with an attachment plug inserted and be rated extra-duty. Cover type shall match box type. Testing After installation of receptacles, circuits shall be energized, and each receptacle tested for proper ground continuity, reversed polarity, and/or open neutral condition. GFI receptacles shall be tested with the circuits energized. Devices shall be tested with a portable GFI receptacle tester capable of circulating 7.5 milliamperes of current, when plugged in, between the “hot” line and “ground” to produce tripping of the receptacle. Resetting and tripping shall be checked at least twice at each GFI receptacle. Submit results of all field testing to the Engineer for review. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-34 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.75.2 Receptacles [CSI 26 27 19] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Receptacles shall be heavy duty, high abuse, grounding type conforming to NEMA configurations, NEMA WD1 and UL 514 Standards. Part 2 – Products Materials Single and Duplex Receptacles 1. Indoor Clean Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-15P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbel 5362, General Electric 4108-2, or equal. Color shall be brown in industrial areas and ivory or white in office and laboratory areas. 2. Outdoor, Process, or Corrosive Areas: Receptacles shall be duplex, 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-20P plug caps. Receptacle and plug caps shall be corrosion resistant, marine duty with yellow polycarbonate weatherproof lift covers. Receptacles shall be Hubbell 53CM62/53CM21 or equal. GFI Receptacles 1. Device shall be rated 20 amp, 2-pole, 3-wire, 120-volt, conforming to NEMA WD1.10 configuration. Device shall have a test and reset push buttons. GFI device shall be Hubbell 5362 or equal. Surface Multiple Outlet Assemblies 1. Units shall have outlets on center-to-center spacing as shown on the Plans. Assembly shall conform to Article 353 of the NEC. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-35 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.90 POWER GENERATION [CSI 26 30 00] 16.91 Engine Generator [CSI 26 32 13] 16.91.2 Diesel Engine Generator Set [CSI 26 32 13.13] Part 1 - General Definitions Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over a range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. LP: Liquid Petroleum NG: Natural Gas. Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to the power the generator set delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of the power outage. Local Availability: A manufacturer’s authorized dealer with a service department that is within 100 miles of the project installation site. Design Criteria Provide one self-contained, exterior, trailer-mounted rated standby engine generator system to automatically operate the load criteria listed in the rating section of these specifications during prime power failure conditions. Insulate, enclose, or guard exposed parts subject to high-operating temperatures or energized electrically, and moving parts which are of such nature or so located as to be a hazard to operating personnel. Safety devices and safety measures shall not impair the proper functioning of any part of the set. Parts which require adjustment or servicing (not repair or replacement) to permit operation of the sets shall be arranged to provide optimum ease of servicing. Adjustment, repair, and replacement of parts, assemblies, and accessories shall be possible with minimum drainage and minimum disturbance of set. Maintenance shall be possible by use of common tools. Design, construct, and install complete engine generator set to be free from objectionable vibration in any mode. Freedom from torsional vibration shall be demonstrated during factory test performed on the set provided, and proof of torsional acceptability shall be provided by the manufacturer. Performance Criteria The portable engine generator set provided shall not have a standby rating less than 40kW at 0.8 PF with fan. Rating of diesel engine-generator set shall be based on operation of set when City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-36 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. equipped with all necessary operating accessories such as radiator, fan, air cleaners, lubricating oil pump, fuel injection pump, jacket water pump, and governor charging generator. Generator shall meet the following requirements: 1. Standby rating – 40 Kilowatt 2. Voltage – 208/120 volts 3. Phase – 3-phase 4. Frequency – 60 Hertz 5. Insulation – Class H 6. Wiring – 12 lead reconnectable 7. Ambient Temperature – 115 degrees Fahrenheit (max), -20 degrees Fahrenheit (min) Allowable temperature rise in the generator shall not exceed 257 degrees Fahrenheit over 115 degrees Fahrenheit ambient temperature. The alternator shall produce a clean AC voltage waveform, with not more than 5 percent total harmonic distortion at full linear load, when measured from line to neutral, and with not more than 3 percent in any single harmonic, and no 3rd order harmonics or their multiples. Telephone influence factor shall be less than 40. The generator set shall accept a single step load of 100 percent of rated load at 0.8 power factor and recover to rated speed and voltage as required in NFPA 110. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus 0.5 percent for any constant load between no load and rated load. Random voltage variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. Frequency regulation shall be isochronous from steady state no load to steady state rated load. Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 0.5 percent. The generator set shall be certified by the engine manufacturer to be suitable for use at the installed location and rating and shall meet all applicable exhaust emission requirements at the time of commissioning. The generator specified for this project was sized using Cummins PowerSuite software. Due to variations by generator manufacturers and the software used by manufacturers for determining the size of a generator, it is the Contractor’s and generator supplier’s responsibility to verify the size of the generator to ensure that the generator will perform as specified. All sizing reports shall be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Owner prior to equipment order. If the supplier/Contractor prepared sizing report requires a larger generator than what is specified, the larger generator shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Refer to the table below for load step information and the Plans for electrical load details. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-37 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Load Step Load Description 1. 8 amp station load 2. 7.5hp motor – full voltage start 3. 7.5hp motor – full voltage start 4. 5. Submittals The following information shall be furnished: 1. Evaluation of engine generator size based in starting requirements. Provide calculations verifying transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent with sudden application of rated load. 2. Plan of diesel generator set offered showing interconnecting wiring diagrams; all wiring in unit and on Plans shall be number coded. 3. Literature describing the diesel engine generator set. 4. Literature describing auxiliary equipment to be furnished. The following shall be furnished in tabular form: 1. Engine make 2. Number of cylinders 3. Bore (in inches) 4. Stroke (in inches) 5. Generator make and type 6. Generator electrical rating, kVA 7. Cubic inch displacement Fuel oil consumption 8. Exciter and type 9. Horsepower at rated load 10. Enclosure size, exterior dimensions Provide factory test results. See Source Quality Control below. 1. Provide field test results. See Site Test requirements under Part 3 of this specification. 2. Provide five (5) copies of manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment. Information shall be complete and in suitable form for ready use by Owner's operations staff. Catalog cuts and information regarding spare parts shall be included. Operating manuals and instructions shall be assembled in hardback binders. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-38 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Project Conditions Interruption of existing electrical service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by the Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two working days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner’s written permission. 3. Engine generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: a. Minimum Temperature: 0 degrees Fahrenheit b. Maximum Temperature: 120 degrees Fahrenheit. c. Relative Humidity: 0-95 percent d. Altitude: Sea level to 400 feet Coordination Coordinate size and location of concrete bases for package engine generator set and fuel tanks . Cast anchor-bolt inserts into concrete bases. Concrete, reinforcement and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. Coordinate size and location of roof curbs, equipment supports, roof penetrations and wall penetrations for exhaust systems. Quality Assurance The engine generator set shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the production of engine-generators sets and associated controls for a minimum of twenty years, thereby identifying one source of supply and responsibility. The packaged engine generator set, and auxiliary components shall be provided through one source from a single manufacturer. The manufacturer shall provide factory-trained service and parts support through a factory authorized dealer/supplier that is regularly doing business in the area of installation. The factory authorized dealer/supplier shall maintain a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency services within 50 miles of the project site. Warranty The electrical standby system, including the engine generator set, exerciser and transfer switch, shall be guaranteed for two years or 1,500 hours operation from date of start-up service and acceptance, whichever occurs first. Extra Materials A set of specialty tools necessary for routine maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished. The following spare parts shall be furnished: City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-39 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3 - Sets of fuel filter elements and gaskets 3 - Lubricating oil filter elements and gaskets 3 - Air cleaner filter elements 2 - Complete sets of V-belts including fan and alternator drive belts Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Subject to compliance with these specifications, the following manufacturers are approved for bidding: • Cummins/Onan • Caterpillar/Olympian • Pacific Detroit/Kohler • Detroit/MTU Ensure engine generator and accessories are provided by the above-named manufacturer and its authorized dealer. Ensure local availability of service and replacement parts. Manufactured Units The general design of the engine generator furnished shall be manufacturer's standard, except where it differs from the requirements of these specifications. Engine shall, as a minimum, be in accordance with requirements of this specification and may be manufacturer’s standard commercial product with added features needed to comply with these requirements. Additional or better features which are not specifically prohibited by this specification, but which are a part of the manufacturer’s standard commercial products, shall be included in the engine generator being furnished. A standard commercial product is a product which has been or will be sold on the commercial market through advertisements or manufacturer’s catalogs, or brochures, and represents the latest production model. Components Generator 1. Generator shall be a revolving field, 4-pole brushless connection to the alternator. Generator rotor shall have been dynamically balanced and aligned with the engine and connected to the engine using a flexible disc coupling. Voltage Regulator 1. Engine-generator unit shall have a steady state voltage regulator. Generator set shall be capable of recovering to a minimum of 90 percent of rated no load voltage following the application of the specified kVA load at near zero power factor applied to the generator set. Maximum voltage dip on application of this load, considering both alternator performance and engine speed changes shall not exceed 15 percent. 2. Supply generator with a voltage level control to provide an adjustable output voltage of plus/minus five percent. Mount voltage control device on engine control panel. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-40 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Electric Starting System 1. Engine shall be equipped with electric starting system of sufficient capacity to crank engine at a speed which will allow for full diesel start of the engine. Arrange starting pinion to disengage automatically when diesel engine starts. 2. Furnish storage batteries with rack having sufficient capacity for cranking engine for at least 30 seconds at firing speed in ambient temperatures specified and with capacity for starting diesel engine a minimum of three times in immediate succession. Batteries for the portable generator shall be housed in a heavy duty mounting rack bolted to the trailer frame. Location of battery housing shall not interfere with maintenance and inspection of the engine. Cooling System 1. Cooling system shall consist of frame-mounted radiator with engine water pump fan assembly and fan guard. Radiator capacity shall be adequate using engine fan cooling to maintain safe operation at 115-degree Fahrenheit ambient temperature. 2. Provide an engine thermostat to regulate engine water temperature as recommended by the manufacturer. Included in the cooling loop shall be a high-coolant temperature device to shut down engine through the engine control panel when engine temperature is excessive. 3. Provide cooling system water heaters suitable for operation on a 120-volt, 60 Hz current to maintain engine water temperature at 120 degrees Fahrenheit at an ambient temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Heaters shall be Kim jacket heaters or approved equal. Provide thermostatically controlled heaters. The coolant heater shall be UL 499 listed and labeled. Fill engine cooling system with a mixture of water, anti-freeze, and corrosion inhibitor to provide freezing protection at an ambient temperature of -20 degrees Fahrenheit. Air Cleaners 1. Engine shall be provided with one or more dry-type air cleaners of sufficient capacity to effectively protect working parts of the engine from dust, grit, and ash. Governor System 1. An electronic governor system shall provide automatic isochronous frequency regulation. The control system shall actively control the fuel rate and excitation as appropriate to the state of the generator set. Fuel rate shall be regulated as a function of starting, accelerating to start disconnect speed, accelerating to rated speed. The governing system shall include a programmable warm up at idle and cool down at idle function. Lubrication 1. Engine shall have gear-type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crank pin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism. 2. Provide effective lubricating oil filter and locate and connect it so that lubricating oil is continuously filtered and cleaned. Filters shall be accessible, easily removed and cleaned, and equipped with spring-loaded bypass valve as insurance against stoppage of lubricating oil circulation in event the filters become clogged. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-41 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3. Engine shall have suitable lubricating oil cooler, either air-cooled or water-cooled, and provisions for draining oil by piping or other means to the outside of engine housing. Portable Engine Generator Trailer 1. The portable engine generator set shall be factory assembled and aligned on a structural steel frame and trailer. The assembly shall be constructed to ensure the proper alignment of all rotating parts during operation and transit. The enclosure shall completely enclose the engine, generator, controls and cooling system, and shall be suitable for outdoor storage without corrosion or equipment deterioration. 2. The trailer shall have a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of 125 percent of the total weight of all installed components, including but not limited to, generator/engine assembly plus all fluids, sound-attenuated enclosure, fuel tank, fuel, and accessories plus 100 percent of the weight of the trailer. GVWR shall be at least 125 percent of payload weight plus the curb weight of the trailer. The towing hitch assembly shall be rated for the GVWR of the trailer. The trailer weight distribution shall be such that the trailer has adequate positive tongue weight. 3. The trailer shall have tandem axles with DOT approved electric brakes and appropriately rated transport tires and rims for the applicable load range. Breakaway lock-up shall be provided so the brakes can be set and locked for unattended operation. Brakes shall be on each wheel. Each axle shall be rated to meet the GVWR requirement specified for this project. Dual wheels and tires on each side of the axle will be acceptable. 4. The complete engine generator with trailer set shall be street legal and licensable per Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements for operation in the State of Washington on highways and streets. The complete engine generator set lighting system shall meet ICC and Washington State licensing requirements. The Supplier shall provide a Manufacturers Statement of Origin (MSO) and a dealer transfer of title form at time of delivery to the District for licensing. The Supplier shall supply temporary licensing for transporting engine generator set to the District for testing and final delivery. 5. The maximum allowable travel mileage on the trailer prior to final delivery to the Owner shall be less than 500 miles. 6. The trailer shall have the following accessories: a. Pintle hitch b. Front retractable dead stand c. Rear license plate holder d. Fenders, bumpers with recessed lights, hub caps e. Two safety chains with grab hooks f. Four wheel blocks (two for each side of the trailer) for setting when the trailer is parked g. ICC safety equipment (reflectors, Stop/turn/tail/license lights) h. Cable storage box with hinged lockable lid City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-42 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. i. Spare wheel, tire and carrier j. Double rear load leveling jacks k. Walking platform around EG set suitable for maintenance personnel to access control panel. l. Exterior flood light (switched) and rotating emergency beacon (24-volt DC) m. Control panel light (backlight and flood light) (24-volt DC) n. The enclosure shall have the following accessories: o. Exhaust silencer mounting brackets p. Oil, water and fuel drains outside the housing q. Fuel filler with locking cap Sound-Attenuated Enclosure 1. The engine/generator system shall be provided with an exterior rated, sound-attenuated enclosure to reduce noise emissions, protect the system from excessive dirt, dust, ash, weather and vandalism. All access doors shall be lockable. The housing shall be factory installed and allow easy access to the engine-generator and the control panel. The control panel shall be mounted on the end of the enclosure, opposite the radiator end. Enclosure doors shall not be wider than 36-inch each to allow for convenient access to the enclosure interior. 2. The enclosure shall provide a sound level at full load no greater than 75 dB(A). This sound level shall represent the average measurement taken at eight points located equidistant, 23 feet from the center of the engine generator at full load. 3. The enclosure shall comply with the requirements of the NEC for all wiring materials and component spacing. The total assembly of generator set, enclosure, and sub-base fuel tank (when used) shall be designed to be lifted into place using spreader bars. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 100 degrees Fahrenheit. The housing shall have hinged access doors as required to maintain easy access for all operating and service functions. Enclosure roof shall be cambered to prevent rainwater accumulation. Openings shall be screened to limit access of rodents into the enclosure. All electrical power and control interconnections shall be made within the perimeter of the enclosure. 4. Enclosure shall be constructed of minimum 12-gauge steel for framework and 14-gauge steel for panels. All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel. 5. A factory-mounted exhaust silencer shall be installed inside the enclosure. The exhaust shall exit the enclosure through a rain collar and terminate with a rain cap. Exhaust connections to the generator set shall be through seamless flexible connections. 6. The enclosure shall include the following maintenance provisions: a) Flexible coolant and lubricating oil drain lines, that extend to the exterior of the enclosure, with internal drain valves. b) External radiator fill provision. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-43 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Exhaust System 1. Muffler shall be rated as necessary to comply with City of Pasco noise emission standards, and shall be furnished with the engine. The muffler and engine combination shall be sized to meet the power supply rating. 2. All exhaust piping and fittings shall be stainless steel. Provide stainless steel supports as necessary for a secure rigid pipe system. 3. Exhaust system for the diesel engine shall conform to codes set forth in the NFPA, Volume 4, Section 211, and shall comply with recommendations for exhaust systems as specified by the diesel engine manufacturer. 4. Pitch horizontal runs of exhaust pipe downward, away from engine. Completely support the exhaust system so no weight or stress is applied to engine exhaust manifold or turbocharger. 5. Provide a condensate drain for the muffler through a petcock. 6. The entire exhaust system shall be wrapped in an insulation blanket rated to withstand a minimum temperature of 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit. The exterior blanket shall be protected with a 0.016 aluminum jacket with weatherproof end cap. Fuel System 1. Engine shall operate on automotive diesel fuel complying with the limiting requirements of ASTM grade low sulfur Diesel Fuel #2 and the requirements of the engine manufacturer. Diesel engines requiring a premium fuel will not be considered. 2. Injection pumps and injection valves shall be a type not requiring adjustment in service and shall be capable of quick replacement by ordinary mechanics without special diesel experience. 3. Fuel injection pumps shall be positive action, constant-stroke pumps, actuated by cam-driven gears from engine camshaft. 4. Fuel lines between injection pumps and valves shall be of heavy seamless tubing and, to eliminate irregularity of fuel injection shall be the same length for all cylinders. 5. Equip fuel system with racor-type, water-removing fuel filter, having replaceable elements which may be easily removed from their housing for replacing, without breaking any fuel line connections or disturbing fuel pumps or any other part of engine. Locate all fuel filters in one accessible housing, ahead of injection pumps so that fuel will have been thoroughly filtered before it reaches the pump. No screen or filter requiring cleaning or replacement will be used in the injection pump or injection valve assemblies. 6. Provide portable generator with a dual wall fuel tank mounted to the trailer underneath the engine assembly for engine fuel supply. The portable generator fuel tank shall be baffled to minimize fuel slosh and load transfer during towing, and shall be hydrostatically tested after installation. The tank shall have an integral fuel level gauge, exterior lockable fill connector, exterior rain proof vent, flexibly connected suction and return lines and a drain line routed through the steel base plate. The tank, as installed shall meet all local and regional requirements for above ground tanks. The tank shall be sized to allow 24 hours of continuous full load operation using the following criteria: City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-44 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a) 12 hours of exercising supply before low fuel alarm b) 12 hours of operation after a low-low fuel alarm 7. Tank shall be especially constructed for mounting in this location by the engine generator manufacturer. Provide tank with the following: a) Fuel level gauge b) Drain c) Fill pipe and vent d) Leak detection provisions, wired to the generator set control for local and remote alarm indication. e) High- and low-level float switches to indicate fuel level. Wire switches to generator control for local and remote indication of fuel level. f) Integral lifting provisions. g) Slope tanks to the engine pick-up tube 5 percent minimum. Provide a panel mounted fuel level gauge. 8. Provide fuel feed line valve at engine. Provide fuel return line that is not valved. Mount return line in the top of the tank to prevent fuel siphon into the engine. All fuel lines shall have flexible sections between tank and engine to absorb vibration. 9. Install fuel storage system according to diesel engine manufacturer’s recommendations and conform to the NFPA Code and Uniform Building Code. Fuel 1. Fill fuel tank completely full at completion of construction. Control Panel and Alarm System 1. The Engine control panel shall be integrally mounted to the engine generator assembly on the generator at the opposite end of the radiator. It shall be enclosed in a NEMA 4 enclosure. 2. The control shall have automatic remote start capability from a panel-mounted, 3-position (Stop, Run, and Remote) switch. 3. The generator set shall be provided with alarm and status indicating lamps to indicate non-automatic generator status, and existing alarm and shutdown conditions. The lamps shall be high-intensity LED type. 4. Alarm panel shall have a reset push button for acknowledging alarm conditions and latching indicating lights for each alarm point to display to operation personnel the reason for engine shutdown. Label lights as shown below. 5. The generator set control shall indicate the existence of the following alarm and shutdown conditions on a digital display panel: a. Alarms i. Low oil pressure warning City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-45 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. ii. Oil pressure sender failure iii. Low coolant temperature iv. High coolant temperature warning v. Low coolant level vi. Engine temperature sender failure vii. Low DC voltage viii. High DC voltage ix. Weak battery x. Low fuel warning xi. Overload xii. Battery Charger Malfunction xiii. Overcurrent xiv. Under Frequency b. Shutdown Alarms i. Low oil pressure ii. Low-Low Fuel iii. High coolant temperature iv. Fail to crank v. Overcrank vi. Overspeed vii. High AC voltage viii. Low AC voltage ix. Under frequency x. Over current xi. Short circuit xii. Emergency stop c. Engine control panel shall include the following: i. Oil pressure gauge (psi) ii. Emergency Stop Pushbutton iii. Coolant temperature gauge (F) iv. Operating hour meter (hrs) v. Hand-off Auto Selector switch (HOA) City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-46 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. vi. AC Frequency meter (hertz) vii. AC Volt meter (0-600v) viii. AC Current Meter (Amps) ix. Load Meter (kW) d. Alarm Contacts to Telemetry Provide auxiliary dry contacts for activating remote alarms to the telemetry panel on activation of any of the following conditions: i. Low Fuel ii. Generator run iii. Generator failure (shutdown) iv. Generator trouble v. Not in Auto Generator failure alarm shall be activated when any shutdown conditions exists. Generator trouble shall be activated when any alarm conditions exists. Switch Gear 1. Provide generator switch gear with exciter circuit breaker with manual reset and a line circuit breaker with manual reset. Circuit breaker shall be set mounted and wired, UL listed, molded case thermal-magnetic type, rated as shown on Plans. Mount breakers in engine control panel. Field circuit breakers shall not be acceptable for generator overcurrent protection. Generator instrumentation shall include a panel -type ammeter with phase selector switch, a panel-type voltmeter with selector switch, and frequency meter mounted on engine control panel. Battery Charger 1. Provide generator battery charger mounted to the portable generator with a (25) foot SO cord with a 20 amp, 2-pole, 3-wire, 250 volt rated male plug connection for supplying power to the proposed battery charger through a plug in connection. 2. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 5A is initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit then automatically switches to a lower float-charging mode and continues operating is that mode until battery is discharged again. 3. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts floats and equalizes voltages for variations in ambient temperature to prevent overcharging at high temperatures a nd undercharging at low temperatures. 4. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. 5. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door of battery charger. Meters shall indicate charging rates. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-47 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 6. Safety Features: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltages arranged to close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Also include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of AC input or DC output of battery charger. Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide a battery charger malfunction indication at the monitoring panel. 120V Convenience Outlet 1. Provide portable generator with a duplex, 20 amp rated convenience outlet for use by the City when the generator is in operation. Provide circuit breaker, transformer, conduit and wiring to provide the convenience outlet. EG Mounted Generator and Receptacle Cabinet 1. The proposed portable engine generator shall be provided with cables to match the generator docking station as shown on the plans. 2. Provide portable generator with outdoor rated, weatherproof control cable for connecting the portable generator to the control receptacle as shown. The cable shall be 25’ long minimum, have a male receptacle end that is compatible with the female receptacle mounted on the electrical pedestal. The non-receptacle end shall be terminated to the generator control board and secured to the generator with a strain-relief waterproof fitting. Finishes Prime and paint diesel engine set and accessories in conformity with manufacturer’s standard practice. Color of diesel engine set enclosure shall be of manufacturer’s standard color, unless noted otherwise on Plans. Manufacturer shall ship with the unit a quart of touch-up paint for each of the finishes. All sheet metal exposed to the exterior (generator enclosure) shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer’s standard color using a two-step electrocoating paint process, or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements: 1. Primer thickness, 0.5-2.0 Mils. Top coat thickness, 0.8-1.2 Mils. 2. Gloss, per ASTM D523-89, 80-percent plus or minus 5-percent. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50 percent. 3. Crosshatch adhesion, per ASTM D3359-93, 4B-5B. 4. Impact resistance, per ASTM D2794-93, 120-160 inch-pounds. 5. Salt Spray, per ASTM B117-90, 1000+ hours. 6. Humidity, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. 7. Water Soak, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-48 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work. Source Quality Control Engine generator unit shall be tested at manufacturer’s plant at full load before shipment. Test shall consist of a steady load run of at least 4 hours duration at 100 percent full rated load. Complete test reports shall be made which show the engine fuel consumption, kilowatt output, voltage, frequency, amperage, engine temperature, lube oil pressure, and load transfer results. Five (5) copies of the certified test reports shall be supplied to Owner prior to shipment. Owner and/or their representative shall be given opportunity to witness the tests by the manufacturer. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install engine in conformity with the Plans and manufacturer’s instructions and under manufacturer’s direct supervision. Install ancillary circuits for battery charger, engine heaters, etc. in conformance with the Plans. Site Test Contractor shall provide sufficient fuel for engine generator on-site testing; following completion of testing Contractor shall fill engine generator fuel tank full prior to project acceptance. Supplier shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet the specifications herein. Supplier shall provide a trained, qualified representative to check installation and connection, perform field tests as indicated, and certify to Owner its performance does meet the specifications. Upon completion of unit installation, carry out running tests. Operate engine for a period of not less than 2 hours at full rated load. A load bank shall be provided by the Contractor for performing the 2-hour load test. Following load testing, five loss-of-power tests must be performed to verify proper operation of ATS and generator with power being supplied to motor(s) and pump(s). Engine generator shall be tested to verify that the transient voltage dip will not exceed 15 percent of rated voltage when the largest single step of the rated load is applied. Test shall demonstrate the ability of the engine generator to carry the specified loads. Upon completion of the tests, final adjustments shall be made to equipment by a qualified representative of the engine manufacturer. Fuel and oil filters shall be replaced, belt drive tensions checked, and the proper operation of all equipment demonstrated to Owner’s representative. Owner’s representative shall be instructed in the maintenance and operation of equipment. Five (5) copies of these test results shall be provided to Owner and included with the operation and instruction manual. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-49 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.92 Transfer Switches [CSI 26 36 23] 16.92.2 Automatic Transfer Switch [CSI 26 36 23] Part 1 - General Design Criteria The transfer switch shall be NEMA 3R, service entrance rated and equipped with three poles for normal and emergency service of 208 volts, 60 hertz, 3-phase. The transfer switch shall be mechanically and electrically held and rated to 208 volts for all classes of load and continuous inductive duty. The transfer switch shall conform to UL 1008 provisions for Withstand Current Ratings and Closing Ratings. The transfer switch shall be rated at a minimum Withstand Rating of 22,000 Amps. The switch shall be capable of enduring 6,000 cycles of complete opening and closing at rated current and voltage at a rate of 6 cycles per minute without failure. The switch shall be double throw inherently interlocked mechanically and electrically to prevent supplying the load from both sources simultaneously. The operating current shall be obtained from the source to which the load is to be transferred. The transfer mechanism shall be of the double break design with solid silver cadmium surface contacts and individual heat resistant arc chambers. Arc barriers and magnetic blowout coils will also be acceptable if single break contacts are used. The contacts shall be capable of carrying 20 times the continuous rating for interrupting current. All contacts, coils, etc. shall be readily accessible for replacement from front of panel without major disassembly of associated parts. Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units The automatic transfer switch shall be supplied by the Manufacturer of Engine generator system. Components The transfer switch shall include the following accessories: Undervoltage Sensor 1. Adjustable solid-state low voltage sensing relays (pick up 85 to 98 percent of normal voltage set at 98 percent; drop out 75 to 100 percent set of 90 percent of pickup setting). Provide for each phase on both utility and backup power sources. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-50 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Time Delay Start and Stop on Drop Out 1. Solid state adjustable time delay on start (0 to 15 seconds). Set start delay for 15 seconds. Timer will send start signal to gen set CP, where louver timer will allow 15 second delay for louvers to open prior to starting gen set. Time Delay Stop 1. Solid state adjustable time delay (0 to 10 minutes) to allow generator cooldown after normal power is restored and retransfer occurs. Set at 5 minutes. Time Delay Transfer and Retransfer 1. Solid state time delay relay adjustable 2 to 120 seconds for transfer to emergency and 0 to 30 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 5 minutes for retransfer to normal. Set at 3 seconds for transfer to emergency. With or Without Load Selector Switch 1. Switch to select exercise with or without station load. Normal-Test Switch 1. Switch such that in the “Normal” mode the transfer switch will operate automatically and in the “Test” mode the generator will start for test purposes. This switch shall work in conjunction with the “With” or “Without” load switch. Exerciser Clock 1. Provide solid state exerciser clock to set the day, time, and duration of generator set exercise/test period. Provide “With” or “Without” load selector switch for the exercise period. The Contractor shall program the exerciser clock with the following program: a) Exercise the generator every Wednesday for 30 minutes starting at noon and ending at 12:30 P.M. Programmed Transition 1. The load transfer control shall be capable of remaining in the neutral position for an adjustable time of 0.5 to 60 seconds when transferring from on-line power source to the other to allow residual voltages to decay before application of the source. Set at 60 seconds. a) Position lights for normal and emergency positions indication and for normal and emergency power available. b) Switch position indication limit switches for normal and generator positions. c) Provide dry contacts wired to terminal strip for 1) ATS in emergency position, 2) ATS common trouble alarm, 3) Normal Position. d) Provide contacts and necessary power transformer(s) for supplying power to the EG room intake and exhaust louvers. Contacts shall close once the EG is called to start. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-51 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Power Meters 1. Provide an AC Voltmeter, an Ammeter, and a Frequency meter; 2.5 -inch, analog, 2-percent accuracy. Provide a phase selector switch to read L-L voltage and current of both power sources. Operator Interface Display 1. Provide operator interface display that allows operators to adjust all settings and see all values. Control Board 1. Provide current generation hardware and firmware for the control board. 2. Provide manual override switch to bypass the control system and transfer load from source to source when control is disabled. 16.95 Testing [CSI 26 08 00] 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing [CSI 26 08 05] Part 1 - General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance. Scheduling and Coordination The Contractor shall inform the Engineer ten (10) working days. Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied themselves that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-52 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Site Testing Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors ½ horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500-volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. Conduct special test as required for service and/or system ground. Field Quality Control General 1. Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and/or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. Operational Tests 1. Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-53 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.3 Conductor Test Report [CSI 26 08 13] Conductor Test Report Page 1 of 1 PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Race- way V C Operating Load Voltage Insulation Resistance - OHMS Label (1) (2) (3) VAB VCB VCA VAN VBN VCN A-B B-C C-A A-G B-G C-G A B C D E F G 1. Refer to raceway and wire schedule and one-line diagram for description of feeder identified by label shown on this report 2. Visual Inspection – Check when completed 3. Continuity Test – Check when completed City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 16 16-54 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 16 Electrical.docx 1/20/22 9:25 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report [CSI 26 08 15] Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Test Meter Type: Test Distance-D: Soil Conditions: Measured Resistance: DESCRIPTION OF TEST PROCEDURE, CONDITIONS, RESULTS: 17-1 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 17 Automatic Control 17.00 GENERAL This division covers all work necessary for furnishing, installing, adjusting, testing, documenting, and starting-up the Instrumentation and Control (I&C) and Telemetry System. Programmable logic controller (PLC) shall provide monitoring of on-site pumps and control valves. Computer-based telemetry system will provide remote control, alarm presentation, and data logging activities at the Owner's headquarters location. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following related subsections whether directly referenced or not. These specifications are an integral part of the contract documents for the I&C and Telemetry portion of this contract. The written descriptions of system performance contained herein are given to assist the Contractor in interpreting the contract plans but are not intended to be all-inclusive. The Contractor shall be aware that all automatic control systems do not require the same components and accessories for complete system operation. Therefore, these specifications do not include all accessories and appurtenances required for a complete system. The Contractor shall, however, provide all accessories and appurtenances to result in a completely operational system as required to meet the functional requirements of these documents. Where specific equipment specifications are given, they are used to represent the level of quality required by these documents. 17.05 Common Work for Automatic Control [CSI 40 60 05] Part 1 - General Summary The work under this division covers construction specifically described in these specifications. Project Plans will be provided for this project. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the project described herein shall be completed under the bid item listed in the bid proposal, and no other compensation will be allowed. The work generally consists of the following: • Detailed system layout and design for the particular equipment bid in accordance with these functional specifications. • Furnishing of I&C equipment including delivery, storage, software, programming, installation, testing, startup, and documentation. • Providing operator maintenance manuals for all equipment and devices provided by this Contract. • Providing system training to the operators of the proposed equipment. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-2 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Related Sections • Division 16 Electrical References The project Plans are based on Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards numbers S5.1, S5.2, S5.3, and S5.4. The Contractor is encouraged to be familiar with these standards since the project plans do not contain wiring or ladder diagrams, but are based on the functional requirements of the ISA format. All equipment and materials shall conform to the latest revised editions of applicable standards published by the following organizations: • American National Standards Institute (ANSI). • Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). • National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). • Underwriters' Laboratories (U/L). • Instrument Society of America (ISA) All equipment and materials, and the design, construction, installation, and application thereof shall comply with all applicable provisions of the National Electrical Code (NEC), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and any applicable Federal, State, and local ordinances, rules and regulations. All materials and equipment specified herein shall be within the scope of Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) examination services, be approved by the UL for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All control panels shall bear a label by UL or by an approved testing authority for the completed assembled panel. Definitions Contractor: The Contractor, as distinct from the Control System Integrator, shall install panels and other materials furnished by the Control System Integrator and provide all materials and work necessary and thereby, satisfy all requirements that are within the scope of this section. Control System Integrator: A single company subcontracted by the Contractor, who shall design and furnish the system, provide the instrument panels; provide the PLCs, RTU, Pump Control Panel, startup, training services, and other instrument components Control System Programmer: A single firm, pre-selected and contracted by the owner, who shall furnish all programming, startup and training services related to programming. The Control System Programmer shall be Townsend Controls & Electric LLC. Submittals All submittals shall be complete, neat, orderly and indexed. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Pump Control Panel • Telemetry Panel City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-3 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Float Switch • Level Transmitter • Operation and Maintenance Manuals • Full size nameplate wording schedules, in lettering style proposed for use. The Contractor shall develop and submit the following information provided by the Control System Integrator. Hardware Submittals Before any components are fabricated, and/or integrated into assemblies, or shipped to the site, the Contractor shall prepare a complete hardware submittal. The Engineer shall require five (5) sets, including fully detailed shop drawing, catalog cuts, wiring connections , and such other descriptive matter and documentation as may be required to fully describe the equipment and to demonstrate its conformity to these Specifications. The decision of the Engineer, upon the acceptability of any submittal, shall be final. Catalog information shall be submitted for all components and equipment, regardless of whether or not it is of the same manufacture as that listed in the Specifications. System Plan Submittals Following approval of the hardware submittal, the Control System Integrator shall prepare complete system interconnect wiring diagrams and panel layout plans for approval. Plans The Control System Integrator shall develop all shop drawings required for design, fabrication, assembly and installation of the control system. Shop drawings shall include all plans required in manufacture of specialized components and for assembly and installation of them. Plans shall be prepared with a CAD program capable of exporting to AutoCAD format, and printed on 11-inch by 17-inch media. Plans shall have borders and title blocks identifying the project system, revisions to the plans, and type of plan. Each revision of a plan shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions. Diagrams shall carry a uniform and coordinated set of wire numbers and terminal block numbers in compliance with panel work wiring. Additionally, one set of electronic .DWG files shall be provided to the Owner. Elementary Diagrams The Contractor shall provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams shall be prepared in compliance with ISA S5.4 and shall be provided for all analog loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams shall show circuits and devices of a system. These diagrams shall be arranged to emphasize device elements and their functions as an aid to understanding the operation of a system and maintaining or troubleshooting that system. Elementary and loop diagrams shall also show wire numbers, wire color codes, signal polarities, and terminal block numbers. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-4 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Panel Fabrication and Arrangements Plans The Contractor shall provide arrangement plans of all panel front- and internal-mounted instruments, switches, devices, and equipment indicated. All panel mounting details shall be shown. Outer dimensions of all panels shall be included on the plan. Deviations from approved arrangements require approval prior to installation. Arrangement plans shall be drawn to scale using standard Architectural or Engineering scales. Site Conditions Specified instrumentation and control equipment shall be modified, if necessary, to make it suitable for operation in the ambient conditions specified in Division 16. Warranty In addition to any other warranties required by the specifications, the entire PLC system will be warranted against defects in materials, workmanship, and software functions for a period of one (1) calendar year following the successful completion of the Functional Acceptance Test (FAT). The Contractor or designated service organization will be available on 24-hour notice to correct any system problems without charge to the Owner during the warranty period. In addition, the Contractor will provide four 2-day site visits during the warranty period to perform inspection and calibration of the equipment or other work at the request of the Owner. Extra Materials The Contractor shall supply sufficient spare parts, components, and assemblies to replace any defective or malfunctioning control component provided in this system. Control components are considered any device or combination of devices without which normal automatic control as outlined in this specification cannot be accomplished, and includes: 1. Two (2) spares of each part, component, or assembly, if more than ten (10) of those components are normally in use in the system. 2. One (1) box of each fuse type provided on this project. If ten (10) or more of a fuse type is provided for the project, then two (2) spare boxes shall be provided. 3. One (1) spare circuit breaker of each rating type provided on this project. 4. One (1) spare relay of each rating type provided on this project. Spare part components shall be packaged for at ease of field installation by non-trained personnel, so that no soldering or special skills are required for installation . All spare parts shall be delivered in a hinged plastic box that is purposefully made for this contract. The box shall have a parts list permanently attached to the inside lid which lists all parts and refers to them by numbered code visible on the outside of the package. Fragile components shall be adequately protected with cut foam. Electronic components shall be wrapped in ultra-violet inhibiting file. The exterior of the box shall be labeled “Telemetry Spare Parts – Wastewater Department.” Provide the box with lifting handles. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-5 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Components These Specifications list major instruments required to provide the process instrumentation system. All instrument functions specified on this list shall be provided by the Control System Integrator. Any additional instruments required to complete the instrument loops because of certain characteristics of the particular equipment selected by the Control System Integrator shall be provided. Such additional instruments shall be provided and included in the original contract price even though not specified in the instrument index or on the Plans. The following systems utilize automatic control: • Pump controls Accessories Provide all accessories required to furnish a complete control system that meets the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Source Quality Control Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality specified. All equipment and materials utilized in the system shall be the products of Manufacturers with at least five (5) years of experience in the manufacture of similar equipment. Similar items in the system shall be the products of the same Manufacturer. All equipment shall be of industrial grade and of standard construction, shall be capable of long, reliable, trouble -free service, and shall be specifically intended for control and monitoring of operation of motor-driven pumps and equipment. All equipment shall be of modular design to facilitate interchangeability of parts and to assure ease of servicing. Part 3 - Execution Installers Installation shall be performed by the workers who are skilled and experienced in the installation of I&C and Telemetry systems. Installation Installation and testing procedures shall be as specified in these and subsequent sections of this division. The control system shall be installed in accordance with the installation plans and instructions prepared by the Control System Integrator. Installation shall include all elements and components of control system and all conduit and interconnecting wiring between all elements, components, sensors, and valve operators. Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Field Equipment Equipment shall be provided as specified on the Plans such that ports and adjustments are accessible for in-place testing and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches, unless specified otherwise on the Plans, above the floor or City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-6 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a permanent work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Equipment shall be mounted where shock or vibration will not impair its operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments and cabinets supported directly by concrete or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than ⅝-inch by framing channel between instrument and wall. Steel used for support of equipment shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Support systems including panels shall be designed in accordance with the Seismic Restraint and Anchorage section of Division 1.81 of the CSI specifications and to prevent deformation greater than ⅛-inch under the attached equipment load and an external load of 200 pounds in any direction. Electrical Power Connection Electric power wiring and equipment shall be in compliance with Division 16. Power disconnect switches shall be provided within sight of equipment and shall be labeled to indicate opened and closed positions and specific equipment served. “Within sight of” is defined as having a clear unobstructed view from th e equipment served and within 50 feet of the equipment served. Disconnect switches shall be mounted between 36 inches and 72 inches above the floor or permanent work platform. Where equipment location is such that the above requirements cannot be met by a single disconnect switch, two switches, one at the equipment and one at the work platform, shall be provided. Signal Connection Electrical signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable, receptacle and plug assemblies shall be used only where specified. 17.06 Control System Integrator [CSI 40 61 13] Part 1 - General Division of Responsibility All instrumentation and industrial electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision of a single Control System Integrator, chosen by the Owner, which is regularly engaged in the design and installation of such systems of similar scope and complexity. The Control Systems Integrator shall be enjoined by the Contractor as a Subcontractor. The assignment of specific responsibilities herein to the Control System Integrator shall not, in any way and under any conditions, diminish the Contractor's full and complete responsibility for all work performed and all materials installed under the contract. The contract between the Contractor and the Control System Integrator shall specifically require that the Control System Integrator conform to and meet all requirements specified in the contract documents. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-7 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The assignment of a Control System Integrator that is an equipment supplier shall not be acceptable. Control System Integrator’s Responsibility The Control System Integrator shall be solely and completely responsible for the final design and assembly of the entire control system. Responsibilities include: • Provision of, and the detailed design of, custom control panels and the motor control center. The plans show general layout of the control panels. The Integrator shall provide detailed scaled design of all components on and in the control panels and determine specific requirements. • The design of all interconnecting wiring of control equipment including remote control panels, packaged equipment panels, mechanical equipment with control components, etc. • Testing of the control panels in the Control System Integrator’s shop. • Coordinate with the Contractor for specific requirements and locations of raceway penetrations and field wiring in control panels. • The Control System Integrator shall supply the Contractor with all necessary detailed installation plans and/or written instruction for installation of all control components and sensing devices for proper system operation. • Coordinate with the Control System Programmer who has been selected by the Owner and are under separate contract with the Owner, to allow in-shop testing of the programming of all control devices and to execute the functions listed in the control strategies. • Develop an assembly and testing schedule, with the Control System Programmer to allow for testing of all new programs in the Control System Integrator’s shop. • Provide installation assistance. • Provide Startup and Training Services. General and Electrical Contractor’s Responsibilities The General and Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the following equipment and services: • Review of the Control System Integrator’s submittals and wiring diagrams for coordination with space requirements, raceway requirements of field wiring, etc. • Supply the Integrator with submittals of equipment related to the control system that the Integrator must include in their submittals and integrate. Such as motors, packaged control panels that the Integrator does not build, etc. • Installation of the control panels provided by the Control System Integrator. • Installation of the interconnecting wiring in accordance with these documents and the Control System Integrators wiring diagrams. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-8 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Installation of I&C and Telemetry System components in accordance with these documents and plans or instructions of the Control System Integrator. Part 3 – Execution Installers The Control System shall be designed, constructed, programmed and commissioned by full time employees with a minimum of 5 years of experience (minimum of 1 year with Integrator). Integrators List The Control System Integrator shall be selected by the Contractor from the following acceptable companies (Alphabetical Listing): • ControlFreek Inc. – Spokane Valley, Washington • L2 Systems LLC – Everett, Washington • Quality Control Corporation (QCC) – Lynnwood, Washington • S&B Inc. (Stead & Associates) – Bellevue, Washington • Systems Interface Inc. – Mukilteo, Washington • Taurus Power and Controls, Inc. – Kent, Washington • Technical Systems, Inc. – Lynnwood, Washington • Total Energy Management Inc. – Richland, Washington • Townsend Controls and Electric LLC – Pasco, Washington 17.07 Control System Programmer (Control System Programmer Contracted Directly by Owner) [CSI 40 68 66] Part 1 - General Division of Responsibility The Control System Programmer shall be selected and Contracted for the control system programming by the Owner. The Control System Programmer Contracted by the Owner is Townsend Controls & Electric LLC, who may be contacted at (509) 545-1600. It is the responsibility of the Control System Programmer to provide PLC programming that will accomplish control of the proposed and modified systems as described in the Specifications and Plans. Control System Programmer’s Responsibility: The Control System Programmer Responsibilities include: • Develop a testing schedule to allow for testing of all new telemetry panel programs. • Notify the Control System Integrator of all components needed to test equipment panels. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-9 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Software testing of the control panels in the Control System Integrator’s shop. • Programming of the PLC, operator interface, and HMI Computer System. • Provide required software startup, troubleshooting, and commissioning services needed to complete implementation of programs. 17.08 System Description [CSI 40 61 96] Part 1 – General Summary The I&C and Telemetry system functions required are specified on the Plans and in subsequent sections of this Division. Design and Performance Requirements The system shall be designed to provide the control capabilities and functions indicated and implied by the Plans and these Specifications and to provide trouble-free operation with minimum maintenance. The system shall readily enable manual operation of any and all functions in the event of failure of any one component. The control system shall be designed and assembled by the Control System Integrator to provide: • Monitoring of operation of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Indication of operating status of motor driven pumps, equipment, and processes. • Monitoring and indication of pressures, temperatures, levels, and flows, as indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. • The capabilities indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. The I&C and Telemetry System shall be designed and assembled by the Control System Integrator to be an integrated system composed completely of components which are specifically designed and used for and in conjunction with control and operation of motor-driven pumps and process control equipment. The Control System Integrator shall supply all interfacing equipment, appurtenances and accessories and all such devices that may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. Project Conditions The control system for the lift station shall be a Remote Telemetry Unit (RTU) based system that consists of existing and new RTUs linked to the existing Master Telemetry Unit (MTU) via radio communications. The MTU is located at the public works building with a computer based Human Machine Interface (HMI). City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-10 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Components The I&C and Telemetry System shall include the instruments, control devices, Remote Telemetry Unit, Human Machine Interface, input and output devices, sensors, interfacing devices, cabinets, enclosures and other components indicated and implied by the Plans and Specifications. The following is a list of the RTUs, Control Panels, Pressure and Level Assemblies, and Motor Control Centers to be provided by the Control System Integrator: • Pump Control Panel • Telemetry Panel Part 3 – Execution Preparation The Control System Integrator shall be responsible for the coordination and integration of control system with the motor control and other related equipment. The Control System Integrator shall communicate directly with the Manufacturer(s) and Supplier(s) of all related equipment to determine all details of the equipment, which may influence or affect the control system. The Control System Integrator shall determine all requirements for and shall cause integration of the control system into a unified operating system. The Control System Integrator shall define all requirements for all interfacing equipment and shall supply all appurtenances, accessories and all such devices, which may be required for proper interfacing as part of the control system. The Control System Integrator shall be responsible to obtain submittal information on equipment supplied by other disciplines and to integrate them into the control system to form a complete working package as outlined by the contract documents. Installation The system shall be completely assembled in the shop by the Control System Integrator. All components and equipment shall be prewired to the maximum extent possible. All Process Control shall be done within the control panels unless specifically listed on the Plans as other. Functional Descriptions These functional descriptions describe the control strategy for each loop in the facilities. These descriptions are intended to be an extension of the Plans that are provided as part of the design contract documents. Alarm Point List The system shall monitor all system values and points and enunciate alarms by indication locally and at the HMI station. The alarm points are as indicated in this specification. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-11 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Setpoint Adjustments All control setpoints for operations and alarms shall be stored in the RTU. These setpoints shall be adjustable from the Operator Interface Screen (OIS). All control and alarm setpoints shall have min/max limits set in the program to prevent operators from entering an erroneous value. The min/max values shall be adjustable from the OIS with password protection. The program shall recognize setpoint crossover and latch an alarm until the crossover is corrected. Alarms All alarms shall have a delay setpoint in seconds associated to it. If this se tpoint is set to zero (0) seconds using the operator interface, then that alarm is disabled. Alarms consist of direct alarms typically detected from discrete inputs and virtual alarms that are typically detected by a high or low analog condition or a control sequence failing to engage. Compute equipment fail to run and fail to stop alarms based on disagreement of control output to run status with transitions time delays. Compute repeat cycle start/stop control based on interval and duration setpoints. (i.e. “Pump runs X seconds every Y minutes” where X and Y are operator entered setpoint values.) Lift Station Pump Control The pumps shall be automatically controlled and hand controlled with Hand-Off-Auto switches at the pump control panel. Pumps shall be a utomatically controlled by the level in the wet well from the transducer, as shown on the plans. The alarms and pump running mode shall be indicated on the OIS. The wet well water level in feet shall also be indicated on the OIS. The station shall incorporate the level transducer for wet well water level indication, pump start/stop control, and operator adjustable high, low, and low-low level alarms. In addition, a backup system of floats and relays shall be used to control the pumps. The high level float should activate an alarm level and notification that the station is running using the backup system shall be indicated at the OIS or HMI. The duplex pump system is to the run in a a pump alternating configuration. The operator shall operate which pump is lead or if it is in alternate. The system integrator shall integrate into the logic a call to run the next pump from the PLC, back-up float control, and to alternate next pump called from the PLC. The operator shall be able to call the next pump to run, or alternate the next pump from the OIS. On restarting the pumps after a loss of power, the pumps shall be delayed from starting for 10 seconds to reduce a surge in the waste line. The following is a list of conditions that exist for all automatic control situations: 1. Under no condition shall two or more pumps start simultaneously. 2. If a pump fails, an alarm signal shall be sent and the next to run pump shall be called to start. 3. All setpoints shall be user adjustable from RTU. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-12 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. In the event that a pump fails, the telemetry system shall remove the pump call from that pump and shall take the pump offline until the pump fail alarm is manually reset from the RTU system. All pumps shall be called to stop based on the following conditions as indicated to the RTU: 1. Emergency Stop Float. 2. Low-Low level alarm. Additional alarm redundancy can be incorporated at the discretion of the Owner. 17.10 PANELS [CSI 40 67 00] 17.12 Equipment Panels [CSI 40 67 16, 40 67 19] Part 1 – General Related Sections All panels shall be labeled. References Panels shall meet the requirements of UL-508 for water systems and UL-913 for sewer systems. All panels shall bear the appropriate label. The provider of the panels shall be a UL- 508A certified facility. All field modifications shall be in conformance with UL-508 or UL- 913. Design Requirements Control equipment panels shall be enclosures conforming to the requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and shall be NEMA 12 for indoor use and NEMA 4 for outdoor use. Part 2 – Products Components • Enclosure shall be constructed of steel. • Minimal metal thickness shall be 14-gauge. • All doors shall be rubber-gasketed with continuous hinge and key locking latch mechanism. • Wherever practical, enclosures shall be a manufactured item. • All doors shall be provided with quick-release latches to secure cover. • Panels shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted in or on the panel. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-13 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Enclosure shall include a backpan. • Enclosure shall be finished in ANSI 61 gray polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces. • The enclosure shall be oversized to accommodate future racks and auxiliary devices as required. • All outdoor enclosures shall be provided with a control panel heater, air conditioner and ventilation unit sized by the integrator to keep the panel less than 90 degrees internally with 120 degree ambient temperatures. Fabrication Panels should be completely fabricated, and instruments installed and wired in the manufacturer's factory (where possible). All wiring shall be completed and tested prior to shipment. All external connections shall be by way of numbered terminal blocks. Panel cutouts for instruments and devices shall be cut, punched or drilled and smoothly finished with rounded edges. 17.20 PANEL COMPONENTS [CSI 40 78 00] Part 1 - General Design Requirements All components shall be suitable for installation inside the I&C and Telemetry system panel enclosure. 17.20.3 Terminal Blocks [CSI 40 78 71] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Terminal blocks shall be one-piece molded plastic blocks with screw-type terminals and barriers rated for 600 volts. Terminals shall be double-sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, and be clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Fusible terminal blocks shall be provided with a LED blown fuse indicator for each terminal. Part 3 - Execution Installation All wires between panel-mounted equipment and other equipment shall be terminated at terminal blocks. Switches shall be terminated at the terminal blocks with crimp-type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for their terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-14 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.21 Power Supply and Protection 17.21.2 Normal Power Supply [CSI 40 78 59] Part 1 - General Design Requirements All equipment panels shall be provided with 120-volt, 60-Hz power. Make provisions for conduit entry and provide a terminal block for termination of the circuit wires. All electronic control panel components shall require a 120 VAC-24 VDC power supply. DC power supply shall be sized to provide at least 50 percent more current than the peak current demands of the control panel. DC power supply shall have UPS backup power capabilities as identified in Section 17.21.3. Protection equipment shall consist of circuit breakers and fuses to protect electrical circuits from short circuits and overloads. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers DC power supplies shall be Puls Inc., Sola Inc., Allen-Bradley, or approved equal. Fuses shall be Bussmann Manufacturing Model ABC or MDA rated for Branch circuit, or approved equal. Circuit Breakers shall be Allen-Bradley rated for Branch circuit, or approved equal. Part 3 – Execution Construction Branch circuits shall be individually fused with an indication of fuse opening. All fuse holders for the panel shall be grouped on a single sub-panel. They shall be so situated that when the panel door is opened there is a clear view of the indicators and clear access for replacement of the fuses. Provide DC power supplies as required to power instruments requiring external DC power of the appropriate voltages, with sufficient voltage regulation and ripple control to assure that the instruments being supplied can operate within their required tolerances . The power supplies at all RTUs shall include batteries for a backup power supply and cha rging equipment. 17.21.3 Backup Power Supply [CSI 40 67 63] Part 1 - General Design Requirements All equipment panels shall have an Uninterruptable DC Power Module that interfaces with the Normal DC Power Supply. The Uninterruptable DC Power Module shall be capable of powering the control panel equipment for a period of not less than 8 hours after normal power City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-15 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. failure. Transfer shall be a non-mechanical, non-interruptible, smooth transfer to battery backup. Performance Requirements The master console shall display power failure, and also a low battery condition alarm for the new equipment. A power failure alarm shall occur in the format currently used by the system. A low battery condition alarm shall cause the alarm indicator to flash but will not sound the audible alarm. The indicating light shall go off when the alarm condition is clear. Part 3 – Execution Installation Batteries, battery chargers, and necessary wiring shall be installed to meet the above specifications. 17.21.5 Line Protection Units – Low Current [CSI 40 78 56.15] Part 1 - General Design Requirements The line protection unit shall isolate and protect the I&C electronics from current and voltage surges in the transmission lines. Each protection unit shall have: • An isolation transformer with a minimum of 1,500 volts AC isolation, primary to secondary, and a minimum saturation current of 100 milliamps (ma) S.C. or as required to protect the I&C equipment from damage. • Separate line-side and equipment-side terminal blocks. • Two clip-mounted, replaceable gas discharge tubes rated at 90 volts striking voltage and 5,000 ampere peak pulse current capacity and suitable ground strap. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units The line protection unit shall be a complete unit, mounted on a separate chassis, and be field replaceable without soldering. The chassis shall be a ¼-inch thick plate. 17.21.6 Line Protection Units – High Current [CSI 40 78 56.17] Part 1 - General Design Requirements The line protection unit shall isolate and protect the I&C electronics from current and voltage surges in the transmission lines. Each protection unit shall have: City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-16 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • A minimum continuous operating current rating of 30 amps or larger as required to protect the telemetry equipment from damage. • A minimum peak surge current rating of 80 KA. • Separate line-side and equipment-side terminal blocks. • LED indicator for circuit diagnostics. • A response time less than or equal to 1 nanosecond. The line protection unit shall be a complete unit available as a surface mount or DIN rail. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers The line protector shall be an Allen-Bradley Model 4983-DC120-20 or equal. 17.22 Wire and Cable [CSI 40 67 33] 17.22.2 Wiring [CSI 40 67 33] Part 1 - General References All electrical wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC. Design Requirements Wires shall be 600-volt class, PVC insulated, stranded copper and shall be the sizes required for the current to be carried but not less than No. 14 AWG conductor size. Wires for signal circuits shall be twisted shielded pairs not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Part 3 – Execution Installation All power wiring shall be supported on a sheet metal raceway or enclosed in a plastic wiring duct. Wiring for signal circuits shall be separated at least 6-inch from any power wiring. 17.22.3 Cables [CSI 40 67 33] Part 1 - General Design Requirements Cables and connectors shall be industry standard, shielded, and shall be provided to connect all peripherals and equipment. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-17 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.24 Switches and Relays [CSI 40 78 19, 40 78 53] 17.24.2 Selector Switch [CSI 40 78 19.21] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T; Square D Co., Type K; Allen Bradley, Type 800T; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Selector switches shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type selector switches with contacts rated for 10 amperes continuous at proper operating voltage. Operators shall be black knob type. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements and spring return function (if any) as shown on Plans. Units shall be single-hole mounting, accommodating panel thicknesses from 1/16-inch minimums to ¼-inch maximum. 17.24.3 Pushbuttons [CSI 40 78 19.23] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T; Square D Co., Type K; Allen Bradley, Type 800T; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Pushbuttons shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion-resistant/watertight/oil-tight, type push buttons with momentary contacts rated for 10-ampere continuous at proper operating voltage. Button color shall be as specified in control panels and shall have a full guard. Pushbutton contact arrangements shall be as shown on Plans. Size of pushbuttons as indicated on the Plans. Special Functions Pushbutton for “Emergency Help” applications shall have maintained contacts and red mushroom head operators. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-18 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.24.4 Panel Relays [CSI 40 78 53] Part 1 – General Design Criteria Relays shall be provided as necessary to perform switching functions required of control panels and other control circuits as shown on the Plans and described in the technical specifications. Appropriate relay type and associated contacts shall be selected based on the application from the control wiring diagrams or the functional description. Where timing relays and control relays require additional contacts, provide auxiliary control relays properly sized for the application. All contacts and relays shall be NEMA rated and UL recognized. The electrical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amps; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10 amp for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT). The mechanical life expectancy for the relay shall be over 50,000,000 operations. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Control Relays Square D Class 8501, Type K or R; Allen Bradley 700 Type HA or HB; IDEC RH Series; or equal. Time Delay and Timing Relays Allen Bradley 700 Type HR; IDEC GE1, RTE or GT3 Series; or equal. Manufactured Units Control Relays Relays for general purpose use shall be DPDT or 3PDT, 10 amp contacts with the appropriate coil voltage for the application. Relays shall be plug-in type with matching socket. All relays shall have LED indicators to signal when the coil is en ergized. Relay coils shall be rated for continuous duty. Time Delay Relays Time delay relays shall be multi-function, multi-range with plug-in base, pin style terminations timing and timed out LED indicators, and calibrated scales. Relays shall have minimum 0.5 seconds to 60 minutes, 8 selectable timing ranges, 5 amp contacts. Select coil voltage for the application. Units shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Appropriate relay shall be selected based on application from the control wiring diagrams. Minimum accuracy (plus or minus) shall be as follows: 1. Repeat accuracy – ½ percent. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-19 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. Timing change over full voltage range – ½ percent change over full temperature range. 3. Scale tolerance – 5-percent. Timing Relays Timing relays shall be machine tool industrial relay with solid-state timer and external adjustment dial. Range shall be 0 to 120 seconds unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. Relay shall include an LED indictor and instantaneous and time-delay contacts rated at 10 amps, meeting NEMA A600 designation. Timing relays shall be “on delay” or “off delay” as indicated on the Plans. Units shall be sealed to prevent entry of contamination in the form of dust, dirt, or moisture. Appropriate relay shall be selected based on application from the control wiring diagrams. Minimum accuracy (plus or minus) shall be as follows: 1. Repeat accuracy – ½ percent. 2. Timing change over full voltage range – ½ percent change over full temperature range. 3. Scale tolerance – 5 percent. Part 3 – Execution Installation Provide adjustable time relays on all alarm and shut down circuits to prevent nuisance tripping of other alarm points. Time delay relays for these functions may not be shown on the Plans; however, provide as required on all circuits. Provide additional form C contacts over and above the number indicated on the Plans for all relays provided. 120 VAC relays shall not be interchangeable with other voltages to prevent a hazardous interchange of relay voltages. Provide DIN mounted or panel mounted type depending on application. 17.25 Indicating Lights and Readouts [CSI 40 78 13, 40 78 16] 17.25.2 Pilot Lights [CSI 40 78 16.21] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Heavy-Duty, Oil-Tight Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type 12350T; Square D Co., Type K; Allen Bradley, Type 800T; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-20 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Heavy-Duty, Watertight, and Corrosion-Resistant Type: Eaton/Cutler-Hammer, Type E34; Square D Co., Type SK; Allen Bradley, Type 800H; General Electric Co., Type CR 104P. Manufactured Units Indicating lights shall be NEMA type 4/4X/13, corrosion resistant, water -tight, oil-tight, full voltage, push-to-test, high visibility 28 chips LED type. Pilot lights shall be rated for the proper operating voltage. Appropriate lens caps shall be provided as shown on Plans. 17.30 INTELLIGENT CONTROL UNITS 17.31.2 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) System [CSI 40 63 43] Part 1 - General Summary Work involved in this contract includes providing new PLC equipment and programming to provide the functions shown on the Plans and described herein. Performance and Design Requirements • The PLC system modifications shall accomplish the control requirements of the loop descriptions, Plans, and Specifications. • The design application and installation of the PLCs shall conform to NEMA ICS 1.1. • PLC programming shall be documented. • All PLC control system components shall be capable of meeting or exceeding electromagnetic interference tests per ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers PLC components added to this Contract shall be Allen-Bradley. No substitution. Refer to project Telemetry Panel plans for specific Allen-Bradley component numbers and quantities. Components Input/Output (I/O) Modules a) Provide plug-in modular-type I/O racks with cables to connect to all other required PLC system components. b) Provide I/O system with: 1. I/O solid state boards with status lights indicating I/O status and board failure. 2. Electric isolation between logic and field device. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-21 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3. Interchangeable boards for similar I/O type to allow substitution of operating boards for failed units by the operator. 4. Capability of withstanding low energy common mode transient to 1500 V without failure. 5. Incorporate noise suppression design. 6. Capable of meeting or exceeding surge-withstand capability tests, per ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1. 7. Capable of meeting or exceeding electrical noise tests, NEMA ICS1-109.60- 109.66. c) Discrete I/O modules: 1. Interface to ON/OFF devices. 2. I/O status indicator on module front. 3. Voltage rating to match circuit voltage. 4. Output module current rating: a. Match maximum circuit current draw. b. Minimum 1.5 A/point for 120 V AC applications. 5. Isolated modules for applications where one module interfaces with devices utilizing different sources of power. 6. Individually fused outputs with blown fuse indication. d) Analog I/O modules: 1. Input modules to accept signals indicated on Plans or Specifications. 2. 12-bit minimum resolution. 3. I/O chassis supplied power for powering connected field devices. 4. Isolated (differential) inputs and outputs. 5. User configurable for desired fault-response state. 6. Provide output signals as indicated on Plans and Specifications. 7. Individual D/A converter for each output module. 8. Individual A/D converter for each input module. Data Highway Communications 1. All PLC controllers shall be capable of EtherNet/IP communications. Any additional industrial protocols shall be provided through protocol converters. PLC Peripheral Devices 1. PLC Peripheral Devices Graphical Operator Interface City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-22 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a. The data entry and display module shall consist of a 6.5-inch color screen display. b. The unit shall be capable of reading PLC data table register values and pre-defined messages and writing into PLC memory to modify register values. c. The readout module will be used as a local operator interface device for entering operational parameters and reading out process data including display of all alarms by tag number. d. A complete index of parameters and corresponding memory locations and a complete cross reference of alarms will be permanently attached to each PLC enclosure. e. The unit will be self-contained, 24 VDC powered and rated minimum NEMA 12 suitable for panel mounting. f. Communications will be direct with the Ethernet Switch via shielded CAT 5E Ethernet Cable. g. The touch screen panel shall be an Allen-Bradley PanelView Plus 7 Performance Terminal, 6.5-inch Color Display, Part Number 2711P-T7C22D9P, No Substitutions. Part 3 - Execution Installers Control System Integrator and programmers shall have had experience in design, installation, and start-up of at least three similar installations using the proposed hardware and software. Installation Provide a completely integrated distributed programmable controller system capable of analog and sequential control, data acquisition and display, alarm annunciation and communications using the PLC system. I/O cards and memory shall be added as necessary to complete work shown on the Plans and described in the specifications. The system shall provide true distributed control wherein each PLC is an intelligent stand-alone controller programmed for the specific functions required at its respective location. Certain information in the form of control commands, interlocks and data will be passed directly between the PLCs for use in executing the local control programs. Input/Output Connection Requirements 1. Make connections to I/O subsystem by terminating all field wiring on terminal blocks within the I/O enclosure. 2. Prewire I/O modules to terminal blocks. 3. Provide terminal blocks with continuous marking strip. 4. Size terminals to accommodate all active data base points and spares. 5. Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield. 6. Field wiring shall not be disturbed when removing or replacing an I/O module. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-23 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PLC Installment 1. Component placement: a. Mount all components according to manufacturer's instructions. b. Locate incoming line devices (isolation or constant voltage transformers, local power disconnects, surge suppressors, etc.) so as to keep power wire runs within an enclosure as short as possible. c. If items such as magnetic starters, contactors, relays and other electromagnetic devices are located within the same enclosure as the PLC system components, provide at least 6 inches of separation between the magnetic area and the control area. d. Oversize enclosure to accommodate future racks and auxiliary devices as required. 2. Provide enclosure with a single quick disconnect of incoming power. Mount disconnect switch or breaker on enclosure exterior and label. 3. Enclosures shall comply with these specifications. 4. Enclosures shall be equipped with H2S inhibitor(s) suitable for the enclosed volume. 17.33 Network Equipment and Computers 17.33.1 Industrial Network Equipment [CSI 40 66 13] Part 1 – General Design Requirements All specified “industrial network equipment” shall comply with the following minimum specifications: 1. Rated for a 5-30VDC power supply. 2. UL listed. 3. Designed for an industrial environment. 4. Operating temperature of -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 176 degrees Fahrenheit. 5. IP66 rated water and dust resistant. 6. All devices on fiber backbone shall have a minimum of two sets of transmit/receive ports. 7. Twisted pair network speed shall be a minimum of 100Base-TX. 8. Fiber optic network speed shall be a minimum of 100Base-FX. These requirements do not apply to non-industrial network equipment. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-24 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 - Products Control Network Equipment Data highway communications shall be accomplished on a control network consisting of nodes, one at each PLC or computer workstation and a physical link layer consisting of cables and all interfacing hardware. Control Network equipment shall consist of the following devices. Managed Ethernet/Fiber Switch One (1) Siemens RuggedCom RS900G, RS900G-24-D-2SFP-XX, 6GK6090-0GS21-0BA0-Z A01 with SFP modules ,DIN mount, and provide AddOn HP Procurve J4859A Compatible 1000BASE-LX SFP 1310nm 10KM. No Substitutions. Part 3 – Execution Installation All network equipment in Control Panels shall be installed as per Plans, specifications and product installation instructions. All components shall be suitable for installation in the environment where installed. All devices shall be installed as specified by the manufacturer. All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Device displays shall be positioned to be easily read when viewing directly into control panels. 17.50 SENSORS AND CONTROLS [CSI 40 70 00] 17.50.1 Common Work for Sensors and Controls [CSI 40 70 05] Part 1 – General Design Requirements Provide sensors and controls scaled and rated for their intended application. Part 3 – Execution Installation All devices shall be installed to be field serviceable without taking the facility out of service. Readouts shall be positioned to be easily read from a standing position, central to the room unless allowed otherwise by the Engineer. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-25 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.52 Pressure and Level Sensors and Controls [CSI 40 72 00, 40 73 00] 17.52.3 Wastewater Level Float Switches [CSI 40 72 76.13] Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Switches shall be SJE Rhombus, SJE MegaMaster, or equal. Manufactured Units Float switch shall be mechanical switch-type enclosed in a sealed float. If not internally weighted, a weight shall be on the cord near the float switch. 3/C # 18 flexible type SJOW oil-proof, weather resistant cord shall be integral with the float switch and shall be of sufficient length to reach the splice junction box with an additional five feet of slack cord. Part 3 – Execution Installation Level switches shall be provided for the following: High level backup Low level The float switch shall indicate to the control system that the liquid level, at which the switch has been positioned, has been reached. 17.52.14 Radar Level Transmitter Part 1 – General Design Requirements The radar level sensor and transmitter shall have an operating range as required for th e installation shown on the Plans, shall incorporate an integral temperature sensor, and shall be completely encapsulated in a corrosion resistant housing. The complete level transmitter assembly shall be completely rated for the environment for which it will be installed. The level sensor shall be equipped with a submergence shield. Integral level sensor cables shall be long enough to reach the termination locations as shown on the Plans. The transmitter shall be 24 VDC powered with Bluetooth communications. Performance Requirements The level sensor and transmitter shall provide a 4-20 mA signal proportional to the level reading. The level sensor and transmitter shall have an accuracy of 0.25 percent. Sensor range of 0 foot to 25 feet. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-26 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The radar level transmitter assembly shall be an Endress Hauser Micropilot FMR20, or equal mounted as shown on the Plans. Part 3 – Execution Installation Furnish and install the radar level sensor and flange as shown on the Plans and accord ing to manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements. 17.90 TESTING, STARTUP, AND TRAINING 17.90.1 Common Work for Testing, Startup, and Training [CSI 40 61 21, 40 61 26, 40 80 00] Part 1 – General Summary Total system hardware start-up is the responsibility of the Control System Integrator. Maintenance The Control System Integrator shall be solely and completely responsible for all hardware maintenance of the system from time of start-up to the date of acceptance, by formal action of the Owner, of all work under the contract. The Control System Integrator shall perform all such work required or considered to be required by the Owner to cause and maintain proper operation of the system and to properly maintain the system. Warranty The Contractor shall cause the Control System Integrator to make any and all repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments required to eliminate any and all defects in design, materials and workmanship which are disclosed within the one year guarantee period. The Control System Integrator shall begin all repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments within twenty-four (24) hours of notification by telephone by the Owner and shall complete such repairs, replacements, modifications and adjustments within forty-eight (48) hours of notification. Should the Control System Integrator fail to begin the work within 24 hours or complete the work within 48 hours, the Owner may proceed to undertake or complete the work. In such event, the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all costs incurred by the Owner. Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control Equipment Manufacturer’s Support 1. The Control System Integrator shall pay for services of equipment manufacturer's field service representative(s) to: City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-27 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. a. Inspect equipment covered by these Specifications. b. Supervise adjustments and installation checks. c. Conduct start-up of equipment and perform operational checks. d. Provide Owner with a written statement that manufacturer's equipment has been installed properly, started up and is ready for operation by Owner's personnel. Repairs The Control System Integrator shall correct all deficiencies and defects and make any and all repairs, replacements, modifications, and adjustments as malfunctions or failures occur. The Contractor and the Control System Integrator shall anticipate that the Owner may delay acceptance of all work under the contract if, in the judgment of the Owner, malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system repeatedly occur after start-up. Both the Contractor and the Control System Integrator shall not be entitled to an extension of time or to any claim for damages because of hindrances, delays or complications caused by or resulting from delay by the Owner in accepting the work because of malfunctions or failures in operation of the control system. 17.91 Tests and Inspections [CSI 40 61 21, 40 80 13] Part 1 - General Summary Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected in accordance with the specifications. Testing shall be performed by the Control System Integrator in accordance with Division 16, and this and subsequent sections of this division. Testing shall be required to determine if installed equipment and system(s) will operate in the manner in which they are intended to operate. The decision of the Owner upon the acceptability of the test procedures and conformance shall be final. The work will not be accepted until all testing has been satisfactorily performed. Scheduling The Contractor shall prepare factory and field test procedures to demonstrate conformance of the complete system to this specification. The Contractor shall submit the detailed test procedures within four weeks after the notice to proceed for the Engineer’s review and approval. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, instruments and services necessary to perform all specific functional testing of all installed equipment and systems at no additional cost. The Control System Integrator and Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer (Control System Programmer) of the factory testing date 30 days before testing. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall include in the schedule 10 consecutive working days as part of the factory testing for the Control System Programmer to test the City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-28 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. control system software with the hardware supplied by the Control System Integrator at the Control System Integrator’s shop. The Control System Integrator and Contractor shall submit to the Engineer (Control System Programmer) a detailed field testing schedule identifying each day that both the Control System Integrator and Control System Programmer will need to be on site for field testing of equipment. A preliminary schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 60 days before testing. A final schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review 30 days before testing. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall include in the construct ion schedule 10 consecutive working days between the completion of field testing and the startup phase for the Control System Programmer to perform field software testing. Startup shall not proceed until the software field testing is complete. Part 2 – Products Factory Testing All factory testing of control panels and computer systems shall be performed at the Control System Integrator’s shop. The completed control system shall be tested in the shop by the Control System Integrator and the Control System Programmer. The initial hardware testing of the control system shall include the following: 1. The entire assembled panels shall be meggered and tested to be free from grounds and shorts. 2. Energize each discrete input and output and simulating each analog in put and output using a loop simulator and calibrator. Circuits not energized shall be tested for continuity. Discrete input signals shall be tested in both the “on” and “off” state. Analog signals shall be tested at a minimum of three values (4 mA, 12 mA, and 20 mA). The test results shall be documented by the Control System Integrator in checklist format. The final test results shall be signed by both the Engineer and Control System Integrator prior to shipment of equipment to the job site. 3. Provide signal generators, multimeters, and other test equipment as required to verify proper operation of the assembled panels. 4. Correct, replace, or repair control panel center wiring, and/or components until testing demonstrates proper operation. Control panels shall not be shipped to the job site until testing has demonstrated complete operation of the panels. 5. Provide updated and complete as-built drawings for the control panels at the time of final factory testing. The Engineer shall review the drawings against the panel construction at the time of final factory testing. Drawings which do not reflect the actual construction of the panel shall be revised and reviewed again by the Engineer. As-built drawings that require revisions shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to shipment of equipment to the job site. This review process shall be repeated as necessary so that as-built drawings reflect the actual construction of the panels at the time of shipment. Panels shall not be shipped to the job site until the as-built City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-29 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. drawings are updated, complete, and reflect the actual as -shipped status of the equipment. Upon completion of the initial hardware testing, Control System Programmer shall conduct software testing for final inspection by the Owner. The Control System Integrator shall provide for time, equipment and support in their shop for Control System Programmer to completely demonstrate the functions of the entire control system. All control functions and all status and alarm monitoring and indication shall be demonstrated under simulated operating conditions. Simulating equipment shall be provided and wired into the control system for this testing. Testing shall be continued for the time period required by the Owner to observe and verify any revisions and as described above in the scheduling portion of this specification. Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control Following installation by the Contractor, the Control System Integrator will verify the correctness of the interconnecting wiring and energize all control equipment in the field. Each point at the controller(s) shall be checked for proper functional operation through communication with the central computer. Field Tests The Control System Integrator in conjunction with the Contractor shall conduct field tests of all panels, and instrumentation in the presence of the Engineer after installation of the equipment at the site. Testing shall be conducted by physically actuating signaling devices, installing temporary jumpers, or artificially imposing signals on the field wiring. This shall be done to establish proper operation of the field devices, the integrity of the field wiring, and the proper connection of field devices to the panels. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall coordinate with the Engineer to provide for as complete testing of the control system as is practical prior to placing the equipment on line for actual control and monitoring. The Contractor and Control System Integrator shall make corrections or repairs to the wiring and/or devices as necessary to provide proper operation of the system. After the initial testing is complete, commissioning shall be accomplished by the Control Systems Integrator, Control System Programmer, and Contractor, with the Owner and Engineer present. Commissioning shall include operation and verification of all control components and features of the entire control system. Each function shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Owner. Repairs Should any part of the system fail during the test, the test shall be rescheduled and repeated to the satisfaction of the Owner after repairs. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-30 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.92 Startup [CSI 40 80 15] Part 1 – General Summary All testing, startup and operation shall not be cause for claims for delay by the Contractor, and all expenses accruing therefrom shall be deemed to be incidental to this contract . The Contractor shall make arrangement for all materials, supplies and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup and operation. Startup shall consist of testing, by a simulated operation, all operational equipment and controls. The purpose of these tests shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. Scheduling Factory representatives of all major units shall be present for the startup phase. The test shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions of controls and machinery are correct. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control When the installation of the Control System is substantially complete, the Contractor shall commence with calibration and field testing. Testing shall determine that all system components connect up correctly to each other so that the system works as designed. Refer to section 17.91 for field testing requirements. All components of the control system shall be calibrated by the Control System Integrator after completion of installation. Each component shall be adjusted to be within the Manufacturer's required range and for the specific application. Components that cannot be properly calibrated or that are found to exceed the Manufacturer's specified range or accuracy shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The control system shall be placed into operation by the Control Systems Integrator and Control System Programmer. The Control System Integrator shall calibrate all instruments, indicators, recorders, loops, etc. and shall provide a five-point calibration test results sheet for each calibrated instrument supplied by the Control System Integrator. The five-point calibration shall include one point at: Minimum input range value, Maximum input range value, Midrange input value, no other point less than 25 percent of span to any other point. Test forms shall identify each instrument tested, input conditions vs. output signal results in tabulated form, and shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final commissioning. Repairs All deficiencies observed during the start-up will be corrected by the Contractor. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-31 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 17.93 Training [CSI 40 61 26] Part 1 – General Submittals Submit index of all training offered by PLC system equipment manufacturers including operation and maintenance. The Control System Integrator shall prepare and assemble specific instruction materials for each training session and shall supply such materials to the Owner at least 2 weeks prior to the time of the training. The Control System Programmer will provide additional training that is separate from this contract. Part 3 – Execution Hands-On Training The Control System Integrator shall conduct specifically organized training sessions in operation and maintenance of the control system for personnel employed by the Owner. The training sessions shall be conducted to educate and train the personnel in maintenance and operation of all components of the control system. Training shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Preventative maintenance procedures 2. Trouble-shooting 3. Calibration 4. Testing 5. Replacement of components At least two separate training sessions, each at least 2 hours in duration, shall be conducted at the facility after start-up of the system. 17.94 Documentation 17.94.2 Operations and Maintenance Manuals [CSI 40 80 23] Part 1 – General Summary Two types of operation and maintenance manuals (O&M) will be required for the contract: 1. General manuals for use by the Water Department staff for daily operation, maintenance and troubleshooting. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-32 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. Technical manuals for use by trained electronics technicians for technical and “board level” maintenance and repair. Submittals Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 50 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner five sets of acceptable manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions covering each piece of mechanical and electrical equipment, or equipment assembly, furnished under this contract. Each set of instructions shall be bound into multiple volumes; each volume to be complete with and index and bound in a suitable hard-cover binder. Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each piece of equipment can be readily found. Any additional operating and maintenance instructions from the Control Systems Programmer will be submitted separately. Quality Assurance Manuals shall be purposefully made for this installation, and general manuals which are vague or have limited applicability will not be accepted. The manuals shall be written in a non- technical format suitable for reading by water system operators with no previous automatic control equipment experience. The decision of the Owner on the acceptability of the manual shall be final. Part 2 – Products Materials The Control System Integrator shall prepare and assemble detailed operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the project general requirements. The manuals shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Name, location and phone number of nearest supplier and spare part warehouse. 2. Step by step operating procedures. 3. Narrative of overall system performance and operation. 4. Listing of all equipment setpoints. 5. Preventative maintenance procedures 6. Trouble-shooting of master and remote equipment. 7. Calibration 8. Testing 9. Replacement of components 10. System schematics / shop drawings 11. As-built elementary and one-line diagrams 12. Catalog data and complete parts list for all equipment and control devices 13. Listing of recommended spare parts. 14. Listing of recommended maintenance tools and equipment. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 17 17-33 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Division 17 Automatic Control.docx 1/20/22 9:42 AM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 15. Warranties. 16. Disassembly and reassembly instructions. All plans shall be provided on hard copy and in electronic form on disk. Electronic drawing files shall be provided in AutoCAD .DWG format with all “xrefs” bound. If “xrefs” are not bound, all “xref”.DWG files shall be provided unlinked with instructions to reestablish the links. Files shall be in AutoCAD 2010 or later format. 18-1 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment 18.0 GENERAL It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed herein but required according to the plans and specifications and general practice shall be included in Contractor’s bid price in the most closely applicable bid item. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s entry is less than the minimum specified amount, the Owner will unilaterally revise the price to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the total. The recalculated total will be used by the Owner for award purposes and to fix the contract price amount and the amount of the contract bond. If a maximum or fixed bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s entry exceeds the maximum or fixed specified amount, the Owner will reduce the bid item price to the maximum or fixed specified amount and relocate the offsetting amounts to bid items of the Owner’s choosing. Bid Item 1 – Mobilization Lump sum price covers complete cost of furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in-place, all work and materials necessary to: move and organize equipment and personnel onto the job site; secure job site; traffic control for deliveries; provide and maintain necessary support facilities; obtain all necessary permits and licenses; prepare site for construction operations; maintain site and surrounding areas during construction; move all personnel and equipment off site after contract completion; cleanup site prior to final acceptance; and accomplish all other items of work not specifically listed in other divisions. No more than 80-percent of bid amount for this item will be paid before final payment request, and this bid amount may not be more than 10-percent of value of total contract. Bid Item 2 – Pothole Existing Utility Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to pothole existing utilities as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. The cost associated with coordination with utility companies shall be included in this bid item. Payment shall be per each. Bid Item 3 – Clearing and Grubbing Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for clearing and grubbing as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. The cost associated with hauling and properly disposing of any and all cleared and grubbed materials shall be included in this bid item. Bid Item 4 – Site Work Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all site work relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: structure excavation, backfill, and compaction; site grading and paving; City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-2 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. temporary construction fencing; disposal of excess material; control of water; landscaping; trenching; excavation; installation of all proposed utilities; removal of unsuitable materials; select bedding; backfill; appurtenances; dewatering; restoration for underground utilities; dust control within the construction limits; and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all site work. Bid Item 5 – Temporary Shoring for Lift Station Excavation Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of temporary shoring system design and approval to meet the requirements as identified in these specifications, construction and maintenance of the temporary shoring system. This bid item shall include the following, but not limited to: preparation of the temporary shoring design and submittal (no more than 10 - percent of the lump sum amount will be paid after the approval of the temporary shoring design); providing all the material and equipment necessary to provide adequate temporary shoring during the construction of the lift station structures; maintaining all the shoring equipment during the construction; removal of all material and equipment upon the completion of the deep excavation; protecting and/or maintaining utilities. This bid item shall not include the cost of the lift station excavation. Payment shall be lump sum. Measurement for payment shall be determined based on the percentage of total work completed at the time of request. This bid item covers the temporary shoring for the lift station excavation. All other necessary trench/excavation protection and temporary shoring for the project shall be included in separate bid items as specified and in Bid Item 15 – Trench Shoring. Bid Item 6 – Package Lift Station Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing a packaged lift station as identified in the plans and specifications. Work shall include, but not limited to procuring and unloading of equipment and materials; traffic control and safety; securing delivered materials and installation of supplied components including precast concrete structures; all other coordination with the supplier; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning lift station. Bid Item 7 – Electrical and Controls The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the electrical work and telemetry and automatic control system shown on the Plans, and detailed in the contract specifications. This bid item includes the installation of instrumentation, site and facility electrical and signal conduits, conductors, junction boxes, coordination with automatic control system integrator and programmer, and all other electrical and control work not covered elsewhere. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 8 – PVC SS Pipe 12-in Diam Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for the installation of the 12-inch-diameter PVC sewer main. Work includes: pipe; fittings; joining; trenching; thrust restraint; trench backfill; compaction; temporary surface patching; testing and all other work for a complete installation. Includes connections to City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-3 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. existing gravity or force mains where specified on the Plans. Payment shall be per linear foot as measured through the fittings. Bid Item 9 – PVC SS Pipe 8-in Diam Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for the installation of the 8-inch-diameter PVC sewer main. Work includes: pipe; fittings; joining; trenching; thrust restraint; trench backfill; compaction; temporary surface patching; testing and all other work for a complete installation. Includes connections to existing gravity or force mains where specified on the Plans. Payment shall be per linear foot as measured through the fittings. Bid Item 10 – DI SS Pipe 4-in Diam Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for the installation of the 4-inch-diameter ductile iron force main. Work includes: pipe; fittings; joining; trenching; thrust restraint; trench backfill; compaction; temporary surface patching; testing and all other work for a complete installation. Includes connections to existing gravity or force mains where specified on the Plans. Payment shall be per linear foot as measured through the fittings. Bid Item 11 – Manhole 48-in Diam. Type 1 The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for construction of new 48-inch Type 1 sewer manhole as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: excavation; disposal of excess material; control of water; placement of foundation gravel; pre-cast structure with liner; precast concrete components: ladders; risers; tops; lids, rims and covers, channeling, grout and sealing; placement of backfill; compaction; cast in place concrete pipe blocks; and all other work necessary for a complete installation of new sewer manhole meeting the Owner’s Standard Plans and the plans and specifications. Payment shall be per each. Bid Item 12 – Connect to Existing Manhole The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary to connect the proposed sewer main to the existing manhole in Road 48 as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: excavation; disposal of excess material; disposal of existing piping (if applicable); control of water; placement of foundation gravel; core drilling existing manhole; channeling, grout and sealing; placement of backfill; compaction; pipe and/or fittings necessary to connect to the existing manhole; and all other work necessary for a complete installation of new sewer manhole meeting the Owner’s Standard Plans and the plans and specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 13 – Bedding Unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for bedding as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable bedding material; procurement, haul, placement and compaction of import bedding. Payment shall be per ton. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-4 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bid Item 14 – Select Backfill Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for select backfill as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: backfill, hauling of excess material, placement, compaction and all other work necessary for a complete backfilled trench and site. Payment shall be per ton. Bid Item 15 – Trench Shoring Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of trench safety and shoring including: all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of the trench safety and shoring work as shown on the Plans, and detailed in the contract specifications, or as required by governing safety codes. Price includes design of the shoring system as required by applicable codes and standards, whether shown on the Plans or not. Payment shall be per linear foot as measured by the proposed pipe alignment. Bid Item 16 – Pavement Preparation The lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to prepare the existing pavement for excavation and installation of the proposed improvements. Price shall include: prepare existing paved surfaces, apply anti- stripping additive, removal and disposal of existing pavement; saw cutting to neat line; asphalt; compaction; joint sealing; repainting of damaged striping; adjustment of valve boxes and other structures; and cleanup. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 17 – Crushed Surfacing Base Course The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for providing and installing crushed rock to the depth shown on the Plans. Price shall include: preparation of subgrade; removal and disposal of temporary surface patching; rock; delivery and placement; watering; and compaction. Payment shall be per ton. Bid Item 18 – Crushed Surfacing Top Course The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for providing and installing crushed rock to the depth shown on the Plans. Price shall include: preparation of subgrade; removal and disposal of temporary surface patching; rock; delivery and placement; watering; and compaction. Payment shall be per ton. Bid Item 19 – Cold Mix Asphalt Temporary Patch The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for providing and installing temporary asphalt patching during construction. Price shall include: removal and disposal of existing pavement; saw cutting to neat line; asphalt; compaction; joint sealing; repainting of damaged striping; adjustment of valve boxes and other structures; and cleanup. No extra payment for overly wide patching will be made unless extra trench widths were directed by the Owner or the Owner deems that circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor resulted in excessive patching width. Payment shall be per ton of temporary cold mix asphalt installed. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-5 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bid Item 20 – Hot Mix Asphalt Trench Patch The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for providing and installing asphalt patching and restoration during construction. Price shall include: removal and disposal of existing pavement and/or cold mix; saw cutting to neat line; asphalt; compaction; joint sealing; repainting of damaged striping; adjustment of valve boxes and other structures; and cleanup. No extra payment for overly wide patching will be made unless extra trench widths were directed by the Owner or the Owner deems that circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor resulted in excessive patching width. Payment shall be per ton of hot mix asphalt installed. Bid Item 21 – Adjust Monument Case and Cover The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for a licensed surveyor to reset existing monuments conforming to the procedures outlined in the State law. Payment for said monuments that do not appear on the plans, and in the Owner’s opinion could not reasonably have been avoided, will be paid by unit price. Bid Item 22 – Unscheduled Excavation The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for excavation and disposal that is beyond the limits shown on the project plans and is performed at the Owner’s request. Excavated material shall be replaced with import structural fill as directed by the Owner. Price includes haul and disposal of excavated material, and replacement wit h import. Measurement shall be per cubic yard of unscheduled excavated material replaced with imported material. Bid Item 23 – Dewatering and Control of Discharge Water Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of dewatering system design and approval to meet the requirements of the Owner, and those identified in these specifications, construction and maintenance of the dewatering system, and disposal of the excess water, and as necessary to construct the proposed lift station, force main, gravity sewer mains, and utility structures. This bid item will include the following but is not limited to: preparation of the dewatering design and submittal; drilling dewatering well(s); equipping all dewatering well pumps; dewatering well monitoring; providing temporary power for all dewatering well pumps; providing all of the equipment necessary to treat the dewatering water to be discharged per Owner requirements; abandoning all temporary dewatering wells upon the construction completion; replacing, and protecting and/or maintaining utilities. Payment shall be lump sum. Measurement for payment shall be determined based on the percentage of total work completed at the time of request. Bid Item 24 – Sediment and Erosion Control Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all erosion and sedimentation control relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: silt fence, temporary trenching, City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-6 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. temporary mulching, plastic sheeting, hydroseed, construction sedimentation control ponds and/or tanks; control of water; dewatering and restoration of damage caused by storm events, and all other work necessary, for a complete installation of all temporary sedimentation and erosion control facilities. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 25 – Project Temporary Traffic Control Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all work necessary for traffic control personnel and equipment as required by the local traffic agency work within their Right-of-Way. Work includes labor, materials and equipment for: vehicles; signs; cones; barricades; lighting; striping; barriers; preparation of traffic control plans; permitting costs and cleanup. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 26 – Construction Survey Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all surveying and staking control necessary to construct the improvements and provide permanent control references. Also included is the cost to survey and replace any existing markers disturbed during construction. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 27 – Testing and Startup Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, equipment and materials necessary for preforming the testing, startup, and commissioning of the lift station. The work includes, but is not limited to: development of a testing and startup plan; performing unit and system performance testing in advance of witnessed performance testing and startup; and providing qualified personnel for testing and startup of all equipment. Partial payment of up to 50 percent of the total bid item cost is allowed no earlier than first Engineer-witnessed testing date provided that complete testing and startup plan have been submitted for review. Final payment shall not be paid until testing of the station is complete and the lift station is completely operational as determined by the Owner and Engineer. The minimum cost for this bid item shall be $5,000. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 28 – O&M Manuals and On-site Owner Training Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor, equipment and materials necessary for preparing the operational and maintenance (O&M) manuals, and performing operator training. The work includes, but is not limited to: preparing O&M manuals and warranty certificates; and providing qualified personnel for Owner training. All training shall be performed as a separate trip apart from the testing and startup trip. Partial payment of up to 40 percent of the total bid item cost is allowed upon Engineer approval of the complete preliminary O&M manuals for review. The preliminary O&M manuals shall be submitted with the testing and startup plan. Final payment shall not be paid until the lift station is fully operational with Owner staff trained and final O&M manuals and warranties delivered and approved by the Owner and Engineer. The minimum cost for this bid item shall be $5,000. Payment shall be lump sum. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 18 18-7 \\corp.rh2.com\projects\Project\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 1/24/22 1:36 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bid Item 29 – Record Drawings Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all mark-up plans necessary for the Owner to create accurate as-built records as detailed in the specifications. The work includes surveying all structures and utilities to determine their as-constructed locations and elevations, records of all mechanical and electrical equipment for maintenance purposes, and operation and maintenance manuals. Failure to comply with the as-built requirements and furnish acceptable as-built records will result in the deletion of this bid item by change order. Payment for this work will not be made prior to the final payment. Payment shall be lump sum. Bid Item 30 – Minor Change Force Account Payments or credits for changes amounting to $10,000 or less may be made under the Bid item “Minor Change Force Account”. At the discretion of the Owner, this procedure for Minor Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Minor Change. The agreement for the Minor Change will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Minor Change, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5, Procedure and Protest by the Contractor, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. Payments or credits will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.4, Equitable Adjustment, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for “Minor Change Force Account” in the Proposal to become a part of the Bid by the Contractor. 1 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 33 Pre-Packaged Lift Station 33.32.13 PRE-PACKAGED LIFT STATION PART 1: GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Pre-packaged Lift Station (hereafter, “lift station”) includes the design and supply of the pre-packaged lift station by the Pre-packaged Lift Station Supplier (hereafter, “Supplier), and the installation of the Pre-packaged Lift Station by the Pre-Packaged Pump Station Installer (hereafter, “Installer”, and consistent with “Contractor”, or “General Contractor” in other sections of the Contract Documents). B. The work of the Supplier shall include the complete design and supply of the lift station. The design work and supply of required equipment shall be from a single source. C. The work of the Installer shall include all labor and materials to perform the complete installation of the lift station per the Supplier’s recommendations and per all applicable specifications and drawings. 1.2 SCOPE A. The lift station with all listed components shall be supplied by Romtec Utilities, Inc., Whitney Equipment Company, Inc. (OneLift) or pre-approved equal. The Plans and Specifications may not include all features or equipment needed for a complete installation by either of the suppliers. For example, a single lift station structure with an internal wall to separate the wet and dry wells is acceptable, as is a lift station comprised of a wet well structure and a separate (standalone) drywell/meter vault. Revisions to the proposed site plan and interior lift station mechanical can be accommodated to facilitate a complete installation of the Supplier’s lift station components as recommended by the Supplier for this application. The Owner is not responsible for additional costs beyond the bid price for accommodating features or equipment not shown in the Plans or Specifications, but that is needed for a complete installation by the Supplier. The Supplier shall be solely responsible for the design, prefabrication, supply, performance, and warranty of all lift station components delineated in this specification and on the City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 2 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. drawings, which shall be used as a guide of the minimum product specifications that shall be met. B. The Supplier’s work shall include designing and supplying the piping, mechanical equipment, and appurtenances within and adjacent to the lift station wet well as a complete, pre-designed, lift station as described herein. Electrical and control components are not included in the Supplier’s scope, and instead are included in the general contractor’s (Installer’s) scope. See Divisions 16 and 17 for additional information. C. The Supplier shall provide complete submittal documentation for review including mechanical component drawings, data sheets and the layout of the lift station components on the AutoCAD site plan (provided by the Owner and/or Installer). D. The Owner reserves the right to require the Supplier to have a minimum of ten (10) years’ experience in complete pre-packaged lift station design and supply. E. Alternate Suppliers shall demonstrate, if requested by the Owner, that they have designed, engineered, produced, and delivered at minimum twenty (20) other functioning lift stations of similar type. Project completion dates and a reference contact from the owner of each project must be provided. Alternate Suppliers must also meet all requirements of this section and provide references along with any submittals. F. If ultimately required, the Supplier shall be able to provide stamped and sealed structural/mechanical plans by an engineer licensed in the State of Washington. G. Supplier shall provide one (1) copy of the drawings and specifications for the lift station for review by the Project Engineer. The drawings shall be of sufficient detail for the Project Engineer to review for conformity to the contract. All drawings shall include elevations on the same datum point as in the contract plans. H. All work performed under this section shall be in accordance with all generally accepted trade practices and manufacturers' recommendations. 1.3 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS/SUPPLIERS A. Romtec Utilities, Inc., 18240 North Bank Rd. Roseburg, OR. 97470 City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 3 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Tel: 541-496-9678; Fax: 541-496-0182; Email: rusales@romtec.com B. Whitney Equipment Company, Inc. (OneLift) 16120 Woodinville-Redmond Rd NE Ste 3, Woodinville, WA 98072 Tel: 425-486-9449; Email: svandevusse@weci.com C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Part 1. PART 2: SUPPLIER SERVICES 2.1 DESIGN AND SUBMITTALS A. Work shall include designing the structural, and mechanical lift station components as a complete, pre-designed, packaged system including the following major disciplines: i Structural Design • Wet well, valve vault, hatches. • Wet well uplift calculations. ii Mechanical Design • Pumps, valves, connections, mounting hardware, internal piping. iii Electrical Design – See Divisions 16 and 17 • Electrical Equipment including control panel, level sensing. iv Equipment Layout Design • Package lift station supplier will provide a proposed equipment layout on the Project Engineer’s site plan in CAD for inclusion in the Project Engineer’s plan set for review and approval by the owner. B. Submittals shall be provided in electronic format (PDF). C. Supplier shall include a minimum of four (4) design revisions before any additional fees apply. D. Supplier will provide the Operation & Maintenance manual and as-built drawings for the lift station at the time of initial lift station startup. O&M manual will include all submittal documentation, modified to reflect the as-built condition if changes are specified by the Installer, along with parts lists, and maintenance manuals. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 4 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2.2 PREFABRICATION A. Supplier shall prefabricate and pre-assemble the lift station to the extent possible for shipping and as Installer work allows. B. The wet well prefabrication shall include the mounting of all discharge elbows, cores/penetrations for the influent and discharge piping, and alignment pins/brackets to facilitate simple installation. All pre-fabrication shall be done prior to delivery to the project site. C. Vaults shall include full prefabrication, assembly, and pressure testing prior to delivery. All pipe stands and bracing shall be installed prior to delivery. 2.3 FACTORY APPLIED CONCRETE COATINGS/LININGS A. Supplier shall apply any required concrete coatings/linings at the factory or manufacturing facility prior to the delivery of the concrete structures to the project site. B. The factory applied coatings/linings shall be applied per the manufacturer’s recommendations, including compliance with the required concrete cure time prior to applying any coatings/linings. 2.4 DELIVERY SERVICES A. Supplier shall deliver the lift station on standard flat-bed trucks to be offloaded by the Installer. B. The Installer shall be responsible for coordinating the delivery of the system with the Supplier, as well as providing all equipment and labor required for offload. C. Installer will assume responsibility for adequate protection of delivered materials from weather, damage, and pilferage in order to maintain requirements to uphold Supplier warranty. 2.5 INSTALLATION ADVISOR SERVICES A. Supplier shall provide an Installation Advisor who will be present onsite for one (1) day at the time of underground installation to oversee the delivery of structural components and provide advisory services for installation of the wet well. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 5 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. B. The Installation Advisor will provide advice to Installer and answer any questions regarding the supplied components, their function, and the order in which to install them. C. The Installation Advisor is not to perform any work at the project site associated with physically installing the lift station. D. The Installer shall be responsible for coordinating all required field services with the Supplier. 2.6 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT AND CONSULTING A. Supplier shall provide support for the Installer’s electrician over the phone, both prior to and during installation of the lift station. 2.7 START-UP/TESTING AND OWNER TRAINING A. After installation, lift station start-up shall be performed by the Installer under the supervision of Supplier’s startup technician. The startup technician shall be a trained and qualified employee of Supplier. The startup technician shall not be provided by a third- party. B. Supplier’s start-up technician will provide two (2) days of on-site field service. C. During the first day of field service, the startup technician work will provide direction to Installer for lift station field-testing and troubleshooting any issues with system startup and operation. The startup technician will perform an inspection of the lift station installation to ensure that it was completed in accordance with the approved design. The startup technician will also direct and oversee the installation of the delivered pumps and level sensors. Delivered pumps and level sensors are to be stored on-site during construction, but not installed until the time of startup testing. D. Day two of field service will include operation and maintenance training provided by the startup technician to all parties involved in the ongoing operation and maintenance of the lift station. This should include the owner or owner’s representative, maintenance personnel, operation personnel, the Installer, and any other parties that are integral to the ongoing performance of the lift station. The Installer shall coordinate with the owner to determine and verify all parties are present for training. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 6 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. E. During operation of the system as part of the system startup, the startup technician will prove the performance of the system based on the approved Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. F. The startup technician will complete a field startup report and training forms per the approved Scope of Supply and Design Submittal. These forms will be signed to acknowledge completion of startup activities by the required parties. G. The startup technician will provide a copy of the field startup report to be provided to the owner and/or operator. 2.8 WARRANTY A. The lift station and all its associated components shall be warranted by the OEM and the package lift station supplier against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1) year from date of final acceptance. Acceptance is defined as the date the package lift station supplier’s Field Startup Report is completed. If startup of the installed system is for any reason not performed within six months of installation, the warranty period shall be one year and six months from installation of the lift station. If installation of the delivered lift station is delayed for any reason, the warranty period shall be one year and six months from delivery of the primary structural components, such as the wet well. If delivery is delayed for any reason after the Installer agrees to a delivery schedule, the warranty period shall be one year and six months from the date the lift station was ready to deliver. B. The package lift station supplier warranty applies to materials, workmanship, fabrication, and assembly by package lift station supplier only. The package lift station supplier shall pass along any manufacturer’s warranties for individual components to the installer and/or owner. Some individual component manufacturer warranties may include variances in terms and be shorter or longer than the package lift station supplier’s warranty. PART 3: PRODUCTS 3.1 PREFABRICATED WET WELL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A. Precast 5’ diameter precast concrete wet well and top slab with hatch and cast-in vent City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 7 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. B. The precast concrete wet well shall be constructed of 4,000 psi concrete and 60,000 psi steel conforming to ASTM C478 standard specifications for precast reinforced concrete manhole sections. C. H-20 occasional traffic loading rated. D. All cored holes with pipe boots as needed E. Mastic joint sealant and joint wrap as required F. 3” ductile iron discharge piping G. Factory applied exterior concrete coating of Tnemec 46H-413 H. Alignment brackets I. The wet well depth will be approximately 17.0’ from the rim to the floor, as shown in the plans.. 3.2 PREFABRICATED VALVE VAULT ASSEMBLY A. The rough dimensions of the valve vault are 4’ x 6.5’ x 6’. B. The precast concrete valve vault structure shall be designed to resist all soil and hydraulic pressures, including lateral and hydraulic uplift pressure. C. All pre-cast concrete shall be 4,500 psi at 28 days. All bar reinforcing shall be grade 60 deformed bars conforming to ASTM A-615 or ASTM-616. D. The hatch and top slab will be pedestrian loading rated. E. Pipe supports and stands F. Val-Matic plug valves G. Val-Matic Swing Flex check valves H. Couplings, elbows and tees I. Pressure gauges J. Diaphragm seals K. The piping and valves will be 3” ductile iron in valve vault with a 4” ductile iron discharge pipe. 3.3 SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS A. Two (2) Flygt, 7.5 HP explosion proof, submersible pumps B. Two (2) 3” x 3” cast iron discharge elbows City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 8 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. C. 20” guide rails and brackets D. Pump lifting slings E. Pumps, mechanical seals and motor units provided shall be from the same pump manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of operation, maintenance, spare parts, service and warranty. F. Pumping equipment shall be furnished with all motors, power cables, pump bases, guide bars and brackets, discharge piping, fittings, anchors, anchor bolts, anchor bolt sleeves, lifting sling, and other appurtenances as specified or required for complete installation and for satisfactory operation. G. The pump lifting sling cables shall be coated to resist the atmospheric conditions present in the wet well. H. The pump discharge elbows, and associated anchors shall be pre-installed in the wet well base at the manufacturer’s facility to provide a complete and integrated installation. 3.4 LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM A. Primary: Four (4) Nolta floats B. Secondary: Two (2) Nolta floats 3.5 LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL – See Divisions 16 and 17 A. UL listed for the United States B. NEMA 4 painted steel enclosure with an interior “dead” front panel C. Duplex operation D. Hand-off-auto (H.O.A.) switches E. Primary pump control: Alternator configured for duplex operation F. Alarm beacon G. The control panel and lift station are configured for 240V/Three phase supply power. 3.6 SCADA/COMMUNICATIONS – See Divisions 16 and 17 A. The control panel will not include any remote communication devices. B. The control panel will include an alarm beacon and audible alarm for local notification. City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 9 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. PART 4: MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PRECAST CONCRETE A. All structural precast concrete shall conform to the following standards: i. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, American Concrete Institute ii. ACI 237R Self Consolidating Concrete, American Concrete Institute iii. ACI211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete, American Concrete Institute iv. ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting, American Concrete Institute v. ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting, American Concrete Institute vi. Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures 16th Edition, Portland Cement Association vii. NPCA Quality Control Manual, National Precast Concrete Association viii. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ix. ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density, Yield, and Air Content of Concrete x. ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method xi. ASTM C1610 Standard Test Method for Static Segregation of Self-Consolidating Concrete Using Column Technique xii. ASTM C1611 Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self-Consolidating Concrete xiii. ASTM C1621 Standard Test Method for Passing Ability of Self-Consolidating Concrete by J-Ring xiv. ASTM C1758 Standard Practice for Fabricating Test Specimens with Self- Consolidating Concrete xv. ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement xvi. ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete City of Pasco Winter 2021/2022 Riverview East Lift Station Division 33 10 \\corp.rh2.com\dfs\Projects\Data\PSC\719-021\30 Specs\Technical Specifications\Div 33 - Prepackaged LS.docx 1/13/22 4:12 PM © 2022 RH2 Engineering, Inc. xvii. ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for use in Concrete and Mortars xviii. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates xix. ASTM C1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete CONTRACT DRAWINGS CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG ONE CALL 811 REPORT ALL SPILLS DEPT. OF ECOLOGY 1-800-258-5990 Jan. 24, 2022 RESLS-P-COV.DWG CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION CONTACT AGENCY PHONE (509) DAN FORD, PE (CITY ENGINEER)CITY OF PASCO 545-3441 RYAN WITHERS, P.E. (PROJECT MANAGER)RH2 ENGINEERING 392-6503 PAUL CROSS, P.E. (PRINCIPAL-IN-CHARGE)RH2 ENGINEERING 392-6502 VICTOR LARA (STAFF ENGINEER)RH2 ENGINEERING 222-0778 1.HORIZONTAL DATUM: WASHINGTON STATE PLANE, SOUTH ZONE, NAD_83 (2011) DATUM. DISTANCES ARE 'GROUND' SCALED FROM THE STATE PLANE GRID USING A COMBINED FACTOR OF 1.000081485 2.VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 BASED ON OPUS SOLUTION (COMPUTED USING GEOID18) 3.UNITS: US SURVEY FEET 4.CONTOUR INTERVAL: 1 FOOT 5.EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES USED: THIS SURVEY WAS PERFORMED WITH A TRIMBLE R8-4 GPS SYSTEM UTILIZING REAL TIME KINEMATIC METHODS. STATE PLANE COORDINATES WERE ESTABLISHED FROM STATIC OBSERVATIONS. GPS OBSERVATIONS WERE PROCESED USING NATIONAL GEODETIC SURVEY ONLINE POSITIONAL USER SERVICE (OPUS) & A 1" [1mm + 1.5ppm] MULTI STATION USING CLOSED TRAVERSE & RADIAL SURVEY METHODS 6.THIS IS NOT A COMPLETE BOUNDARY SURVEY. RIGHT OF WAY LOCATINS SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON ITEMS OF RECORD FOUND THROUGH A LIMITED TITLE SEARCH. 7.UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON ARE BASED ON OBSERVED EVIDENCE OF ABOVE GROUND UTILITY STUCTURES THE CLASSIFICATIONS FOR SUBSURFACE UTILITIES ARE OUTLINED AND EXPLAINED IN THE FOLLOWING LIST: UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL A. - PRECISE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION OF UTILITIES OBTAINED BY THE ACTUAL EXPOSURE OF (OR VERIFICATION OF PREVIOUSLY EXPOSED AND SURVEYED UTILITIES) AND SUBSEQUENT MEASUREMENT OF SUBSURFACE UTILITIES, USUALLY AT A SPECIFIC POINT. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, QUALITY LEVEL A IS ONLY APPLICABLE AT POTHOLED LOCATIONS ON THE PLANS. AT ALL OTHER AREAS, THE UTILITY SHOULD BE ASSUMED TO BE QUALITY LEVEL B. UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL B. - INFORMATION OBTAINED THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF APPROPRIATE SURFACE GEOPHYSICAL METHODS TO DETERMINE THE EXISTENCE AND APPROXIMATE HORIZONTAL POSITION OF SUBSURFACE UTILITIES. UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL C.- INFORMATION OBTAINED BY SURVEYING AND PLOTTING VISIBLE ABOVE-GROUND UTILITY FEATURES UTILITY QUALITY LEVEL D. - INFORMATION DERIVED FROM EXISTING RECORDS OR ORAL RECOLLECTIONS NOTE: THE USE OF THE LINE TYPES PROVIDED ABOVE WAS A PRIMARY METHOD FOR INDICATING THE ACCURACY OF THE UTILITIES SHOWN WITHIN THESE PLANS. WHEN THE SOURCE OF THE INFORMATION WAS UNKNOWN OR THE METHOD FOR LOCATING THE UTILITIES WAS UNAVAILABLE, QUALITY LEVEL D WAS USED AS THE DEFAULT. POTHOLE LOCATION X X THE FOLLOWING CONVENTIONS HAVE BEEN USED WITHIN THESE DRAWINGS TOREFER THE READER BETWEEN THE SECTION/DETAIL AND THE PLAN FROM WHICH IT ISREFERENCED. REFERENCE BUBBLES PLAN REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS READER BACK TO THE PLAN FROM WHICH THE DETAIL OR SECTION ORIGINATED. DETAIL/SECTION REFERENCE BUBBLE - REFERS READER TO THE DRAWING ON WHICH THE DETAIL OR SECTION IS LOCATED. WHERE,ID = SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER ## = DRAWING NUMBER ON WHICH DETAIL ORIGINATED OR RESIDES. SECTION/DETAIL REFERENCE NUMBER CONVENTIONS: SECTIONS OR ELEVATIONS SHOULD HAVE A LETTER REFERENCE NUMBER (A THROUGH ZZ). CB CATCH BASIN CONC CONCRETE CL CENTERLINE CPEP CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE CSBC CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE CSTC CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE DIAM DIAMETER DI DUCTILE IRON DWG DRAWING E EASTING ELEV ELEVATION EOP EDGE OF PAVEMENT EX EXISTING HMA HOT MIXED ASPHALT L LEFT LT LEFT LF LINEAR FEET N NORTHING PE POLYETHYLENE PROP PROPOSED PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE R RIGHT RT RIGHT ROW RIGHT-OF-WAY SPEC SPECIFICATIONS SS SANITARY SEWER SSMH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE ST STORM STA STATION LINE STD STANDARD SY SQUARE YARDS TYP TYPICAL W WATER 719-021PROPOSED SEWER MAIN ROUTE SURVEY NOTES DRAWING INDEX SUBSURFACE UTILITY LEGEND SECTION AND DETAIL REFERENCES ABBREVIATIONS CONTACT PERSONNEL PROJECT LOCATION MAPFRANKLINCOUNTY 12" DI A . G R A V I T Y M A I N W COU R T S T R O A D 5 2 ROAD 48PEARL STW WERNETT RD Sheet List Table4" DIA. FORCEMAIN.PROJECTLOCATION12" DIA. GRAVITY M A I N SEWER LEGEND SEWER GRAVITY SEWER FORCEMAIN SEWER MANHOLE CDF ENCASED SEWER SEWER CAP RESTRAINED SEWER BEND THRUST BLOCKING SITE IMPROVEMENTS LEGEND ASPHALT GRAVEL UNDERGROUND POWER LINE LOW VOLTAGE LINE SAWCUT LINE ASPHALT REMOVAL STABILIZED CONSTR. ENTRANCE VEGETATION REMOVAL AREA DEMOLITION LEGEND 1170 1171 1.CALL 1-800-424-5555 FOR UTILITY LOCATES 48 HOURS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. HAVE ALL UTILITIES LOCATED BYTHE APPROPRIATE UTILITY LOCATING PROFESSIONALS, PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. IMMEDIATELYNOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY COMPANY WHEN A CONFLICT OCCURS OR WHEN A CONFLICT ISANTICIPATED.2.CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TOIMPLEMENTATION OR CONSTRUCTION.3.KEEP A COPY OF THE APPROVED PLANS ON-SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS.4.TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT THE PUBLIC AND PREVENT NUISANCES. PROVIDE TEMPORARYBRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEENCOMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS.5.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING COMPLETE AS-CONSTRUCTED (AS BUILT) RECORDS,INCLUDING AS-BUILT SURVEYING.6.CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF PASCO ANDFRANKLIN COUNTY STANDARDS AND THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPALCONSTRUCTION, 2020 EDITION, AS ISSUED BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ANDTHE AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION. THESE DOCUMENTS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THESTANDARD SPECIFICATIONS.7.PROVIDE ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING ON THIS PROJECT INCLUDING THE PREPARATION OF COMPLETECONSTRUCTION RECORDS. STAKING FOR GRADES AND ALIGNMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN ENGINEERINGOR SURVEYING FIRM LICENSED AND CAPABLE OF PERFORMING SUCH WORK. RIGHT OF WAY AND EASEMENTLIMITS MUST BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE FIELD DURING CONSTRUCTION.8.A PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND 24-HOUR NOTICE WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTINGCONSTRUCTION OR RESTARTING CONSTRUCTION AFTER A PERIOD OF MORE THAN 5 DAYS OF NO WORK BEINGPERFORMED.9.RESTORE ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION TO A CONDITION EQUAL OR BETTER TO THOSE FOUNDPRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.10.SEE DIVISION 1 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERMIT INFORMATION.11.CLEAN UP ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER BY THEEND OF EACH WORKING DAY OR MORE FREQUENTLY IF REQUIRED BY THE OWNER. THIS INCLUDES REMOVAL OFALL DUST, MUD, ROCKS, ASPHALT DEBRIS, AND REFUSE FROM STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ANYOTHER AREAS AFFECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. FAILURE TO CLEANUP TO THE SATISFACTION OFTHE OWNER WILL NECESSITATE A SHUTDOWN OF THE PROJECT UNTIL CLEANUP IS PROPERLY PERFORMED.DAILY CLEANUP IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF EROSION AND POLLUTION CONTROL.12.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES,SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.PROPOSED LEGEND EXISTING LEGENDGENERAL NOTES LEGEND CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-COV.DWGSHOWN G01 02 35 0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:GENERAL NOTESSEWER FORCEMAIN CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1.FORCE MAIN TRENCH SECTION AND ALL EXCAVATED AREAS SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WITH SECTIONS 7-08 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. COMPACTION TESTING SHALL BE REQUIRED DURING BACKFILLING OPERATIONS ON ALL 24" AND LARGER PIPE, ALL OPEN CUTS AND/OR CROSSINGS WITHIN PAVED OR TRAVELED AREAS AND AT THE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER. IF TRENCH BACKFILL DOES NOT MEET COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE, RE-COMPACT AND RETEST MATERIAL AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2.OWNER-APPROVED THRUST RESTRAINTS ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL UNRESTRAINED FITTINGS. THRUST BLOCKING IS THE PREFERRED METHOD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PIPE JOINT RESTRAINT SO THAT THE PIPE DOES NOT SEPARATE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION, UNRESOLVED THRUST FORCES, OR DESTABILIZATION OF STEEP SLOPES. 3.AT POINTS WHERE EXISTING THRUST BLOCKING EXISTS, MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF UNDISTURBED SOIL BETWEEN THE CONCRETE BLOCKING AND PROPOSED BURIED UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES SHALL BE 5 FEET. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM PRESSURE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. THE OWNER HAS DISCRETION TO MODIFY THE TESTING REQUIREMENTS AS THEY DEEM APPROPRIATE. 5.ALL NON-METALLIC PIPE SHALL INCLUDE A TRACER WIRE TAPED EVERY 5 FEET TO THE PIPE AND DETECTABLE MARKER TAPE AT 18" ABOVE PIPE. TRAFFIC CONTROL 1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN(S) SHOWING SIGNAGE AND FLAGGERS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE THESE IMPROVEMENTS AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL, IF DIFFERENT FROM THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN SHOWN IN THESE PLANS. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS SHALL ADDRESS DETOURS FOR PEDESTRIANS AND BICYCLISTS AS NECESSARY. NO WORK SHALL COMMENCE UNTIL ALL APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL IS IN PLACE. ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND PROCEDURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD), WSDOT AND THE CITY OF PASCO STANDARDS. TESC GENERAL NOTES1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES AND FACILITIES PER LATESTVERSION OF CITY OF PASCO SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL AND THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.2.ANY DISCHARGE OF SEDIMENT-LADEN RUN-OFF OR OTHER POLLUTANTS TO WATERS OF THE STATE IS IN VIOLATIONOF CHAPTER 90.48, WATER POLLUTION CONTROL AND WAC 173-201A, WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR SURFACEWATERS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND IS SUBJECT TO ENFORCEMENT ACTION.3.DURING CONSTRUCTION, ALL RELEASES OF OILS, HYDRAULIC FLUIDS, FUELS, OTHER PETROLEUM PRODUCTS,PAINTS, SOLVENTS, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS MUST BE CONTAINED AND REMOVED IN A MANNER THATWILL PREVENT THEIR DISCHARGE TO WATERS AND SOILS. THE CLEANUP OF SPILLS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVEROTHER WORK ON THE PROJECT. BARRELS, PETROPHILIC PADS, TARPS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FORCAPTURING, CONTROLLING, AND DISPOSING OF HAZARDOUS FLUIDS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON-SITE AT ALL TIMES.4.PROPER EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES MUST BE USED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ANDADJACENT AREAS TO PREVENT UPLAND SEDIMENTS FROM ENTERING THE NATURAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM. ALLSURFACE AREAS DISTURBED AND ANY EMBANKMENTS OR EXCAVATIONS CREATED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIESMUST BE REVEGETATED OR PROVIDED AN EQUIVALENT TYPE OF PROTECTION AGAINST EROSION.5.LINEAR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SUCH AS RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENT CLEARING, ROADWAY DEVELOPMENT,PIPELINES, AND TRENCHING FOR UTILITIES, SHALL BE CONDUCTED TO MEET THE SOIL STABILIZATION REQUIREMENT.6.IF STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS USED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OFFOUR INCHES.7.OWNER MAY DIRECT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES AS THE HIGHEST PRIORITYWORK AT ANY TIME THE TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES DO NOT MEET THE CURRENT CITY PLANREQUIREMENTS. ALL TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE PLANS, BUT SHALL BEPROVIDED BASED ON WEATHER CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES AT THE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER.8.ALL LOADS MUST BE SECURED PER RCW 46.61.655.9.ALL DRIVEWAYS , ROADS, AND HAUL ROUTES SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN OF ALL DEBRIS AND MATERIAL RESULTING FROMTHE CONTRACTOR'S OPERATION ,AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. DUST CONTROL MUST BE PROVIDED BY THECONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A VACUUM STREET SWEEPER TO REMOVE DUST AND DEBRIS FROMPAVEMENT AREAS AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. FLUSHING OF STREETS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOROWNER APPROVAL. POWER BROOMS SHALL NOT BE USED, NOR PERMITTED ON SITE.10.ONSITE EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND BE IN PLACEPRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ANY PROBLEMS OCCURRING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF PASCO SHALLBE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. UPON FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY OF PASCO, OR AS OTHERWISEDIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY, NON-DEGRADABLE EROSIONCONTROL MEASURES.11.ALL STORMWATER WITHIN THE LIFT STATION SITE SHALL BE RETAINED ON-SITE. NO STORMWATER SHALL BEALLOWED TO RUN OFFSITE. 12.THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN IN THESE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND MODIFIED TO ACCOUNT FOR CHANGING SITE CONDITIONS (E.G. ADDITIONAL COVER MEASURES, ADDITIONAL SUMP PUMPS, RELOCATION OF DITCHES AND SILT FENCES, PERIMETER PROTECTION ETC.) AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 13.THE ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED TO ENSURE CONTINUED PROPER FUNCTIONING. WRITTEN RECORDS SHALL BE KEPT OF WEEKLY REVIEWS OF THE ESC FACILITIES. 14.ANY AREAS OF EXPOSED SOILS THAT WILL NOT BE DISTURBED FOR TWO CONSECUTIVE DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON OR SEVEN DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH THE APPROVED ESC METHODS (E.G., SEEDING, MULCHING, PLASTIC COVERING, ETC.). 15.ANY AREA NEEDING ESC MEASURES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION SHALL BE ADDRESSED WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS. 16.THE ESC FACILITIES ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF ONCE A WEEK DURING THE DRY SEASON, TWICE A WEEK DURING THE WET SEASON, OR WITHIN TWENTY FOUR (24) HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. 17.COVER MEASURES WILL BE APPLIED IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPENDIX D OF THE SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL. 18.AT NO TIME SHALL SILT LADEN WATER BE DISCHARGED OFF SITE. PIPE LENGTH MEASUREMENTS FLANGE x FLANGE (FLxFL) PIPE MEASURED FROM FACE OF FLANGE TO FACE OF FLANGE. FLANGE x PLAIN END (FLxPE) PIPE MEASURED FROM FACE OF FLANGE TO CENTER OF FITTING. PLAIN END x PLAIN END (PExPE) PIPE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF FITTING TO CENTER OF FITTING. RESTRAINED JOINT x RESTRAINED JOINT (RJxRJ) PIPE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF FITTING TO CENTER OF FITTING. PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTHS CALLED OUT ON PLANS ARE MEASURED AS FOLLOWS: FITTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE STANDARD LENGTH 125#, 250# FLANGED OR COMPACT CLASS 350 MECHANICAL JOINTS. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LENGTHS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY VARIATIONS IN FITTING DIMENSIONS. TEES: BENDS: FLANGES: REDUCERS: VALVES: EXISTING UTILITIES1.ALL EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED ON THE PLANS HAVE BEENDEPICTED BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THEENGINEER AND SHOULD THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATEONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. THE SOURCE OFINFORMATION GENERALLY CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION RECORDS,UTILITY LOCATES, AND OTHER DATA OBTAINED VERBALLY FROMOFFICIALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARTICULAR UTILITY. OWNER ANDENGINEER DO NOT GUARANTEE AND DO NOT ASSUME ANYRESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF THIS INFORMATION. IT ISUNDERSTOOD THAT OTHER ABOVE GROUND AND UNDERGROUNDFACILITIES NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURINGTHE COURSE OF THE WORK. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THECONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALLUTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN TO AVOID DAMAGE AND/OR DISTURBANCETO SUCH UTILITIES, AND TO FURTHER DISCOVER AND AVOID ANYOTHER UTILITIES NOT SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED BYTHE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRESERVE,PROTECT AND SUPPORT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES ENCOUNTEREDDURING CONSTRUCTION.2.OVERHEAD UTILITIES: NOT ALL OVERHEAD UTILITIES MAY BE SHOWNON THE PLANS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VISITTHE SITE TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY ALL OVERHEAD UTILITIES. THECONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ACCOMMODATING ALL OVERHEADUTILITIES IN HIS BID AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BEPROVIDED FOR FACILITATING OVERHEAD UTILITIES.3.DEPTH OF EXISTING DRY UTILITIES IS UNKNOWN.4.USE ETHOFOAM PAD PER STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-05.52BETWEEN WATER AND SEWER WHERE THERE ARE FEWER THAN 12" OFSEPARATION. A SAND CUSHION PER WSDOT 9-03.13 MAY BE USED ASAPPROVED BY THE OWNER.5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SEWER AND DOMESTIC WATERSERVICE TO ALL EXISTING CUSTOMERS AT ALL TIMES UNLESSOTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. NOTIFY EACH AFFECTEDCUSTOMER A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY SERVICEDISRUPTION. NO SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON MONDAYS,FRIDAYS OR THE DAYS BEFORE AND AFTER A HOLIDAY. NORTHING AND EASTING CALLOUT POINTS PEARL STN ROAD 52USA119111041CITY OF PASCO119111050USA118581045CITY OF PASCO119111050 1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL GRAVITY PVC SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL NOTES N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SITEX.DWGSHOWN C01 03 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:EXISTING SITE PLANPLAN VIEW LIFT STATION SITECONSTRUCTION LIMITSAND STAGING AREA PEARL STN ROAD 52USA119111041CITY OF PASCO119111050USA118581045CITY OF PASCO119111050 CITY OF PASCO11911105010', TYP.10' OR EDGE OF ROADWAY, TYP.7 5943 P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 2+65P01.1 MATCH LINE STA 2+65P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 2+65P01.1 MATCH LINE STA 2+65000 001002STA. 0+59.797,CONSTRUCTION ALIGNMENTBEGINNINGN. 335181.607E. 1979656.019 8 DEMOLITION NOTESDEMOLITION LEGEND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POTHOLE EXISTING UTILITY & NOTE ELEVATION REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT REMOVE VEGETATION AS REQUIRED REPLACE GRAVEL SURFACING AS REQ'D, TYP. PROTECT JUNCTION BOX PROTECT AND DO NOT DISTURB TRANSFORMER PROVIDE HYDROSEED AS REQ'D, TYP. PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTR. ENTRANCE PROVIDE SILT FENCE 1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. UTILITY LOCATIONSSHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ATCRITICAL UTILITY CROSSINGS AND CONNECTION LOCATIONSPRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPE. ADJUSTMENTS TO THEVERTICAL ALIGNMENT DUE TO UTILITY INTERFERENCE SHALLBE INCIDENTAL TO THE CONTRACT.2)PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL FEATURES NOT OTHERWISENOTED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED (INCLUDING TREES,MAILBOXES, SIGNS , UTILITY POLES, AND FENCES).3)ROW AND PROPERTY LINES ARE APPROXIMATE. PROPOSEDFEATURES SHOWN IN GRAY ARE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'SCONVENIENCE IN IDENTIFYING LIMITS OF WORK. SEE SEWERPLANS FOR DETAILS.4)PROVIDE 48-HOURS NOTICE TO THE CITY PRIOR TODISTURBING A HOMEOWNER'S ACCESS. REPAIR ALL DAMAGETO PRIVATE PROPERTY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THEAFFECTED PROPERTY OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THECITY.5)PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PER MUTCD STANDARDS, SEETRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS FOR DETAILS.6)REPLACE ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND TRAFFIC CONTROLFEATURES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION.7)RESTORE ALL GRAVEL SHOULDERS AND LANDSCAPED AREASTO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION. RESTORE ALL PAVEDAREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CITY/COUNTYSTANDARD DETAILS. SEE DWG. NO. D02 FOR DETAILS.8)PRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ARE NOT SHOWN. REMOVEPRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETETHE WORK AND REPLACE TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION.9)CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY PURVEYORFOR ANY NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO EXISTING UTILITIES.N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. CITY OF PASCO 119111050 10', TYP. 10', TYP. 10' OR EDGE OF ROADWAY, TYP. 3 7 P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 P01.1 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 P01.1 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 7+15003 004 005006007VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-PREP.DWGSHOWN P01 04 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SITE DEMOLITION & SURVEY CONTROL IPLAN VIEW P01.1 PLAN VIEW P01.2 CITY OF PASCO119111050 CITY OF PASCO11911106910', TYP.10', TYP.3 7P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P01.2 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 7+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 11+7500700800900100011DEMOLITION NOTESDEMOLITION LEGEND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POTHOLE EXISTING UTILITY & NOTE ELEVATION REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT REMOVE VEGETATION AS REQUIRED REPLACE GRAVEL SURFACING AS REQ'D, TYP. PROTECT JUNCTION BOX PROTECT AND DO NOT DISTURB TRANSFORMER PROVIDE HYDROSEED AS REQ'D, TYP. PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTR. ENTRANCE PROVIDE SILT FENCE 1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. UTILITY LOCATIONSSHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ATCRITICAL UTILITY CROSSINGS AND CONNECTION LOCATIONSPRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPE. ADJUSTMENTS TO THEVERTICAL ALIGNMENT DUE TO UTILITY INTERFERENCE SHALLBE INCIDENTAL TO THE CONTRACT.2)PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL FEATURES NOT OTHERWISENOTED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED (INCLUDING TREES,MAILBOXES, SIGNS , UTILITY POLES, AND FENCES).3)ROW AND PROPERTY LINES ARE APPROXIMATE. PROPOSEDFEATURES SHOWN IN GRAY ARE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'SCONVENIENCE IN IDENTIFYING LIMITS OF WORK. SEE SEWERPLANS FOR DETAILS.4)PROVIDE 48-HOURS NOTICE TO THE CITY PRIOR TODISTURBING A HOMEOWNER'S ACCESS. REPAIR ALL DAMAGETO PRIVATE PROPERTY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THEAFFECTED PROPERTY OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THECITY.5)PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PER MUTCD STANDARDS, SEETRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS FOR DETAILS.6)REPLACE ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND TRAFFIC CONTROLFEATURES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION.7)RESTORE ALL GRAVEL SHOULDERS AND LANDSCAPED AREASTO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION. RESTORE ALL PAVEDAREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CITY/COUNTYSTANDARD DETAILS. SEE DWG. NO. D02 FOR DETAILS.8)PRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ARE NOT SHOWN. REMOVEPRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETETHE WORK AND REPLACE TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION.9)CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY PURVEYORFOR ANY NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO EXISTING UTILITIES.N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. CITY OF PASCO 119111069 10', TYP. 10', TYP.B3 7 3P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 16+15P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 16+15P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.1 MATCH LINE STA 11+75P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 11+7500120013001400150016VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-PREP.DWGSHOWN P02 05 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SITE DEMOLITION & SURVEY CONTROL IIPLAN VIEW P02.1 PLAN VIEW P02.2 N ROAD 48CITY OF PASCO119112031SALSBURYDUANE & PATRICIA119122148BENWARDGENE119122066CITY OF PASCO119111069 LOPEZELDEN I119122149 LOPEZELDEN I11912215010', TYP.6', TYP.237P02.2 MATCH LINE STA 16+15P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 16+15 P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 20+4500170018001900206', TYP.10', TYP.10', TYP.DEMOLITION NOTESDEMOLITION LEGEND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POTHOLE EXISTING UTILITY & NOTE ELEVATION REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT REMOVE VEGETATION AS REQUIRED REPLACE GRAVEL SURFACING AS REQ'D, TYP. PROTECT JUNCTION BOX PROTECT AND DO NOT DISTURB TRANSFORMER PROVIDE HYDROSEED AS REQ'D, TYP. PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTR. ENTRANCE PROVIDE SILT FENCE 1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. UTILITY LOCATIONSSHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ATCRITICAL UTILITY CROSSINGS AND CONNECTION LOCATIONSPRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPE. ADJUSTMENTS TO THEVERTICAL ALIGNMENT DUE TO UTILITY INTERFERENCE SHALLBE INCIDENTAL TO THE CONTRACT.2)PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL FEATURES NOT OTHERWISENOTED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED (INCLUDING TREES,MAILBOXES, SIGNS , UTILITY POLES, AND FENCES).3)ROW AND PROPERTY LINES ARE APPROXIMATE. PROPOSEDFEATURES SHOWN IN GRAY ARE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'SCONVENIENCE IN IDENTIFYING LIMITS OF WORK. SEE SEWERPLANS FOR DETAILS.4)PROVIDE 48-HOURS NOTICE TO THE CITY PRIOR TODISTURBING A HOMEOWNER'S ACCESS. REPAIR ALL DAMAGETO PRIVATE PROPERTY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THEAFFECTED PROPERTY OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THECITY.5)PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PER MUTCD STANDARDS, SEETRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS FOR DETAILS.6)REPLACE ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND TRAFFIC CONTROLFEATURES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION.7)RESTORE ALL GRAVEL SHOULDERS AND LANDSCAPED AREASTO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION. RESTORE ALL PAVEDAREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CITY/COUNTYSTANDARD DETAILS. SEE DWG. NO. D02 FOR DETAILS.8)PRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ARE NOT SHOWN. REMOVEPRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETETHE WORK AND REPLACE TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION.9)CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY PURVEYORFOR ANY NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO EXISTING UTILITIES.N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. SCHINKELSHOEK WILLIS G 119112040 LOPEZ ELDEN I 119122150 SAUCEDA LOUIS & MISTY 119122151 CASTAÑEDA ISAIAS 119532051 MINISTERIOS CENTRO CRISTIANO ZION 119541363W COURT STN ROAD 48 ELDEN I 119122150 6', TYP. 6', TYP. 6', TYP.EDGE OF ROADWAY 1 P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P03.1 MATCH LINE STA 20+45P04.1 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P04.1 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 25+100021002200230024002524'24' VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-PREP.DWGSHOWN P03 06 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SITE DEMOLITION & SURVEY CONTROLIIIPLAN VIEW P03.1 PLAN VIEW P03.2 N ROAD 48CASTAÑEDAISAIAS119532051MARIAFRANCIS E119532060 TURNBOWSTACEY R119532373 TURNBOW JRRONALD M119532088MINISTERIOS CENTROCRISTIANO ZION119541364ERMINISTERIOS CENTROCRISTIANO ZION1195413636', TYP.EDGE OF ROADWAY2P04.1 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P04.1 MATCH LINE STA 25+10P03.2 MATCH LINE STA 25+100025002600273027STA. 27+30.000,CONSTRUCTION ALIGNMENTENDN. 333774.161E. 1980963.760 DEMOLITION NOTESDEMOLITION LEGEND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 POTHOLE EXISTING UTILITY & NOTE ELEVATION REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT REMOVE VEGETATION AS REQUIRED REPLACE GRAVEL SURFACING AS REQ'D, TYP. PROTECT JUNCTION BOX PROTECT AND DO NOT DISTURB TRANSFORMER PROVIDE HYDROSEED AS REQ'D, TYP. PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTR. ENTRANCE PROVIDE SILT FENCE 1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. UTILITY LOCATIONSSHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE ATCRITICAL UTILITY CROSSINGS AND CONNECTION LOCATIONSPRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPE. ADJUSTMENTS TO THEVERTICAL ALIGNMENT DUE TO UTILITY INTERFERENCE SHALLBE INCIDENTAL TO THE CONTRACT.2)PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL FEATURES NOT OTHERWISENOTED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED (INCLUDING TREES,MAILBOXES, SIGNS , UTILITY POLES, AND FENCES).3)ROW AND PROPERTY LINES ARE APPROXIMATE. PROPOSEDFEATURES SHOWN IN GRAY ARE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'SCONVENIENCE IN IDENTIFYING LIMITS OF WORK. SEE SEWERPLANS FOR DETAILS.4)PROVIDE 48-HOURS NOTICE TO THE CITY PRIOR TODISTURBING A HOMEOWNER'S ACCESS. REPAIR ALL DAMAGETO PRIVATE PROPERTY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THEAFFECTED PROPERTY OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THECITY.5)PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PER MUTCD STANDARDS, SEETRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS FOR DETAILS.6)REPLACE ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND TRAFFIC CONTROLFEATURES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION.7)RESTORE ALL GRAVEL SHOULDERS AND LANDSCAPED AREASTO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION. RESTORE ALL PAVEDAREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CITY/COUNTYSTANDARD DETAILS. SEE DWG. NO. D02 FOR DETAILS.8)PRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ARE NOT SHOWN. REMOVEPRIVATE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETETHE WORK AND REPLACE TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION.9)CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH UTILITY PURVEYORFOR ANY NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO EXISTING UTILITIES.N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-PREP.DWGSHOWN P04 07 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SITE DEMOLITION & SURVEY CONTROLIVPLAN VIEW P04.1 16.0'35.0'FORCEMAINALIGNMENT 3/4" CSTC40.0'16.0'ASPHALT DRIVEWAY84.0'R15.00'R15.00'R15.0'R15.0'88.00'56.00'51.00'75'-4"5.00'PROVIDE 6' TALL CHAINLINK FENCE AND 16' WIDEDOUBLE SWING GATESTUB FOR FUTUREINCOMING 12-INCHGRAVITY LINE GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES/DETAILS N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. FENCE POINT TABLE POINT NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 DESCRIPTION SW CORNER OF FENCE SOUTHERN GATE POST NORTHERN GATE POST NW CORNER OF FENCE NE CORNER OF FENCE SE CORNER OF FENCE NORTHING 335132.93 335137.88 335154.22 335188.93 335188.93 335132.93 EASTING 1979668.58 1979668.58 1979668.58 1979668.58 1979743.91 1979743.91 VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONVGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SITEP.DWGSHOWN C02 08 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:PROPOSED SITE PLANPROPOSED SITE PLAN PROPOSED LIFT STATION SITE PLANAPPROX. EXTENTS OF ANTICIPATED LIFTSTATION EXCAVATION. SEWER PIPE BACKFILLPER PIPE TRENCH DETAIL. ALL STRUCTUREBACKFILL BEYOND PIPE PAY LIMITS SHALL BECDF UP 1' BELOW FINISH GRADE.N: 335174.77'E: 1979691.83'N: 335184.48'E: 1979684.95'4" DI FCA 501 (PExFL), OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL4" GATE VALVE (FLxFL) WITH CAST IRONVALVE BOX PER CITY STD. DET. W-4.4" DI FCA 501 (PExFL), OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL4" DI SPOOL (FLxFL), LENGTH TO FIT PROVIDE 4" SCH. 80 PVC PIPE TO ROUTE FROM VENTPENETRATION TO VENT GOOSENECK. PROVIDECOUPLINGS AS NECESSARY. APPROX. LENGTH = 6'-5".PROPOSED 4" DI FORCEMAIN, SEECONTINUATION ON DWG. NO. SS01PIPE BLOCKING AND PENETRATION,TYP. ALL PENETRATIONS212" DI FCA 501 (PExFL), ORCITY-APPROVED EQUAL12" DI DEZURICK FULL PORT PLUG VALVE (FLxFL),OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL WITH CAST IRONVALVE BOX PER CITY STD. DET. W-4.PROVIDE UP TO 4 DAVIT POSTHOLES AROUND LIFT STATIONAS DIRECTED BY CITY (TYP.) 5 W-12 W-4 3W-4ROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUITTO OWNER-APPROVED LOCATIONWITHIN IMPROVED AREA ANDINSTALL CONTROL PANEL.PROVIDE 4"x4" TEE, 4" GATEVALVE, AND 4" CLEANOUTASSEMBLY (CAMLOCK WITHCAP) ON EACH DISCHARGELINE DOWNSTREAM OFCHECK VALVES (TYP. OF 2) HARMON (TRUSTEE)SHARON118622152SMITH THOMAS119101114 LARIVIERETHOMAS L & AMANDA L119102248 WENTWORTHHAROLD & MICHELE A119102259N ROAD 52Road 52 - SSMH (1)N: 336111.2918E: 1979640.2060 PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONFOR DISTURBED ASPHALT, PER CITY STANDARD DETAIL,TYP.ST-3 ROAD 52 MANHOLES PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' APPROX. 400' OF 12" PVC Pipe @ 0.76% Road 52 - SSMH (1) PROVIDE: (1) - WSDOT MANHOLE TYPE 1, 48 IN. RE = 366.99' IE (S) = 346.00' IE (N) = 346.10' IE (E) = 346.53' IE (W) = 346.53' EXISTING GRADE APPROX. 20' OF 12" PVC Pipe @ 0.75% GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES/DETAILS N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS01 09 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER PLAN & PROFILE ICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW N ROAD 52HARMON (TRUSTEE)SHARON118622152MOHNEYJOCELYN119102024Road 52 - SSMH (2)N: 335711.2918E: 1979640.2061 PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONFOR DISTURBED ASPHALT, PERCITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP.ST-3 ROAD 52 MANHOLES PROFILE 330' 340' 350' 360' APPROX. 284' OF 12" PVC Pipe @ 0.76% EXISTING GRADE Road 52 - SSMH (2) PROVIDE: (1) - WSDOT MANHOLE TYPE 1, 48 IN. RE = 352.95' IE (N) = 343.00' IE (S) = 342.90' IE (E) = 343.43' IE (W) = 343.43' GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES/DETAILS N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS02 10 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER PLAN & PROFILE IICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW N ROAD 52 USA119111041 CITY OF PASCO119111050 000Road 52 - SSMH (3)N: 335427.2473E: 1979640.2057 Road 52 - SSMH (4)N: 335181.6028E: 1979640.2061PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONFOR DISTURBED ASPHALT PERCITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP.ST-3 ROAD 52 MANHOLES PROFILE 330' 340' 350' 360' APPROX. 246' OF 12" PVC Pipe @ 0.76% Road 52 - SSMH (3) PROVIDE: (1) - WSDOT MANHOLE TYPE 1, 48 IN. RE = 350.01' IE (N) = 340.77' IE (S) = 340.67' IE (E) = 341.20' IE (W) = 341.20' APPROX. 21' OF 12" PVC Pipe @ 0.75% EXISTING GRADE 12" COUPLING CONNECTION TO LIFT STATION SYSTEM Road 52 - SSMH (4) PROVIDE: (1) - WSDOT MANHOLE TYPE 1, 48 IN. RE = 352.12' IE (N) = 338.83' IE (E) = 338.73' IE (W) = 339.29' IE (S) = 339.29' GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES/DETAILS N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS03 11 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER PLAN & PROFILE IIICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW RESTORE DISTURBED VEGETATIONWITH HYDROSEED, SEE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, TYP.PEARL STN ROAD 52USA119111041CITY OF PASCO119111050USA118581045CITY OF PASCO119111050 CITY OF PASCO119111050000001 002N:335166.04, E:1979688.39,APPROX. STA 0+47.9B, 0.0' , PROVIDE:(1) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ)N:335140.71, E:1979663.06,APPROX. STA 0+83.8B, 0.0' , PROVIDE:(1) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ)SS02 MATCH LINE STA 2+65SS01 MATCH LINE STA 2+65SS02 MATCH LINE STA 2+65SS01 MATCH LINE STA 2+65PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONPER CITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP.ST-3 SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 330' 340' 350' 360' 0+00 1+00 2+00 2+65 FORCE MAIN PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY RIS I N G S L O P E W I T H NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR L O W P O I N T S MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. 4" DI FORCEMAIN STA:0+39.35 IE OUT (S) =346.92' EXISTING GRADE PACKAGED LIFT STATION, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NATIVE SUBGRADE MUST BE INSPECTED BY A LICENSED ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST OR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER AT THE LOWEST EXCAVATED SUBGRADE ELEVATION . FOLLOWING APPROVAL, 6" CRUSHED ROCK SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION IN THE PRESENCE OF THE GEOLOGIST OR ENGINEER. APPROX. GROUNDWATER LEVEL AS OF 06/05/2019. CONTRACTOR DESIGNED DEWATERING REQUIRED. SEE NOTES THIS SHEET. PROVIDE COUPLING AND CONNECT TO 12" PVC PIPE. IF PIPE IN ROAD 52 IS NOT INSTALLED, PROVIDE 12" PVC CAP STA:0+29.37 IE IN (W) = 338.79' APPROX. 25' OF 12" PVC @ 0.75% GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 1 2 3 STATION 0+65 1+50 2+50 NORTHING 335153.97 335074.47 334974.47 EASTING 1979676.32 1979662.87 1979662.60 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS04 12 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE IVCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEWPACKAGED LIFT STATION,SEE SPECIFICATIONS FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION RESTORE DISTURBED VEGETATIONWITH HYDROSEED, SEE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, TYP.N ROAD 52CITY OF PASCO119111050003004005 006007SS02 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS03 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS02 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS03 MATCH LINE STA 7+15N:334822.2, E:1979662.2,APPROX. STA 4+02.3B, 0.0' , PROVIDE:(2) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ), SDR 21 BEND(1) - 4" DI SPOOL (PExPE)N:334818.24, E:1979686.25,APPROX. STA 4+28.0B, 0.0' R, PROVIDE:(1) - 2" COMBINATION AIR RELEASE &VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY, D-025 BY A.R.IOR SIMILAR, PLACE VAULT AND VALVEASSEMBLY AT OWNER-APPROVED LOCATION1SS02 MATCH LINE STA 2+65SS01 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 SS02 MATCH LINE STA 2+65SS01 MATCH LINE STA 2+65 SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 2+65 3+00 4+00 5+00 6+00 7+00 7+15 PROVIDE CONTINUOUSL Y R I S I N G S L O P E W I T H N O INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR L O W P O I N T S 4" DI FORCEMAIN MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY FALLING SLOPE WITH NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POINTS EXISTING GRADE INSTALL AIR RELEASE AND VACCUM VALVE AT FORCEMAIN HIGH POINT GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 4 5 6 7 STATION 3+50 4+50 5+50 6+50 NORTHING 334874.47 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 EASTING 1979662.34 1979708.28 1979808.28 1979908.28 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS05 13 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE VCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW RESTORE DISTURBEDVEGETATION WITHHYDROSEED, SEE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, TYP.CITY OF PASCO119111050 CITY OF PASCO119111069000080090010 0011SS02 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS03 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS02 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS03 MATCH LINE STA 7+15SS03 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS04 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS03 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS04 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 7+15 8+00 9+00 10+00 11+00 11+75 MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY FALLING SLOPE WITH NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POINTS 4" DI FORCEMAIN EXISTING GRADE GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 8 9 10 11 12 STATION 7+50 8+50 9+50 10+50 11+50 NORTHING 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 EASTING 1980008.28 1980108.28 1980208.28 1980308.28 1980408.28 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS06 14 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE VICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW RESTORE DISTURBEDVEGETATION WITHHYDROSEED, SEE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, TYP.CITY OF PASCO1191110690012 0013001400150016SS03 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS04 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS03 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS04 MATCH LINE STA 11+75SS04 MATCH LINE STA 16+15SS05 MATCH LINE STA 16+15SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 11+75 12+00 13+00 14+00 15+00 16+00 16+15 MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY FALLING SLOPE WITH NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POINTS 4" DI FORCEMAIN EXISTING GRADE GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 13 14 15 16 STATION 12+50 13+50 14+50 15+50 NORTHING 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 334818.24 EASTING 1980508.28 1980608.28 1980708.28 1980808.28 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS07 15 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE VIICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW RESTORE DISTURBEDVEGETATION WITHHYDROSEED, SEE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, TYP.N ROAD 48CITY OF PASCO119112031SALSBURYDUANE & PATRICIA119122148BENWARDGENE119122066CITY OF PASCO119111069 LOPEZELDEN I119122149 LOPEZELDEN I1191221500017001800190020SS04 MATCH LINE STA 16+15SS05 MATCH LINE STA 16+15 SS06 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS05 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS06 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS05 MATCH LINE STA 20+45N:334818.24, E:1980930.41, APPROX. STA 16+72.1B, 0.0' , PROVIDE:(2) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ)(1) - 4" DI SPOOL (PExPE)N:334484.25, E:1980934.39, APPROX. STA 20+07.8B, 0.0' , PROVIDE:(1) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ)PROVIDE GRAVEL SURFACINGRESTORATION PER CITYSTANDARD DETAIL, TYP.ST-3 PROVIDE CONTINUOUS ACCESS TO THE GRAVEL PARKINGAREA DURING CONSTRUCTION WITH AT LEAST ONE ACCESSDRIVEWAY AVAILABLE FOR PUBLIC USE AT ALL TIMES. SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 16+15 17+00 18+00 19+00 20+00 20+45 PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY RISING SLOPE WITH NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POINTS MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. 4" DI FORCEMAIN PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY FALLING SLOPE WITH NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POINTS EXISTING GRADE 1' MIN. SEPARATION1' MIN. SEPARATION GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 17 18 19 20 21 STATION 16+50 17+50 18+50 19+50 20+30 NORTHING 334818.24 334742.02 334642.02 334542.02 334468.51 EASTING 1980908.28 1980934.39 1980934.39 1980934.39 1980950.13 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS08 16 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE VIIICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONPER CITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP.SCHINKELSHOEKWILLIS G119112040LOPEZELDEN I119122150 SAUCEDALOUIS & MISTY119122151 CASTAÑEDAISAIAS119532051MINISTERIOS CENTROCRISTIANO ZION119541363W COURT STN ROAD 48 SSMH - (1)STA 22+57.3N: 334246.8355E: 1980963.7556PROTECT EXISTING WATERMAINAND SERVICES AS NEEDED, TYP PROTECT EXISTING WATERMAINAND SERVICES AS NEEDED, TYPPOTHOLE TO VERIFY WATERCROSSING LOCATION AND DEPTH0021002200230024 0025SS06 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS05 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS06 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS05 MATCH LINE STA 20+45SS07 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS06 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS07 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS06 MATCH LINE STA 25+10N:334454.89, E:1980963.76,APPROX. STA 20+49.3B, 0.0' L, PROVIDE:(1) - 4" DI 45° BEND (RJxRJ) SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 20+45 21+00 22+00 23+00 24+00 25+00 25+10 SSMH - (1) STA 22+57.3 PROVIDE: WSDOT MANHOLE TYPE 1 48 IN. W/OUTSIDE DROP RE = 360.04' IE 4" (N) = 355.46' IE 12" (S) = 354.02' IE 8" (E) = 354.12' IE 8" (W) = 354.12' SS-3 APPROX. 355' OF 12" PVC @ 0.40% PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY RISING SLOP E W I T H NO INTERMEDIATE HIGH OR LOW POIN T S MIN. 4', MAX 5' COVER, TYP. 1' MIN. SEPARATION 4" DI FORCEMAIN FORCE MAIN GRAVITY SEWER EXISTING GRADE IF POTHOLING INDICATES LESS THAN 18-INCH VERTICAL SEPARATION BETWEEN BOTTOM OF WATER CROSSING AND TOP OF PROPOSED SEWER MAIN CANNOT BE MAINTAINED, PROVIDE 6" FOAM BOARD ENCASEMENT. GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES CENTERLINE OF FORCEMAIN POINT TABLE POINT NO. 22 23 24 STATION 20+75 21+50 22+50 NORTHING 334429.18 334354.17 334254.18 EASTING 1980963.76 1980963.75 1980963.75 N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS09 17 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE IXCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEWST-3 PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONPER CITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP.N ROAD 48CASTAÑEDAISAIAS119532051MARIAFRANCIS E119532060 TURNBOWSTACEY R119532373 TURNBOW JRRONALD M119532088MINISTERIOS CENTROCRISTIANO ZION119541364ERMINISTERIOS CENTROCRISTIANO ZION119541363EXISTING MANHOLESTA 26+14.5,N: 333889.6774E: 1980963.7556CORE EXISTING MANHOLE ANDINSTALL PIPE BLOCKING PER00250026 00275027CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXISTING MANHOLEINVERT ELEVATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF GRAVITYSEWER OR FORCEMAIN IN ROAD 48.CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY CITY IF MANHOLE INVERTELEVATION DIFFERS FROM ELEVATION SHOWN ON PLANS.SS07 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS06 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS07 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SS06 MATCH LINE STA 25+10SEWER MAIN CENTERLINE PROFILE 340' 350' 360' 370' 25+10 26+00 27+00 27+50 EXISTING MANHOLE STA 26+14.5 RE = 362.80' IE 12" (N) = 352.60' IE 12" (S) = 352.50' EXISTING GRADE GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS.N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-SEWERP.DWGSHOWN SS10 18 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SEWER MAIN PLAN & PROFILE XCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPLAN VIEW 2ST-3 2' x 2' x 0.5' THICKCONCRETE PAD W/ WIREMESH REINFORCEMENTROUTE TOWETWELL WET WELLVENT PIPEFINISHEDGRADEWET WELL PASSIVE VENT DETAILS24" MIN.3GRAVITY SEWER STATIONING AND GRADE DETAILCLCLMANHOLE STATION AND OFFSET REFERENCESCENTER OF STRUCTUREPIPE LENGTH ALSO REFERENCESCENTER TO CENTERECCENTRIC CONE SHALLMATCH ORIENTATIONSHOWN IN DETAILS ANDPLAN VIEWSINVERT ELEVATION IN (I.E.IN) SHOWN IN PLANSREFERENCES THISLOCATION UNLESS SHOWNOTHERWISE INVERT ELEVATION OUT (I.E.OUT) SHOWN IN PLANSREFERENCES THISLOCATION UNLESS SHOWNOTHERWISEGRADE GIVEN IN PIPE CALLOUTSREFERENCES THIS HORIZONTAL LENGTH 12 MANHOLE DIAMETER, TYPMANHOLE DROPSHALL MATCHINVERT ELEVATIONDIFFERENCE 1 GENERAL NOTES: ALL AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE TRAVELED WAY SHALL BE HYDROSEEDED PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF HMA ON AN EXISTING PAVED SURFACE, THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE PAVEMENT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF DUST, SOIL, PAVEMENT GRINDINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. A TACK COAT OF ASPHALT SHALL BE UNIFORMLY APPLIED TO COVER THE EXISTING PAVEMENT WITH A THIN FILM OF RESIDUAL ASPHALT FREE OF STREAK AND BARE SPOTS. A HEAVY APPLICATION OF TACK COAT SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL JOINTS INCLUDING THE VERTICAL FACE OF THE JOINT, TO BIND AND SEAL THE JOINT. PHASING NOTES: PRIOR TO TRENCH PATCHING, TRENCHES SHALL BE RESTORED TO FINISHED GRADE WITH CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AND A 1" LIFT OF TEMPORARY COMMERCIAL ASPHALT TO ALLOW RE-OPENING OF CROSSINGS TO LOCAL TRAFFIC. THE PATCH SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ROADWAY RESTORATION NOTES SILT FENCE CROSS SECTION ELEVATION 4 1" YARD HYDRANT DETAIL 3' BURY DEPTH 27-1/2" PER MFG. ATTACH HYDRANT TO POST WITH GALVANIZED STEEL BANDS 3/4" REMOVABLE BRASS MALE HOSE NOZZLE 1" YARD HYDRANT EQUAL TO WOODFORD IOWA YARD HYDRANTS MODEL Y1. 4"x4" TREATED WOOD SUPPORT POST, 18" BURY DEPTH VALVE BODY W/ 1" NPT INLET 1" INLET LINE FROM SERVICE TAP 5 2PIPE BLOCKINGPIPE O.D. + 6"WET WELL /VAULT WALLSTRUCTURE INTERIOR STRUCTURE EXTERIORDRY PACK NON-SHRINKGROUT (ALL AROUND)ADJUSTABLE LINK SEAL WITHSTAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-DET.DWGSHOWN D01 19 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-DET.DWGSHOWN D02 20 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:CITY STANDARD DETAILS ICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONLOCKING LATCH COMBINATION AIR VALVE DETAIL ≥ 12" 1 VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-DET.DWGSHOWN D03 21 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:CITY STANDARD DETAILS IICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-TC.DWGSHOWN TC01 22 35CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONDWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:TRAFFIC CONTROL OVERVIEW ANDCLASS A SIGNAGE PLANW COURT STN ROAD 52N ROAD 44W PEARL RD W20-148" x 48"G20-2A48" x 24"ROADWORKAHEADROAD WORKEND G28-101 84" x 48" WORK ZONE AHEAD BREAK Give 'em a LEGENDCLASS A CONSTRUCTION SIGNONE LANE, TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERSSHOULDER CLOSURE - LOW SPEED (40 MPH OR LESS)12 3 W WERNETT RD CLASS A CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE PLAN AND TRAFFIC CONTROL OVERVIEW NOTES1)NOTHING ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS RELIEVINGTHE CONTRACTOR OF THE TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTSOF THE MOST RECENT EDITION OF THE MUTCD.2)NOT ALL CLASS A SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED AT ALL TIMES. THECONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SIGNS AS NEEDED TO ALERTMOTORISTS TO ACTUAL WORK ZONES WHEN WORK ISOCCURRING.3)THE CONTRACTOR IS FREE TO SUBMIT ALTERNATEMUTCD-COMPLIANT TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS FOR CITYREVIEW AND APPROVAL.4)THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BID AND PLAN THE PROJECT BASEDON A SINGLE LANE CLOSURE OF ALL ROADWAYS, WITH ONELANE, TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS.5)THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE TWO-LANE TRAFFIC ONALL ROADWAYS OUTSIDE OF WORKING HOURS AND ONNON-WORKING DAYS WITH BACK FILL OR STEEL PLATES.6)CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BARRIERS AND/OR FENCING ASNEEDED TO PROTECT TRENCH WITHIN ALL RIGHTS OF WAYFROM TRAFFIC. ALL BARRIERS AND TEMPORARY FENCINGSHALL BE SET 3' MIN. FROM THE EDGE OF EXCAVATION.7)A FULL ROAD CLOSURE OF ALL RIGHTS OF WAY WITH ASIGNED DETOUR ROUTE IS NOT CURRENTLY PERMITTED, BUTMAY BE PROPOSED BY THE CONTRACTOR FORCONSIDERATION BY THE CITY AND COUNTY. NO GUARANTEEIS MADE REGARDING THE APPROVAL OF A FULL ROADCLOSURE FOR ANY DURATION.11 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 3 31 2 1 23 50' TO 100'6 DEVICEMIN R B 50' TO 100'6 DEVICEMIN X X X XXXXX50' TO300'X X X X NOTES: 1.ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. 2.EXTENDING THE CHANNELIZING DEVICE TAPER ACROSS SHOULDER IS RECOMMENDED. 3.NIGHT WORK REQUIRES ADDITIONAL ROADWAY LIGHTING AT FLAGGING STATIONS. SEE THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 4.SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WORK HOUR RESTRICTIONS. LEGEND FLAGGING STATION TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DECIVES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE ONE LANE, TWO WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS BUFFER DATALONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = BBUFFER VEHICLE ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R SIGN SPACING = X(1) CHANNELIZATION DEVICE SPACING (FEET) MPH TAPER TANGENT VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-TC.DWGSHOWN TC02 23 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:TRAFFIC CONTROLS DETAILS ICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATION VGLRMWJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-P-TC.DWGSHOWN TC03 24 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS IICITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONNOTES: 1. DEVICE SPACING FOR THE DOWNSTREAM TAPER SHALL BE 20'. 2. ALL SIGNS ARE BLACK ON ORANGE. 3. NO FLAGGERS OR SPOTTERS. X X L/3 B R 2' MIN.10' MIN.50' LEGEND TEMPORARY SIGN LOCATION CHANNELIZING DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE SHOULDER CLOSURE - LOW SPEED (40 MPH OR LESS) SIGN SPACING = X(1)MINIMUM SHOULDER TAPER LENGTH = L/3 (FEET)SHOULDERWIDTH(FEET)POSTED SPEED (MPH) BUFFER DATA LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE = B BUFFER VEHICLE ROLL AHEAD DISTANCE = R CHANNELIZATION DEVICESPACING (FEET)MPH TAPER TANGENT MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E01.DWGSHOWN E01 25 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL LEGENDGENERAL NOTES LADDER LOGIC SYMBOL LEGENDINSTRUMENT METERINDICATE TYPE BYLETTER 3 POLE SWITCH A - AMBER G - GREENB - BLUE R - REDC - CLEAR W - WHITEPRESSURE SWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSED PRESSURE SWITCH, NORMALLY OPEN FLOWSWITCH, NORMALLY OPENLIMIT SWITCH, NORMALLY CLOSEDLIMIT SWITCH, NORMALLY OPENTIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLYOPEN, TIME TO CLOSERELAY CONTACT, INSTANTANEOUSCHANGETIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLYCLOSED, TIME TO OPENTIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLYOPEN, TIME TO OPENTIME DELAY CONTACT, NORMALLYCLOSED, TIME TO CLOSE XYZ123RELAYINDICATOR LIGHT RELAYINDICATOR LIGHT FLOAT SWITCH, NORMALLY OPEN2 POLE SWITCHPUSHBUTTON, NORMALLY OPENTR - Timed relayCR - Control relay VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 1. THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND. NOT ALL OF THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THIS PAGE WILL APPEAR IN THIS SET OF PLANS. 2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY; EXACT LOCATIONS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST EDITIONS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND UTILITY COMPANY STANDARDS. CONTACT THE UTILITY COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES AND VERIFY THEIR REQUIREMENTS. 3. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF CONFLICTS IN EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ARE DISCOVERED OR IF PROBLEMS ARISE DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS, LACK OF INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER REASON. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR CHANGES WHICH HAVE NOT BEEN FAVORABLY REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER. GROUND CONNECTION POINT, EXOTHERMIC WELD. CADWELD OR APPROVED EQUAL. GROUND ROD SIZED PER N.E.C. USE EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTION AT THE GROUND ROD. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH DISCONNECT SWITCHMSINGLE PHASE MOTOR.HORSEPOWER AS NOTEDTHREE PHASE MOTOR.HORSEPOWER AS NOTEDEQUIPMENT MOUNTING STANDFIELD CONTROL STATION WITH NEMAREQUIREMENTS. N1 - NEMA 1 N3R - NEMA 3R N4 - NEMA 4 N4SS - NEMA 4 STAINLESS STEEL N4F - NEMA 4 FIBERGLASS N6 - NEMA 6 N12 - NEMA 12 GASKETEDFLUSHED MOUNTEDPANELBOARDSURFACE MOUNTEDPANELBOARDSERVICE ENTRANCE,SWITCHGEAR, MOTOR CONTROLCENTER, OR PANELBOARD 3-POSITION SWITCH, 120VAC, 20AMP, LABEL SWITCH POSITIONHAND-OFF-MOTION OR PHOTOSMOKE DETECTORHEAT DETECTOR TELEVISION WALL JUNCTION BOX CEILING JUNCTION BOX SPECIAL PURPOSE WALL RECEPTACLE, RATING AS NOTED DUPLEX FLOOR RECEPTACLE, 120V DUPLEX WALL RECEPTACLE , 120V WP = WEATHERPROOF G = GROUNDED IG = ISOLATED GROUND GF = GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 240V SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 120V EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH SELFCONTAINED BATTERYWALL/CEILING MOUNTED FIXTUREFLUORESCENT FIXTURE SPDT - SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROWSPST - SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROWDPST - DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROWWP - WEATHER-PROOFGFI - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTP - POWERC - CONTROLJ - INSTRUMENTATIONPC - POWER & CONTROLCJ - CONTROL & INSTRUMENTATIONCKT. - CIRCUITC.O. - CONDUIT ONLYAL. - ALUMINUMCU. - COPPERMPR - MOTOR PROTECTION RELAYABBREVIATIONSSSRVSSSRVS - SOLID STATEREDUCED VOLTAGESTARTERFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH A - AMMETER VAR - VARMETERAH - AMPERE-HOUR VARH - VARHOUR METERPF - POWER FACTOR W - WATTMETERV - VOLTMETER WH - WATTHOUR METERVA - VOLT AMMETERAMVHEATER, WATTAGE NOTED GENERATOR CONNECTION RECEPTACLE ENGINE GENERATOR CAPACITOR PLUG-IN CONNECTIONVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CONNECTION POINT, MECHANICAL, COMPRESSION TYPE. PIGTAIL, BARE COPPER, LENGTH AS REQUIRED, 8' MINIMUM. TERMINAL BLOCKTB K KIRK KEY INTERLOCKMOTOR OPERATION COUNTEROC METAL PIPE GROUND TRANSFORMER ELECTRICAL PLUG SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE PC MOTION DETECTORMD3-WAY SWITCH, 120VAC, 20 AMPCURRENT TRANSFORMER CONTACTOR CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERPOWER TRANSFORMER PHOTO CONTROL CELL SOLID NEUTRALN S STANDARD SWITCH, 120VAC, 20 AMPFUSE J TV SHONE-LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS LIGHTING FIXTURES/DEVICESPANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM SYMBOLS EQUIPMENT CONNECTION COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH F RECEPTACLES AND JUNCTION BOX SYMBOLS DOUBLE DUPLEX CLOCK TELEPHONE TELEPHONE/DATA WITH CABLE J FLOOR JUNCTION BOX RTM RUN TIME METER SURFACE OR PENDANT MOUNTEDFIXTURERECESSED FIXTURESWITCH OUTLETSSINGLE-POLEDOUBLE-POLETHREE WAYFOUR WAYDIMMER PUSHBUTTONMASTERLOW VOLTAGEKEY-OPERATEDPILOT-LIGHTEDFIRE SYSTEM SYMBOLSDFIRE ALARM DISPATCH STROBE ALARM FIRE ALARM AUDIBLE/VISUAL ALARMA F FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION HAND-OFF-AUTO SWITCHRUN TIME METEROPERATION COUNTERMOTOR RUN INDICATION LIGHTSEAL FAIL INDICATION LIGHTSEAL FAIL TRIP RESETOVER TEMPERATURE INDICATION LIGHTMOTOR OVERLOAD INDICATION LIGHTCIRCUIT BREAKER XXX/YY - CB SIZE & NO. OF POLES ET - ELECTRONIC TRIP TM - THERMAL MAGNETIC BREAKER MCP - MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR SE - SERVICE ENTRANCE GFI - GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERMOTOR STARTER W/ OPERATORDEVICES A - HAND-OFF-AUTO B - OPERATIONAL COUNTER C - RUN TIME METER D - RUN LIGHT E - FAIL LIGHT F - EMERGENCY STOPABCD SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE (ALTERNATIVE) MOTOR STARTER HP SINGLE PHASE MOTOR.HORSEPOWER AS NOTEDNXX MANHOLE OR HANDHOLE UTILITY POLE AND GUY WIRE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SYMBOLS BURIED POWER VAULT OR MANHOLEP F FIBER OPTICS VAULT OR PEDESTAL LUMINAIRE TELEPHONE VAULT OR PEDESTALT PAD-MOUNT TRANSFORMER ROAD RACEWAY LEGENDHOAMRILSFILETMOCSFTROTILMOIL THERMOSTAT SWITCH,NORMALLY CLOSEDTHERMOSTAT SWITCH,NORMALLY OPENFLOAT SWITCH,NORMALLY CLOSEDPUSHBUTTON,NORMALLY CLOSEDFLOWSWITCH,NORMALLY CLOSED LADDER LOGIC COLOR LEGEND INTERNAL EQUIPMENT DEVICES ON FRONT OF PANEL REMOTE CONNECTED EQUIPMENT EXISTING EQUIPMENT PROPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR EXISTING CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR EXISTING CONDUIT WITH PROPOSED CONDUCTOR ONE-LINE LINETYPES HH HH 100 CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPROPOSED TELEPHONESITE PLAN LEGEND PROPOSED FIBER OPTICSPROPOSED INSTRUMENTATIONPROPOSED POWER CONDUIT RUN, BROKEN AND CONTINUED SAME SHEET OR AS NOTED HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD OR AS INDICATED 12" GRC, 2-#12 CALLOUT INDICATING CONDUIT SIZE, NUMBER AND SIZE OF WIRE. CONDUIT RUN. HATCH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PROPOSED $7ILDING OR (ACILIT; PLAN LEGEND CAPPED CONDUIT CONDUIT BENT DOWN OR AWAY CONDUIT BENT UP OR TOWARD CALLOUT INDICATING CONDUIT PER SCHEDULE CONCEALED, UNDERGROUND, EMBEDDED, OR CONCRETE ENCASED RACEWAY EXPOSED RACEWAY CONTROL OR INSTRUMENTATION RACEWAY LOW VOLTAGE RACEWAY (0-1000V) MEDIUM VOLTAGE RACEWAY (2.4kV) EXISTING RACEWAY EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED XXX POLE-MOUNTED TRANSFORMER MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E02.DWGSHOWN E02 26 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ONE-LINE DIAGRAMCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONONE-LINE DIAGRAM 208/120 VOLT 3ɸ50KVAEXISTING PRIMARY SERVICE.SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN, DWGNO. E03 FOR MORE INFORMATION.POLE-MOUNTTRANSFORMERS BY UTILITY 208/120V 3ɸ"L"TELEMETRY PANEL"RTU" #6 MIN. GND BUS GROUNDING ATS S/N (SOLID NEUTRAL) ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL RECEPTACLE PUMP 1WET WELL CLASS 1 DIVISION 1 AREA WET WELL PUMP 2MOTOR SPLICEJUNCTION BOX, "JB"UTILITY METERP1 P2 P4P5P11 P6 P8 P7 P9 P10 STATION LOAD CALCULATIONS PUMP #1 MOTOR 19.5 A X 1.25 =24.4 AMPS PUMP #2 MOTOR 19.5 A X 1.00 =19.5 AMPS MISC STATION LOADS 8.0 A X 1.00 =8.0 AMPS TOTAL LOAD 51.9 AMPS M HOT BOX RECEPTACLE 1.UTILITY METERING. METER BASE ENCLOSURE BY CONTRACTOR TO MEET UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. 2.SEE GROUNDING DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 3.GROUND ROD PER N.E.C. (TYPICAL). SEE DWG NO. E06 FOR DETAIL. 4.SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR MOTOR STARTER LOGIC. 5.TERMINAL BLOCKS (TYPICAL). SEE DETAIL ON DWG NO. E06. 6.SEE DWG NO. E07 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. 7.SEE DWG NO. E07 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL NOTES XX ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFERSWITCH, "ATS"40KW 125/3 TM 100/3 SUSE, TMP12 P13 P3PORTABLE STANDBY GENERATOR GENERATOR DOCKINGSTATION 100/3 SUSE, TM CB CBPUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"GROUND PERN.E.C.SEAL-OFF,(TYPICAL) BOND TO EQUIPMENT PEDESTAL STRUCTURAL STEEL 1/0 GENERATOR SERVICE RECEPTACLE P14 X A BFE MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E03.DWGSHOWN E03 27 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL SITE PLANELECTRICAL SITE PLANELECTRICALPEDESTAL CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPUMP 2PUMP 1 HOT BOX FLOAT SWITCHLEVEL TRANSDUCER1603 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SIGNAL PLAN 1. COORDINATE WITH UTILITY ON LOCATION OF CONDUIT TERMINATION. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. 2. SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION, THIS SHEET. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF GFIC RECEPTACLE INSIDE HOT BOX ENCLOSURE. 4. RECEPTACLES MOUNTED BENEATH EQUIPMENT. SEE ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL DETAIL ON DWG NO. E05 FOR DETAILS. 5. CONDUCTORS TO TRAILER MOUNTED GENERATOR NOT SHOW. 6. SEE DWG NO. E06 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 7. SEE DWG NO. E06 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL NOTES 1604ST-3 PROVIDE ASPHALT RESTORATIONPER CITY STANDARD DETAIL, TYP. 1606 GFIC UTILITY POLE TRAILER MOUNTED GENERATOR 1601 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS" UTILITY METER 1601 1602 TELEMETRYPANEL, "RTU" TO UTILITY POWER TO UTILITY FIBER C1 4' - 0" MAX. TYP. P2 LIGHTING PANEL, "L" GROUND ROD, TYP. OF 2 C6 C7 C1P1 X F POLE MOUNTEDTRANSFORMERSUTILITY FIBER BOX A E B DCGROUND CONNECTION TOUNISTRUT PEDESTAL TYP OF 2. GENERATOR DOCKING STATION 4' - 0" MIN. CLEARANCE, TYP. MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB" PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"P13 C8 GENERATOR SERVICE RECEPTACLE P7 P1 P3P4 P9C4C9 P10 C2P11 P14 P5 P6 P8 C3 C10 GENERATOR JUNCTION BOX C5 ELECTRICAL SHELTER RECEPTACLE MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E04.DWGSHOWN E04 28 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:PUMP CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPUMP CONTROL PANEL EXTERIOR LAYOUT PUMP CONTROL PANEL INTERIOR SWING DOOR LAYOUT WARNING LABEL PADLOCKABLE HANDLE MOUNT INTRUSION ALARMTO INSIDE OF ENCLOSURE RIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPUMP CONTROL PANEL NAMEPLATE DISCONNECT SWITCHNEMA 4X,12" DEEP ENCLOSURE.PUMP 1NAMEPLATE PUMP 2PUMP HAND-OFF-AUTO SWITCHPUMP FAULT LIGHTILLUMINATED EMERGENCY STOPPUSHBUTTONPUMP REQUIRED LIGHT4' - 0" MAX.2' - 0" MIN.PUMP SEAL FAIL LIGHTPUMP OVERTEMP LIGHT HOURS 0 0 0 0 0 START 0 0 00 0 0 PUMP RUNTIME METER 0 0 PUMP STARTCOUNT METERREST PUSHBUTTONSIDE MOUNT PANEL AIRCONDITIONER WITHHEATER. SIZE AS NEEDED.PUMP RUNNING LIGHT HOURS 0 0 0 0 0 START 0 0 00 0 000 MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E05.DWGSHOWN E05 29 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAMSCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONHIGH FLOAT HIGH LEVELALARMPUMP DOWN OFF DELAYTIMER RELAY 0-60MINUTES, SET IN FIELDISR2120L120N 120L 120N PCP DIAGRAM 2: BACKUP FLOAT CONTROL LOGIC PUMP 1 CALL 0-60SECONDS SET IN FIELDPUMP 2 CALL 0-60SECONDS SET IN FIELDTR 2 TR 3 BACKUP FLOAT PUMP 1 CALL TR 4 BACKUP FLOAT PUMP 2 CALL 2 2 LOW LEVELALARMISR1LOW FLOATBYPASS SWITCHNORMALBYPASS LOW LEVELFLOAT BYPASSLOW FLOAT TR3TR4CR6TR25CRCRBP 1. THE TYPE OF PUMP PROTECTION RELAY MAY VARY DEPENDING ON THE SELECTED PUMP MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL THE APPROPRIATE PUMP PROTECTION RELAY EQUIPMENT AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PUMP MANUFACTURER. CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE MODIFIED AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE PROVIDED PUMP PROTECTION RELAY AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 2. PROVIDE CIRCUIT TERMINAL BLOCK JUMPER IN SERIES WITH PUMP CALL CONTACT AS SHOWN. CLEARLY LABEL/IDENTIFY JUMPER IN PANEL. UNDER INITIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS, WHERE STATION DISCHARGE FLOW IS RESTRICTED, ONLY INSTALL THE CIRCUIT JUMPER FOR PUMP 1 TO PREVENT BOTH PUMPS FROM OPERATING SIMULTANEOUSLY. PROVIDE SPARE TERMINAL BLOCK JUMPERS. 3. DIAGRAM SHOWS TYPICAL OPTIONS TO INCLUDE. EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE ALL OPTIONS AS SHOWN AND PER SPECIFICATIONS. ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 CONNECTION TO ETHERNET SWITCH IN "RTU" 208V, 3 PHASEMTR 120 VAC, 1Ø1FUPUMP CONTROL PANEL "PCP." SEE DWG NO. E04.SOLIDSTATEMOTORSTARTERMSMSMSN EMERGENCY STOP TR1SET @ 10 SEC.LOSS OF POWERRESTARTR"EMERGENCY STOP"HAND AUTOOFF M PUMP CALLETHERNET/IPWIRING TO RTU PUMPIN HANDPUMPIN AUTO120VETHERNET/IP PUMP CALLFROM RTU120NINTELLIGENT OVERLOAD RELAY MS AUX "PUMP RUNNING" RTM "ELAPSED TIME (HOURS)" OC "START COUNTS" G CR 1 PUMP RUNNING PUMP RUNNINGCR 1 "PUMP FAULT"R 120L 120N PUMPOVERLOADPUMP FAULT "RTU" TR1 DIAGRAM 1: PUMP NO. 1, PUMP NO. 2 PUSHBUTTON REMOTE TELEMETRY PANEL "RTU." SEE DWG NO. E09. 120VAC 120VAC 120VAC T2 T1 CT CUTOFF OVERTEMP LEAK CUTOUT SEAL FAIL 2 1 11 5 7 3 4 8 9 MOTOR RESET MINICAS II 120VAC 10 R PUMP SEAL FAIL ALARM PUMP OVERTEMP ALARM "PUMP OVERTEMP" "PUMP SEAL FAIL"R 2 CB FROM RTUDEPENDING ON PUMPTR(3 OR 4) CR 2 CR 3 PUMP OVERTEMPCR 2 PUMP SEAL FAILCR 3 "PUMP REQUIRED"W CR BPCR 5 MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E06.DWGSHOWN E06 30 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL DETAILSCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONFINISH SURFACE PER PLAN RED ELECTRICAL WARNING TAPE CENTERED OVER EACH CONDUIT IN TRENCH (TYP) 36" MIN-48" MAX FOR PRIMARY SERVICE CONDUITS MINIMUM DEPTH BELOW BOTTOM OF DEEPEST CONDUIT INSTALLED IN TRENCH 24" MIN (<600V) (36" MIN UNDER ROADWAYS) NATIVE MATERIAL COMPACTED TO 95% PER ASTM D1557 OR AS REQUIRED PER PLAN COVER OVER HIGHEST CONDUIT IN TRENCH NOTE: BURY DEPTH OF CONDUIT AND HORIZONTAL SPACING SHALL BE CONFIRMED WITH SERVING UTILITY BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL TRENCH DETAIL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT NUMBER AND SIZE VARY AS PER SITE PLAN. MAINTAIN 12" SPACING BETWEEN TELEMETRY CONDUITS AND OTHER CONDUITS. SAND BEDDING MATERIAL PER WSDOT SPECIFICATION 9-03.13 COPPER CONDUCTORCADWELD TYPE GR 5/8" X 8' COPPERGROUND ROD.CADWELD CABLE TOGROUND RODCONNECTION. GROUND TEE DETAIL CONCRETE GROUND RODPROTECTOR 13" DEPTH X 12"HEIGHT WITH COVER. PIPEINC. #12R-12A & 12R-12T, OREQUAL.GRADE 5/8"x8' LONG COPPERGROUND ROD.CONCRETE COVER.GROUND ROD DETAIL TERMINATION BOX ENCLOSURE CABLE FROM WET WELL (TYP.) CORD GRIP (CGB), SIZE TO CABLE DIAMETER FIELD WIRE CONNECTIONS CABLE, LENGTH AS NECESSARY TO REACH TERMINAL BLOCK CABLE TRANSITION DETAIL (TYPICAL) TERMINAL BLOCK WITHIN JUNCTION BOX ENCLOSURE FLOAT SWITCH DETAIL ALL FLOAT SWITCHES SHALL BE POWERED BY INTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYS PER ANSI/UL 913. SHOWN TYPICAL FOR ALL FLOATS. MOUNT FLOATS APPROXIMATELY 45 DEGREES TO THE WALL AND IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW AS TO PREVENT HITTING THE WALL DURING TURBULENT FLOW. FLOAT CABLE TO INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL JUNCTION BOX INSIDE CONDUIT. CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE ON THE UNDERSIDE OF ROOF SLAB BETWEEN BRACKET AND CABLE ENTRANCE. CABLE WEIGHT, TYP. PROVIDE STRAIN RELIEF, TYP. 3/8"Ø SST EYE BOLT, NUT, AND ANCHOR S.S. 1"X3" EYEBOLTS, S.S. SPRING TYPE CARABINER. USE S.S. TO SUPPORT CABLES.PROVIDE CABLE SLACK TO ALLOW FLOAT ELEVATION CHANGE OF 5', VERIFY HEIGHTS WITH OWNER BEFORE TERMINATING WIRING, TYP. SST CARABINER SIZED TO FIT LIFTING CABLE BRACKET FOR FLOAT SUPPORT. ATTACH TO WETWELL WALL WITH (2) 1 2" STAINLESS STEEL CONCRETE ANCHORS SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE WITHOUT MAINTENANCE PERSONAL ENTERING THE WETWELL. WET WELL HATCH WET WELL ROOF SLAB 1603 1.GENERATOR JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE HUBBELL LINKOSITY 12 WIRE FEMALE RECEPTACLE AND WEATHERPROOF BOX WITH HINGED COVER. PROVIDE 12 WIRE CABLE WITH MALE RECEPTACLE BETWEEN GENERATOR AND FEMALE RECEPTACLE. 2.SEE DWG NO. E07 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. 3.SEE DWG NO. E07 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL NOTES WET WELL LEVEL TRANSDUCER DETAIL RADAR LEVEL TRANSDUCER WITH SUBMERGENCE SHIELD. SECURE TRANSDUCER TO WALL MOUNTING SET WITH SST HARDWARE. POSITION TRANSDUCER 24" FROM WALL. INSTALL EXTENDED WALL MOUNTING SET PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MOUNTING SET SHALL BE ENDRESS + HAUSER CANTILEVER LONG WITH WALL BRACKET OR EQUAL. TRANSDUCER CABLES TO CABLE TROUGH SUPPORTED WITH STAINLESS STEEL HOOKS ON THE UNDERSIDE OF ROOF SLAB BETWEEN BRACKET AND CABLE TROUGH. 1604 1606 ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL EAST ELEVATION, FRONT REMOVABLE STAINLESS OR ALUMINUMSHROUD TO PROTECT OPEN CONDUCTORS FRONT AND BACK POWER CABLE WITHCONDUCTORS INSIDE OVERALLJACKET (MANUFACTURER CABLE)WIDTH AS NECESSARYNOTE: GROUNDINGCONDUCTORS NOT SHOWNFOR CLARITY HINGE, TYP. 1601 3' - 0"3' - 0"1' - 6"30" MIN.1'-0" DIA. BURIEDCONCRETEPEDESTAL, TYP.1'-0"FINISHEDGRADE 3'-0"2" CLR, TYP.ALL AROUND#4 HOOPS @ 12" O.C.P146'-0"CLASS 1DIVISION 2 AREATO WETWELLPOWER TERMINAL BLOCKS,TYPICAL AS REQUIRED.PERMANENT WIRING FROM "PCP"(WITH PERMANENT EXPLOSION-PROOF SEAL FITTING)MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"PERMANENT WIRING FROMCONTROL CABINET (WITHPERMANENT EXPLOSION-PROOF SEAL FITTING)GROMMETED CABLE FITTING,TYPICAL. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET.INSTRUMENTATION ANDCONTROL TERMINAL BLOCKS,TYPICAL AS REQUIRED.INSTRUMENTATION CABLESCONTROL CABLES3" STD GALV STEEL POST WITH CAP.TYP OF 2 MINIMUM. ADD MIDDLESUPPORT IF LONGER THAN 10'(4) #4 VERT, EQUALLY SPACEDC8PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"1-5/8" UNISTRUT. ATTACH UNISTRUT ASNECESSARY TO SUPPORT ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT. SECURE ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT TO UNISTRUT.NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE WITH PADLOCKMEANS, SIZE AS REQUIRED. SECURETO UNISTRUT AS REQUIRED.GENERATOR DOCKING STATIONGENERATOR SERVICERECEPTACLE ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL WEST ELEVATION, BACK CLASS 1DIVISION 2 AREA TO UTILITY POWERUTILITY METERAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"P11LIGHTING PANEL, "L"ELECTRICAL PEDESTALRECEPTACLEUTILITYMETERAUTOMATICTRANSFERSWITCH, "ATS"LIGHTINGPANEL, "L" 1602 2"CABLE ENTRANCE WITH GROMMETED CABLE FITTING TO UTILITY POWERC1 P1PADLOCKING CLASP OR MEANSC10GENERATORJUNCTION BOX X E AFB MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E07.DWGSHOWN E07 31 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL SCHEDULESCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPOWER CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULECIRCUITSOURCEDESTINATIONTRADESIZE(QUANTITY) CONDUCTORS NOTESP1TRANSFORMERUTILITY METER 3"`(3) - #1/0, (1) - #1/0 NP2UTILITY METER AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"2"(3) - #3, (1) - #3 N, (1) - #8 GNDP3AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"LIGHTING PANEL, "L"2"(3) - #3, (1) - #3 N, (1) - #8 GNDP4LIGHTING PANEL, "L"TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"3/4"(4) - #12, (1) - #12 GNDP5LIGHTING PANEL, "L"PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"1"(3) - #6, (1) - #6 N, (2) - #12, (1) - #10 GNDP6PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"3/4"(3) - #10, (2) - $14, (1) - #10 GND PUMP 1P7MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"PUMP 1 1"MANUFACTURER CABLEP8PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"3/4"(3) - #10, (2) - $14, (1) - #10 GND PUMP 2P9MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"PUMP 2 1"MANUFACTURER CABLEP10LIGHTING PANEL, "L"HOT BOX RECEPTACLE 3/4"(2) - #12, (1) - #12 GNDP11LIGHTING PANEL, "L"ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL RECEPTACLE 3/4"(2) - #12, (1) - #12 GNDP12PORTABLE STANDBY GENERATOR GENERATOR DOCKING STATION N/A (3) - #2, (1) - #2 N, (1) - #8 GND MIN.PORTABLE GENERATOR OUTDOORRATED CABLE. PROVIDE WITH PLUG TOACCOMMODATE GENERATORRECEPTACLE.P13 GENERATOR DOCKING STATION AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"2"(3) - #1, (1) - #1 N, (1) - #6 GNDP14LIGHTING PANEL, "L"GENERATOR SERVICE RECEPTACLE 3/4"(2) - #12, (1) - #12 GNDP15PORTABLE STANDBY GENERATOR GENERATOR SERVICE RECEPTACLE N/A (2) - #12, (1) - #12 GND PROVIDE OUTDOOR RATED PORTABLEGENERATOR HEATER CABLE.CONTROL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULECIRCUITSOURCEDESTINATIONTRADESIZE(QUANTITY) CONDUCTORS NOTESC1POLE MOUNTED UTILITY FIBER TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"2"PULL CORDC2AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"3/4"(8) - #14, (1) - #14 GND C3 PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"1"(2) SHIELDED CAT5E ETHERNET CABLES C4 TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"3/4"(4) - #14, (1) - #14 GND FLOATS C5 TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"PUMP CONTROL PANEL, "PCP"3/4"(6) #14, (1) - #14 GND INTRUSION SWITCH, BACKUP FLOAT CALLS C6 MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"WETWELL LOW AND HIGH FLOAT 1"MANUFACTURER CABLES C7 MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"LEVEL TRANSDUCER 1"MANUFACTURER CABLE C8 TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"GENERATOR JUNCTION BOX 3/4"(10) - #14, (1) - #14 GND C9 TELEMETRY PANEL, "RTU"MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB"3/4"(2) - TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR WETWELL LEVEL TRANSDUCER C10 GENERATOR JUNCTION BOX AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, "ATS"3/4"(2) - #14, (1) - #14 GND ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. A UTILITY METER BASE - 208/120V, 3ɸ, 4W, PROVIDE PER UTILITY STANDARDS.PER UTILITY STANDARDS PER UTILITY STANDARDS B LIGHTING PANEL - 100A, 208/120V, 3ɸ, 4W, NEMA TYPE 4 ENCLOSURE FOR OUTDOOR USE. COPPER BUSSING. PROVIDE INTEGRATED BUS MOUNTED SPD.SIEMENS TYPE P2 OR EQUAL C FLOAT SWITCH SEE SPECIFICATIONS SEE SPECIFICATIONS D LEVEL TRANSDUCER SEE SPECIFICATIONS SEE SPECIFICATIONS E GENERATOR DOCKING STATION - 100 AMP, CIRCUIT BREAKER INCLUDED, 208/120V, 3ɸ, NEMA 3R WITH LOCKABLE DOORS, CAMLOCK FITTINGS TO MATCH GENERATOR CABLE AND GENERATOR.TRYSTAR SBDS OR EQUAL F AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - 100A, SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED.SEE SPECIFICATIONS SEE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE ɸPANEL SCHEDULE L MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E08.DWGSHOWN E08 32 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:TELEMETRY PANEL LAYOUTCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONALARM RESETPUSHBUTTONOPERATOR INTERFACESCREEN. INSTALLCENTERLINE OFSCREEN 5'-0" ABOVEFLOOR ELEVATION.ALARM LIGHT MASTER ALARM ALARM RESET TELEMETRY PANEL EXTERIOR LAYOUT TELEMETRY PANEL INTERIOR SWING DOOR LAYOUT WARNING LABEL PADLOCKABLE HANDLE MOUNT INTRUSION ALARMTO INSIDE OF ENCLOSURE RIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONTELEMETRY PANEL NAMEPLATE NEMA 4X,12" DEEP ENCLOSURE.4' -0" MAX.2' - 0" MIN.BYPASS LOW FLOAT BYPASS SIDE MOUNT PANEL AIRCONDITIONER WITHHEATER. SIZE AS NEEDED. 1. PROVIDE 14" BY 10" SPACE FOR PUD FIBER D-MARK JUNCTION BOX. PUD TO INSTALL FIBER D-MARK JUNCTION BOX. ELECTRICAL NOTES COMBINATION ETHERNET PORT/RECEPTACLE MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E09.DWGSHOWN E09 33 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:POWER AND COMMUNICATIONSLAYOUTCITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONL44CB120P20A1CBGND PROTECTORLINE SURGEL N 120N24VDCPOWER SUPPLY8CB PF CRLN N2120 VAC 1PH 60HZ20A3CBL3DOOR SWITCH LIGHTL2 12V BATTERY 24P 24N POWER LAYOUT L1 N1L2N22CB BATTERY DC OUT DC IN UPS 24 VDC BATTERY DC OUT DC IN ETHERNET SWITCH OPERATOR INTERFACE CB BAT AC POWER FAIL N3N4 COMPACTLOGIX 1769-L30R 9CB 24P1 24VDC TO 24VDC POWER SUPPLY DC OUT DC IN DC OUT DC IN COMBINATION ETHERNETPORT/RECEPTACLE. GRACE PORTP-R2-K4RF0. LOCATED ON DOOR.L8 N8 10CB 11CB 12CB DC POWER FAIL 24P3 24P5 15CB 24P4 PLC DISCRETE INPUTS PLC DISCRETE OUTPUTS 14CB PLC ANALOG INPUTS/OUTPUTS 16CB 24P7 SPARE 13CB CB PF 17CB 24P8 SPARE CR DPF RJ45RJ45COMPACTLOGIX 5370 L3MODEL NO. 1769-L30RTELEMETRY PANEL "RTU"OPERATOR INTERFACERJ45 SHIELDED CAT 5EETHERNET CABLECOMPACTLOGIX 5370 L3MODEL NO. 1769-L30ERSPARE7CBL7 N7 16 PT DIGITAL INPUT MODULEMODEL NO. 1769-IQ161.PROVIDE SPACE FOR PUD FIBER D-MARK JUNCTION BOX. SEE DWG. NO. E08. ELECTRICAL NOTES COMMUNICATIONS LAYOUT PUMP 1 PUMP 2 SHIELDED CAT 5E ETHERNET CABLE SFP MODULESINGLE MODEFIBER LC FIBER SPLICE CASE SINGLE MODE FIBER LC SINGLE MODE FIBER PATCH CABLE WITH LC CONNECTORS. GRACEPORT ETHERNET 16 PT DIGITAL INPUT MODULEMODEL NO. 1769-IQ168 PT RELAY OUTPUT MODULEMODEL NO. 1769-OW8COMPACTLOGIX 1769CHASSIS4 PT ANALOG INPUT MODULEMODEL NO. 1769-IF4I2 PT ANALOG OUTPUT MODULEMODEL NO. 1769-OF2PANEL HEATER WITHINTEGRAL THERMOSTATTHERMOSTATHEATERN5ATHERMOSTATAIR CONDITIONER N5BL55CBPANEL AIR CONDITIONER WITHINTEGRAL THERMOSTATSPARE6CBL6 N6 MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E10.DWGSHOWN E10 34 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:PLC INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING 1CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONDIGITAL INPUTS, SLOT 1 DIGITAL OUTPUTS, SLOT 3 CR1CR2CR3CR4CR5CRCR7 1. SEE DWG NO. E05 FOR FLOAT CONTROL LOGIC ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 1 DIGITAL INPUTS, SLOT 2 1 MHJCCAJan 24, 2022Jan 24, 2022PSC719-021RESLS-D-E11.DWGSHOWN E11 35 35 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:PLC INPUT AND OUTPUT WIRING 2CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONANALOG INPUTS, SLOT 4 ANALOG OUTPUTS, SLOT 5 1. PROVIDE TERMINAL BLOCKS IN MOTOR SPLICE JUNCTION BOX, "JB." ELECTRICAL NOTES 1 1 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 2 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX The gravity main is expected to extend to approximately Road 68 and West Wernett Road to the west of the lift station and to Road 48 to the east of the lift station. The proposed lift station is shown on the attached Schedule A Proposed Site Plan and sewer lines are shown in Figure 1 – Proposed Sewer Main Route. This technical memorandum summarizes the findings of a limited subsurface investigation to observe, characterize, and document earth and groundwater conditions at the lift station site and along the sewer lines to identify potential geologic hazards and provide recommendations to mitigate these risks. This technical memorandum also provides recommendations for design and construction of the proposed lift station and sewer lines. The proposed lift station and sewer piping (the Site) is in the SW ¼ of Section 23, Township 09 N, Range 29 E, centered at latitude 46.244872 degrees N, longitude 119.158765 degrees W. The Site is located approximately 2.5 miles west of City Hall. Figure 1. Proposed Sewer Main Route The area of the Site is partially developed for residential, agriculture, and commercial use. The lift station site is flat, and the sewer alignments are approximately up to 10 feet higher in elevation above mean sea level (amsl). The lift station is at elevation 350 feet amsl . The gravity sewer main will run north-south from the lift station along N Road 52, and the force main will run generally to the east- southeast from the lift station. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 3 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX Proposed Construction The gravity sewer main will consist of approximately 8,200 lf of 12-inch-diameter polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sewer pipe placed within open-cut trenches excavated to depths ranging from 8 feet to nearly 20 feet below ground surface (bgs). The force main will consist of approximately 3,400 feet of 4-inch-diameter PVC sewer pipe placed within open-cut trenches excavated to depths of approximately 5 to 6 feet bgs. The lift station structure will be placed within a 10 -foot by 15-foot excavation that is approximately 20 feet deep. The lift station structure will be prefabricated and lowered into a shored and dewatered excavation. All trenches will be supported with temporary shoring and portions of the trenches that are below elevation 345 feet amsl will require some form of groundwater control. Regional Geology RH2 reviewed geologic maps and descriptions of regional geologic conditions provided by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources (DNR) Geologic Information Portal website1. RH2 also reviewed the driller’s logs for borings and wells completed within 1 mile of the Site and recorded at the Washington State Department of Ecology’s well log website2. The surficial geologic unit mapped at the Site is Quaternary flood deposits consisting of layers of loose sand, gravel, and some cobbles, and silt. Geologic units described in the soil borings drilled near the Site are consistent with geologic mapping to depths of at least 30 feet bgs. Due to moderately dense and coarse grained soil characteristics, , the Site was mapped by DNR with a Seismic Site Class C and a very low risk of liquefaction. Site Investigation On May 20, 2021, RH2 observed the drilling of three soil borings (B-1 to B-3) near the lift station site and one soil boring (B-4) south of the lift station along the sewer alignment (see attached Schedule A Proposed Site Plan). Soil borings B-2 and B-3 were completed as groundwater monitoring wells (piezometers). Soil borings were completed at a depth of 21.5 feet bgs using a Dietrich D-50 hollow stem auger track-mounted rig operated by Holocene Drilling Inc., of Puyallup, Washington (Photo 1). Soil borings B-1 and B-4 were decommissioned using hydrated bentonite chips. The soil borings are shown on the attached Schedule A Proposed Site Plan, and the logs are attached in the Soil Boring Logs. 1 https://geologyportal.dnr.wa.gov/ 2 https://appswr.ecology.wa.gov/wellconstruction/map/WCLSWebMap/WellConstructionMapSearch.aspx Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 4 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX Photo 1. Soil boring B-4 looking west. RH2 observed soil samples retrieved from the borings to identify stratigraphy, composition, texture, structure, and cohesion of native earth materials encountered in the soil borings. The native earth materials encountered at all borings included layers of sand, sand with silt, silty sand, and sand with gravel to a depth of 21.5 feet bgs. These layers are consistent with Quaternary flood deposits, exhibited moderate density, and were saturated below a depth of 4 feet bgs at B-1, B-2 and B-3. Saturated conditions were encountered below 13 feet bgs at B-4 due to its higher surface elevation. The average depth to groundwater likely fluctuates due to seasonal irrigation. Geologic Hazards The DNR geology and hazards portal website was reviewed for geologic hazards at the Site. The information that follows summarizes the geologic hazards and relative risk they pose to the sewer main alignments: • Risks from liquefaction and flooding are very low. • Risks from landsliding are negligible. • The risk of earthquakes of magnitude 5 (M5) to 6 (M6) during the next 50 years is high (80 percent). • The risk of persistent groundwater seepage from surrounding native soil into excavations deeper than 4 to 13 feet bgs is high. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 5 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX Geotechnical Properties Based on the observed soil composition and density, the native alluvium should be considered as a Site Class C, Hard Soil and has an estimated net allowable bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot based on International Building Code values . Recommendations Site Excavation for Improvements • Open-cut excavations to install the new lift station, sewer main, and force main at depths ranging from approximately 5 to 20 feet bgs through moderately dense sand should be feasible using a backhoe or excavator. • Excavations to the subgrade should be reviewed by a Licensed Engineering Geologist (LEG) or Professional Engineer with a geotechnical background (PEG) at the lowest excavated subgrade elevation prior to any subgrade improvements. Slopes and Shoring • The native soil will not support temporary vertical slopes and shoring will be necessary for all excavations below depths of 4 feet to protect workers, adjacent structures, roads , and utilities. • All excavated slopes should be reviewed for stability several times a day, or as often as necessary to ensure slope integrity. This shall include reviewing the top of the slope for tension cracks and settlement, as well as erosion. • The native soil is erodible. All excavated slopes should be protected from erosion from direct precipitation or runoff from the adjacent street. Before and during precipitation events, the surface should be covered by plastic sheeting or other techniques that prevent rain splash erosion and rilling. Measures should be taken to prevent stormwater runoff into the open excavation. • Shoring design should anticipate maximum open-cut depths to 20 feet for the gravity sewer and associated manholes along Road 52 and for the lift station. The shoring design prepared by the contractor should anticipate these depths and be integrated with appropriate construction dewatering system design and operation. • The contractor should submit the shoring plan for review and approval as part of a project submittal. The shoring plan must consider the requirements for groundwater control. Groundwater Control • Based on conditions observed in soil borings, shallow groundwater exists at an elevation of approximately 345 feet amsl, and groundwater elevations may fluctuate by a few feet seasonally. Groundwater levels should be measured in the onsite monitoring wells during the bidding period to support the bidding process • At the time of the engineering geology investigation in May 2021, g roundwater level at the lift station area was approximately 4 feet bgs, the groundwater level at the south end of the sewer Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 6 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX main along Road 52 may be as deep as 13 feet bgs, and the groundwater level at the north end of the sewer main along Road 52 may be as deep as 20 feet bgs. • Groundwater level along the Schedule A force main alignment may be at the depth of the force main excavation, and groundwater control may be a significant component of construction for the Schedule A force main (Figure 1 – Proposed Sewer Main Route). • Groundwater level along the Schedule B force main alignment is likely below the depth of the force main excavation, and groundwater control will likely be a minor or insignificant component of construction for the Schedule B force main (Figure 1 – Proposed Sewer Main Route). • For shallow excavations where the water table is at or approximately 1 foot deeper than trench bottom, groundwater control may be achieved using sumping methods capable of withdrawal at rates of 20 to 100 gallons per minute (gpm) for every 20 feet of open trench below this depth. • For deeper excavations where the water table is more than 1 foot deeper than the trench bottom, groundwater control likely would require a vacuum well point system to maintain the stability of native soil in the excavation floor and sidewalls capable of withdrawal at rates of 50 to 200 gpm for every 20 feet of open trench below this depth. • A dewatering and groundwater control plan for both a sumping system for shallow excavations and/or deeper water table conditions, and a vacuum well point system for deeper excavations and/or shallow water table conditions should be required as part of the bid package. The groundwater control plan must address how the system may remain active during inactive construction periods and how the system operation will include proper disposal of any turbid groundwater. • The contractor should submit the dewatering and groundwater control plan for review and approval as part of a project submittal. The groundwater control plan must consider the requirements for shoring. Subgrade Preparation and Backfill • The final subgrade of all excavations should be flat and free of loose earth or organic materials. The subgrade should be probed to confirm uniform soil density and approved by an LEG or PEG. • Areas of subgrade that consist of less than 12 inches of loose or unsuitable native soil , for example, very soft, wet, or organic silt, should be over-excavated and backfilled with compacted crushed rock up per Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specifications 2021, 9-03.9(3) to the design subgrade depth. Crushed rock should be compacted to a firm and unyielding surface using a plate-compactor or similar method. • Structural backfill should meet the requirements of crushed surfacing material (or equivalent) per the WSDOT Standard Specifications 2021, 9-03.09(3). Structural backfill should be placed at optimal moisture content in 6-inch loose lifts and compacted to 95 percent of Maximum Dry Density (MDD) per Modified Proctor methods using a plate-compactor or similar method that will not vibrate or liquefy the native soil. Technical Memorandum RE: Engineering Geology Evaluation June 10, 2021 Page 7 6/10/2021 1:13 PM Z:\PROJECTS\DATA\PSC\719-021\10 REPORTS\GEO\TECH MEMO PSC RIVERVIEW EAST LS.DOCX • Pipe zone bedding should meet the requirements of crushed rock per WSDOT Standard Specifications 2021, 9-03.9(3). Pipe zone bedding should be placed at optimal moisture content in 6-inch loose lifts and compacted to a firm and unyielding surface using methods that will not vibrate or liquefy the native soil. Attachments 1. Schedule A Proposed Site Plan 2. Soil Boring Logs THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Schedule A Proposed Site Plan R15.0'R15.0'84.0'16.0'35.0'ASPHALT DRIVEWAY3/4" CSTC FORCEMAINALIGNMENTSCHEDULE ARESTORE DISTURBEDVEGETATION WITH HYDROSEED,SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS40.0'16.0'R15.00'R15.00'N ROAD 52PEARL ST CITY OF PASCO119111050USA118581045CITY OF PASCO119111050USA119111041JOCELYN A119102024INCOMING GRAVITY LINE GENERAL NOTES1)EXISTING UTILITIES HAVE NOT BEEN POTHOLED TO IDENTIFYLOCATION, MATERIAL, SIZE OR GEOMETRY. CONTRACTORSHALL POTHOLE AT THE DESIGN CRITICAL LOCATIONSSHOWN ON THE PLANS TO VERIFY DEPTH AND LOCATION OFTHE EXISTING CROSSING UTILITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OFANY SEWER PIPE. SEE SECTION 7-08.3(1) OF THESPECIFICATIONS.2)PROFILE STATIONING REFERENCES DISTANCE ALONG PIPE.STRUCTURE STATIONING REFERENCES CONSTRUCTIONALIGNMENT. GROUND ELEVATIONS ARE DIRECTLY ABOVEPIPE.3)PIPE SLOPES AND LENGTHS REFERENCE CENTER TO CENTEROF STRUCTURES PER PAYMENT LENGTH.4)EXCAVATION SHORING IS REQUIRED PER 296-155 WAC.5)ALL SEWER MAIN MUST BE FLUSHED, AIR TESTED,DEFLECTION TESTED, AND TELEVISION INSPECTED BEFOREFINAL ACCEPTANCE.6)ALL PVC GRAVITY SEWER MAIN SHALL BE ASTM D3034 SDR26(Ø<18")7)SUPPORT AND PROTECT ALL PARALLEL AND CROSSINGUTILITIES THAT ARE EXPOSED DURING TRENCH EXCAVATION.8)EOP ELEVATIONS REFERENCED IN THE PROFILE VIEWSREPRESENT THE ASPHALT ELEVATION AT THE EDGE OFPAVEMENT. ELEVATIONS ARE PROJECTED THROUGHINTERSECTIONS.9)MANHOLE LID ORIENTATION TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD BYCITY REPRESENTATIVE.10)PROVIDE TRENCH DEWATERING AS NECESSARY TOCONSTRUCT THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, SEESPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.11)PROVIDE ALL NESESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPING TO CONNECTEXISTING SEWER PIPING TO PROPOSED MANHOLES ANDPIPING.12)FITTINGS AND PIPING SHOWN MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TOALL PACKAGED LIFT STATION MODELS. IF NECESSARYFITTINGS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FITTINGS TO THE CITY VIASUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BEMADE FOR INSTALLED FITTINGS THAT DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 13)LIFT STATION SITE TEST PIT EXPLORATION OCCURRED ON 6/5/2019. GROUNDWATER ENCOUNTERED APPROX. 5 FEET BELOW GROUND SURFACE. SEE TEST PIT LOG IN SPECIFICATIONS. 14)CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL SUFFICIENT DEWATERING EQUIPMENT TO DRAIN GROUNDWATER BELOW PROPOSED LIFT STATION FOUNDATION AND BOTTOM OF PIPE BEDDING ZONE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. KEYNOTES/DETAILS N. ROAD 44W. WERNETT RD.N. ROAD 56N. ROAD 60W. MELVILLE RD. W. PEARL ST.N. ROAD 52N. ROAD 48W. COURT ST. VICINITY MAP CITY OF PASCORIVERVIEW EAST SEWER LIFT STATIONPRELIMINARYPRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY REVIEWDRAWINGSVGLRMWMay 25, 2021May 25, 2021PSC719-021RESLS-P-SITEP.DWGSHOWN C02 12 43 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:SCHEDULE A PROPOSED SITE PLANSCHEDULE A PROPOSED SITE PLAN SCHEDULE A PROPOSED LIFT STATION SITE PLANAPPROX. EXTENTS OF ANTICIPATED LIFT STATIONEXCAVATION. SEWER PIPE BACKFILL PER PIPE TRENCHDETAIL. ALL STRUCTURE BACKFILL BEYOND PIPE PAYLIMITS SHALL BE CDF UP 1' BELOW FINISH GRADEN: 335365.11E: 1979693.97N: 335367.07E: 1979684.46 4" DI FCA 501 (PExFL), OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL4" GATE VALVE (FLxFL) WITH CAST IRONVALVE BOX PER CITY STD. DETAIL W-4.4" DI FCA 501 (PExFL) , OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL4" DI SPOOL (FLxFL), LENGTH TO FITPROVIDE 4" SCH. 80 PVC PIPE TOROUTE FROM VENT PENETRATION TOVENT GOOSENECK.PROVIDE COUPLINGS AS NECESSARY.APPROX. LENGTH = 13'-10"ROUTE VENT PIPING AND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TOOWNER-APPROVED LOCATION WITHIN IMPROVED AREAAND INSTALL CONTROL PANEL AND VENT PIPE GOOSENECK.3 PROPOSED 4" DI FORCEMAIN. SEECONTINUATION ON DWG. NO. SS03PIPE BLOCKING AND PENETRATION,TYP. ALL PENETRATIONS212" DI DEZURIK PLUG VALVE (FLxFL),CITY-APPROVED EQUAL WITH CAST IRONVALVE BOX PER CITY STD. DETAIL W-44" DI FCA 501 (PExFL),OR CITY-APPROVED EQUAL PROVIDE UP TO 4 DAVITPOST HOLES AROUND LIFTSTATION AS DIRECTED BYCITY (TYP) 5 W-12 W-4 W-4B-1B-2/MW-1B-4 (520 ft south at W Agate St. B-3/MW-2 Soil Borings Logs Boring Exploration Log B-1 Exploration Name Rd 52 & Pearl LS PSC 719 021 Project Pearl Street, East of Lift Station Pasco, WA Location Steve Nelson, LEG Inspected by May 20, 2021 Date Hollow Stem Auger 4.25-in. ID, Dietrich D50 track rig Holocene Drilling Drilling Equipment and Contractor * SPT samples 6 inches of disturbed fill and topsoil 0.5 to 8 ft: SAND with Silt and Gravel (SP-SM); Light brown; fine to medium , trace fine subrounded gravel; moist to wet below 4 feet; moderately dense. (alluvium) Boring Backfilled with hydrated bentonite chips. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Surface Elevation = ~ 350 feet amsl Blow Counts*DescriptionDepth (ft)LithologyCore/ Recovery 40 45 50 5/10/12 5/7/8 15/27/23 4/4/19 8 to 21.5 ft: SAND (SP) with Gravel; brown, fine to medium, some coarse at 15 feet, fine subrounded gravel; wet; dense (alluvium) Boring Exploration Log B-2/MW-1 Exploration Name Rd 52 & Pearl LS PSC 719 021 Project Lift Station Site - E Pasco, WA Location Steve Nelson, LEG Inspected by May 20, 2021 Date Hollow Stem Auger 4.25-in. ID, Dietrich D50 track rig Holocene Drilling Drilling Equipment and Contractor * SPT samples 6 inches of disturbed fill and topsoil 0.5 to 8 ft: SAND with Gravel (SP); Dark brown; fine, fine subrounded gravel, trace fines ; moist to wet below 4 feet; moderately dense. (alluvium) Boring backfilled with cuttings to 17.5 feet, pre-pack monitoring well screen with 0.020-inch slot openings from 17 to 7 feet blank PVC to 0.5 feet Silica sand to 5 feet Bentonite chips to 1 foot Flush mount monument. Well screen developed by surging and pumping at 2 to 5 gpm until clear. No drawdown measured, 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Surface Elevation = ~ 350 feet amsl Blow Counts*DescriptionDepth (ft)LithologyCore/ Recovery 40 45 50 2/7/9 6/9/9 4/7/20 7/18/24 8 to 12 ft: Silty Gravelly SAND (SM); brown, fine to medium, fine subrounded gravel, non-plastic fines; wet; moderately dense (alluvium) 12 to 21.5 ft: SAND (SP) with Gravel; brown, fine sand, some medium, fine subrounded gravel; wet; dense (alluvium) Boring Exploration Log B-3/MW-2 Exploration Name Rd 52 & Pearl LS PSC 719 021 Project Lift Station Site - S Pasco, WA Location Steve Nelson, LEG Inspected by May 20, 2021 Date Hollow Stem Auger 4.25-in. ID, Dietrich D50 track rig Holocene Drilling Drilling Equipment and Contractor * SPT samples 6 inches of disturbed fill and topsoil 0.5 to 21.5 ft: SAND with Gravel (SW); Dark brown; fine to medium, some coarse sand, fine subrounded gravel, trace fines ; moist to wet below 4 feet; moderately dense. (alluvium) Boring backfilled with cuttings to 17.5 feet, pre-pack monitoring well screen with 0.020-inch slot openings from 17 to 7 feet blank PVC to 0.5 feet Silica sand to 5 feet Bentonite chips to 1 foot Flush mount monument. Well screen developed by surging and pumping at 2 to 5 gpm until clear. No drawdown measured, 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Surface Elevation = ~ 350 feet amsl Blow Counts*DescriptionDepth (ft)LithologyCore/ Recovery 40 45 50 11/17/30 7/8/9 17/30/46 9/11/15 Boring Exploration Log B-4 Exploration Name Rd 52 & Pearl LS PSC 719 021 Project Road 52 at W Agate Street Pasco, WA Location Steve Nelson, LEG Inspected by May 20, 2021 Date Hollow Stem Auger 4.25-in. ID, Dietrich D50 track rig Holocene Drilling Drilling Equipment and Contractor * SPT samples 6 inches of disturbed fill and topsoil 0.5 to 12 ft: Gravelly SAND (SP-SM); Light brown; fine to coarse, fine subrounded gravel, few cobbles; moist; dense. (alluvium) Boring Backfilled with hydrated bentonite chips. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Surface Elevation = ~ 350 feet amsl Blow Counts*DescriptionDepth (ft)LithologyCore/ Recovery 40 45 50 20/50-5" 13/35/43 13/13/14 5/15/32 12 to 17 ft: Gravelly SAND with Silt (SW-SM) ; brown, fine to coarse, fine to coarse subrounded gravel; moist to wet below 13 feet; dense (alluvium) 17 to 21.5 ft: Gravelly SAND (SP) with SAND (SP) lenses; brown, fine to medium, fine subrounded gravel; wet; dense (alluvium) PERMITS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK